Europaudvalget 2018
KOM (2018) 0441
Offentligt
1908224_0001.png
EUROPEAN
COMMISSION
Brussels, 7.6.2018
SWD(2018) 320 final
PART 2/2
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Accompanying the document
PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF
THE COUNCIL
establishing the Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, including
small and medium-sized enterprises, and European statistics and repealing Regulations
(EU) No 99/2013, (EU) No 1287/2013, (EU) No 254/2014, (EU) No 258/2014, (EU) No
652/2014 and (EU) No 2017/826
{COM(2018) 441 final} - {SEC(2018) 294 final}
EN
EN
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0002.png
Annex 15: Programme specific annex on
COSME
1.
1.1.
I
NTRODUCTION
: P
OLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
Scope and context
This is the impact assessment for the successor to COSME - the EU programme for the
competitiveness of enterprises, in particular SMEs - for the post-2020 Multi-Annual
Financial Framework. It builds on the results of the evaluations performed on the
individual parts of the COSME programme as well as on the interim evaluation of the
programme. It satisfies the requirements of the Financial Regulation in respect of
preparing an ex-ante evaluation. The COSME programme could be adopted as a stand-
alone programme or as one of the pillars of the Single Market Programme.
The COSME programme (2014-2020) addresses the market failures affecting SMEs and
promotes entrepreneurship and the creation and growth of companies. COSME is a small
EU programme, with a budget of €2.3 billion for the period 2014-2020,
with a high
impact, due to its leverage effect, flexibility and visibility among beneficiaries, Member
States and the European Parliament.
COSME contributes to addressing current trends and new challenges, and could bring
important results to any of the 5 scenarios presented in the reflection paper on EU
finances. Its EU added value lies in addressing jobs and growth through an extended
network of intermediaries that allows COSME to be present across the EU and beyond.
COSME contributes to reducing economic divergences between Member States by
offering financial instruments and business support through the intermediaries to all
kinds of SMEs. As pointed out in the White Paper on the Future of Europe, there is also
scope to strengthen industrial and cluster cooperation towards the emergence of
European "Silicon Valleys" (scenarios 3-5).
The Council called in its conclusions on the renewed EU Industrial policy strategy for the
"further development of the European cluster policy, with the aim of linking-up and
scaling-up regional clusters into cross-European world class clusters, based on smart
specialisation principles, in order to support the emergence of new value chains across
Europe".
1
In its draft report on the next MFF
2
the European Parliament states its support to a
renewed and budgetary reinforced COSME programme in order to support SMEs.
1
http://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press-releases/2018/03/12/eu-industrial-policy-strategy-council-adopts-
conclusions/
These conclusions echoed that of stakeholders expressed for instance during the 2018 EU
Industry day and the 2017 GROWyour REGIOn conference, see https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/300-
participants-co-create-inspiring-future-cluster-initiatives-grow-your-region-conference_en.
2
http://www.europarl.europa.eu/sides/getDoc.do?pubRef=-%2F%2FEP%2F%2FNONSGML%2BCOMPARL%2BPE-
615.478%2B01%2BDOC%2BPDF%2BV0%2F%2FEN
254
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0003.png
The Committee of the Regions, in its opinion on the future of the COSME programme
3
,
calls for a renewed and strengthened successor programme. In particular, easing access to
finance for the broadest possible range of SMEs, extending and upgrading EEN,
promoting entrepreneurship and continue the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs
(formerly Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs) are identified as priority areas.
The EESC has in several occasions supported the continuation and the further
development of the COSME programme, including in a recent opinion on "Think Small
First"
4
.
[Table 1: Synergies with other MFF related proposals - to be developed with other services]
Proposed programmes for the
new MFF
European Regional Development
Fund
European Social Fund
European Agricultural Fund for
Rural Development
European Maritime and
Fisheries Fund
Links to future COSME+
The future European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) will
dedicate an important part of its budget to support and develop the
business environment ecosystems. The collaborative approach as
applied under the thematic Smart Specialisation Platform for
Industrial Modernisation, where both regional RIS3 partnerships of
Managing Authorities of Structural Funds and cluster partnerships
supported under COSME is foreseen to be strengthened, notably
during the implementation of the Joint Cluster Initiatives.
The EEN has a strong regional presence, often using ERDF funded
infrastructures and complementing the ERDF supported SME
advisory, incubation, scale-up, technology transfer etc. services and
funding. It also supports the cooperation with initiatives financed
by European Territorial Cooperation programmes under the ERDF
(like for example the inter-regional cooperation and mutual learning
projects involving SMEs and SME support bodies).
The Green paper on Entrepreneurship in Europe called on to better
foster entrepreneurial interest and talent amongst different groups
(including the young, women and immigrants) by making people
more aware of self-employment as an attractive career option, and
by providing them with the necessary education and skills to turn
their ambitions into successful ventures. In line with the needs the
mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs will enable people with
skills technical as well as personal to create business as well as new
jobs. This complements the European Social Fund support. Also the
EAFRD and the EMFF provide support to SMEs in their respective
sectors.
InvestEU Fund
The SME loan guarantee facility is expected to be implemented
under the SME Window of the InvestEU Fund.
SME participation in the Framework Programmes continues to be a
priority both for their participation in collaboration projects and by
specific actions like the SME Instrument and the future EIC.
Enterprise Europe Network helps SMEs participate in the FP and
provides key account management services to the beneficiaries of
the SME Instrument. The EEN plans to continue playing an
important role with tailored support to SME in FP9. The Scaling-up
instrument can leverage the commercialisation of innovative
Framework Programme (FP) 9
3
4
http://cor.europa.eu/en/activities/opinions/pages/opinion-factsheet.aspx?OpinionNumber=CDR%203215/2017
https://www.eesc.europa.eu/en/our-work/opinions-information-reports/opinions/sme-think-small-first
255
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0004.png
solutions from FP9 and help to bring them to a larger group of
SMEs, including through the Joint Cluster Initiatives.
Digital Europe Programme
Cooperation is ongoing in the framework of the Start-up initiative
with the EEN. The Scaling-up instrument has the potential to make
a contribution to the uptake of digitialisation amongst SMEs and a
related Joint Cluster Initiative for digital industries, if chosen, could
also link cluster partnerships to other initiatives and key actors of
the Digital Europe Programme, which could also support the
implementation of Scaling-up instrument.
SMEs are key stakeholders and contributors to climate action
activities. As one of its activities, the Enterprise Europe Network
and Joint Cluster Initiatives encourages SME to become more
resource efficient, e.g. through the implementation of the Scaling-
up instrument. The Network operated sector group on renewable
energy, environment and sustainable construction to help them
build partnerships in the EU and abroad and make use of the
European Resource Efficiency Knowledge centre (EREK). The
Scaling-up Instrument will support the uptake of low-carbon and
resource-efficient solutions and could be specifically be supported
through the Programme for the Environment and Climate Action,
including Energy Efficiency. The clusters participating in the
partnerships of the Joint Cluster Initiatives can facilitate the
recruitment of relevant SMEs for joint international business
projects, as done for instance in the EU's Low-Carbon Business
Actions in Brazil and Mexico supported through the EU Foreign
Partnership Instrument.
The needs of the economy and European industry should be taken
into account in EU external policies, instruments and actions, in
particular regarding the financial arm of EU economic diplomacy.
Supporting access to finance for European business
internationalisation will help to make concrete steps towards
important external policy objectives such as climate change,
circular economy, sustainable development goals and migration. It
will also create jobs and growth in Europe, improbe business
competitiveness and access to fast growing markets outside Europe.
As the internationalisation of European businesses need both
investment inside and outside Europe, the financial instrument
under the external policy of MFF will be complementary to the
Invest EU financial instruments. Facilitating cooperation with
SMEs from Neighbouring Countries will be part of several
COSME+ actions. As an example for EEN and the mentoring
scheme for new entrepreneurs intermediary organisations are
present in nearly all Neighbouring Countries. The clusters
participating in the partnerships of the Joint Cluster Initiatives can
facilitate the recruitment of relevant SMEs for joint international
business projects, as done for instance in the EU's Low-Carbon
Business Actions in Brazil and Mexico supported through the EU
Foreign Partnership Instrument.
Programme for the Environment
and Climate Action, including
Energy Efficiency
External instrument, including a
prominent Neighbourhood
Window
1.2.
Lessons learned from previous programmes
1.2.1. COSME Interim Evaluation
The interim evaluation of COSME gives an overview of the programme implementation
and
positive results achieved
during the first three years of the programming period.
The programme implementation is on track to reach the objectives set out in the legal
256
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0005.png
basis by the end of 2020. COSME actions have been judged as highly relevant in
addressing the challenges related to fostering economic growth and creating employment
opportunities and as strongly aligned to the evolving needs of SMEs.
The strength of the programme lies in particular in the use of intermediaries who have a
direct and longstanding contact with SMEs for the implementation of the programme.
COSME exploits the proximity of these intermediaries to SMEs and facilitates the
integration of services provided by COSME with services provided by these
intermediaries in their national and regional contexts. This allows for the provision of
customised SME support tailored to the needs and challenges of specific sectors, such as
tourism, textiles, creative industries etc. and to reach a high multiplier effect of actions.
COSME has thus a
good level of European added-value.
The European dimension
constitutes the very essence of the design of COSME actions. Moreover, COSME actions
have helped to enhance national, regional and local level measures for SME support and
the teaming up of actors across EU value chains to boost internationalisation and
industrial modernisation.
5
The feed-back from beneficiaries is generally positive with a
substantial majority reporting a good cost-benefit ratio for their participation.
The interim evaluation also sets out a number of
proposals on how to further improve
the performance of the programme:
First, as stipulated by the COSME regulation, some 80% of the budget is used for
promoting SMEs' access to finance and access to markets. The remaining 20% is
allocated between a number of smaller actions with a limited budget and with a low cost-
benefit ratio regarding the implementation. EASME (Executive Agency for SMEs)
implements 35% of the overall programme budget, with two flagship COSME actions
(Enterprise Europe Network and the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs) as well as
a host of smaller projects. The fragmentation of actions and
limitations in terms of
budget
(as flagged out for the the mentoring scheme and cluster measures) hampers the
effective implementation
6
. Therefore, without losing the flexibility to react quickly to
emerging policy needs, there is scope for simplification and
cutting down the number
of small, one-off actions
7
and devote the resources towards the key areas of intervention
whereby a sustained effort and economies of scale will yield the highest efficiency and
the biggest impact at EU level.
This also confirms earlier evaluations such as the results of the 2014 evaluation of the European Cluster Initiatives
managed by DG ENTR (2014) by Technopolis. European Commission (2014) Evaluation
Cluster
initiatives managed by DG Enterprise and Industry, final report ENTR/172/PP/2012
LOT 4: managed by
Technopolis Group in a consortium with EY and VVA, http://bookshop.europa.eu/en/cluster-initiatives-
managed-by-dg-enterprise-and-industry-pbNB0114004/
6
For example, 16 FTE in EASME implemented 91 contracts with a budget of 58 million for the EEN in 2017
compared to 36 FTEs who implement 47 actions divided into 80 contracts for a budget of 45 million.
7
To improve the business environment of SMEs and their competitiveness, COSME also supports the implementation
of the Commission's policy priorities through an SME-angle. For example, some actions translate the Better Regulation
agenda or the Blueprint for Skills initiative into concrete actions with a specific focus on industrial sectors and SMEs.
The network of national SME Envoys supports the implementation of the Commission's flagship initiatives, such as
digitalisation or the Single Market Strategy in the Member States by the exchange of good practices. These actions
might consist in grants or procurement for raising awareness, disseminating knowledge and good practices and
involving stakeholders in the field of SME policy or sectors, including public authorities. Moreover, COSME supports
the emergence of competitive industries with market potential, by helping SMEs to go international, take up new
business models, capacities and skills and integrate into new value chains through cluster partnering.
5
257
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0006.png
The Interim Evaluation support study concluded on the following options: " The
Commission might want to consider the following possibilities to strengthen the relative
cost-effectiveness of COSME: 1) deploying its existing resources in a more focused /
strategic manner; 2) entering new strategic partnerships with other EU programmes or
Directorate Generals which could increase or however sustain the range of activities
despite the limited budget, for example by strategically sharing the responsibility for
interventions in specific areas; and 3) increasing its overall budget …."
Second, while COSME is successful in fostering economic growth and the creation of
employment opportunities, there is scope for strengthening its responsiveness to EU
objectives related to EU global competitiveness and sustainable and inclusive growth.
COSME's main instruments are designed to address all SMEs, independently of their
sector and industrial specialisations. They only indirectly address challenges such as
climate change, gender mainstreaming or youth unemployment.
Third, while there are no major overlaps with other policy initiatives, there is scope for
creating further synergies with other EU, national and regional actions. For instance,
COSME’s distinct use of intermediaries and its focus e.g. on improvement of skills,
capacities, networking and entrepreneurship are complementary to Horizon2020 and the
future FP’s focus on break-through
technological innovation that could further help to
spread its results and reach a larger number of SMEs and not only the most innovative
enterprises. Similarly, low-carbon and resource-efficient solutions developed under LIFE
and solutions developed under other programmes could be better brought to SMEs. In
addition, there are opportunities for more complementarities for SME internationalisation
actions, notably supported through clusters, currently limited due to its relative low
budget. Similarly, complementarities can be enhanced with the European Regional
Development Fund in addressing SMEs and in strengthening the linkages between the
industrial, innovation and regional orientation, e.g. by supporting the strategic partnering
of clusters and other SME intermediaries in an aligned manner and complementing the
ERDF funded SME support services and investments.. The current approach already
tested for industrial modernisation and smart specialisation actions under COSME could
be a model. This targets actors engaged in strategic inter-regional collaboration linked to
the Thematic Smart Specialisation Platform for Industrial Modernisation.
Fourth, in relation to monitoring the evaluation points out to a lack of centralised data
about implementation and indicators are mostly based on outputs rather than on long
term effects.
1.2.2. Access to finance
The Loan Guarantee Facility (LGF) for SMEs has been thoroughly assessed by the
European Court of Auditors in the context of a performance audit, which comprised also
the InnovFin SME Guarantee Facility of Horizon 2020
8
and in the context of the
COSME interim-evaluation
9
.
8
9
European Court of Auditors (2017),
EU-funded loan guarantee instruments,
Special Report Number 20
http://ec.europa.eu/DocsRoom/documents/28084
258
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0007.png
Observations made by the European Court of Auditors
10
The LGF has achieved the positive results intended, but needs some better targeting of
beneficiaries and more coordination with national schemes. The Court concluded that
"the main aim of the Loan Guarantee Facility [….] has been to foster growth.
Econometric evidence shows that the loan guarantees delivered what they were designed
to do. They helped beneficiary companies grow more in terms of total assets, sales,
employee numbers and productivity".
However, the Court also concluded that a future facility should better target viable
businesses lacking access to finance and a better coordination should occur between
central EU guarantee facilities and those established at national level.
Conclusions from COSME interim evaluation
The interim-evaluation
11
concluded that the COSME LGF has been successfully set-up
and is fully on track to delivering on the targets set in terms of SMEs to be financed and
volume of financing to be made available.
The evaluation confirms that the "COSME
actions fully respond to the SMEs’ current needs to access finance".
The interim-evaluation has concluded after fully eliminating the dead-weight effect that
for each €1 million invested into the LGF (effects fully attributable to the Loan
Guarantee Facility):
additional employment of 491 will be created;
additional €22 million in turnover will occur in treated SMEs;
470 SMEs will be supported.
While acknowledging – based on the available evidence – the strength of the COSME
financial instruments to deliver a financial support to the SMEs that most needed it, the
evaluators identified several areas for improvement:
Better links between financial instruments and other parts of the future SME
programme
Better co-ordination between financial instruments and national EU schemes
Discontinuation of the €150
000 threshold which has a negative impact on the
efficient delivery of the guarantee facility and created significant administrative
burden
The interim evaluation recommends that a future EU loan guarantee facility should help
to ensure "a more level playing field for SMEs […] in those countries where, according
to current studies, the needs among SMEs are highest."
As regards the existing Equity
Facility for Growth, the interim-evaluation concluded that the facility is effective.
Nevertheless, it has been recommended to reduce the number of financial products and to
align the Equity Facility for Growth with the equity facilities established under EFSI.
In response to the assessments made, the following changes are proposed:
10
11
ECA Special report No 20/2017:
https://www.eca.europa.eu/Lists/ECADocuments/SR17_20/SR_SMEG_EN.pdf
Technopolis (2017): "Interim Evaluation of the COSME Programme
Final Report"
259
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0008.png
-
To improve the internal coherence of different parts of the programme, better linkages
will be established by further strengthening the existing cooperation with the
Enterprise Europe Network
12
(use the Enterprise Europe Network as a stronger
signposting element);
- A
better upstream co-ordination between financial instruments for SMEs established
by Member States and those established under the SME window of the InvestEU Fund
will be sought by using the existing SME Envoys Network
13
as an information
exchange forum;
-
To reduce administrative burden for SMEs and financial intermediaries and to
improve the impact of the SME guarantee facility, the €150,000 threshold will be
eliminated.
1.2.3. The Enterprise Europe Network
The COSME interim evaluation indicated that there is a clear market failure for SMEs
regarding information, funding, accessing new markets and networking. The Network
has been directly relevant to these failures via information and advisory services. The
Impact Evaluation of the Network (2008-2014)
14
concluded that the average net effect
for SMEs participating in the Network was 3.1% increased annual growth. This result
was confirmed in the COSME interim evaluation where SMEs present an overall growth
rate that is nearly 6.5 percentage points higher than a comparison group.
The 625+ Network organisations help about 250.000 SMEs per year to increase their
competitiveness and innovativeness in the Single Market and beyond by offering
integrated services and helping them to internationalize their business outside the home
country. Network organisations provide information on funding opportunities made
available by the various EU programmes such as COSME financial instruments,
Horizon2020 SME Instrument and Structural Funds.
The SMEs themselves indicated that the more and longer they worked with the services
of the Network, the more satisfied they became with the impact on their business. They
indicated that the partnering services were the most important to them (leading to 2.500
signed agreements between SMEs every year), while the services related to providing
feedback were the least important. Moreover, in the interviews the Network organisations
indicated that their services matched the needs of companies and SMEs very well. They
argued that the core role of the Network is to help companies grow and find new
partners, and that the Network services are adequate in doing so, which is further
reflected in the high rates of satisfaction where 86% of SME clients surveyed are
satisfied with the Network’s services and 93% would recommend its services to others.
The figure elo gi es Net ork
overcome barriers.
e
ers’ ie s o the e te t to
hi h Net ork ser i es help SMEs to
12
13
https://een.ec.europa.eu/
http://ec.europa.eu/growth/smes/business-friendly-environment/small-business-act/sme-envoys_en
14
https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/d4cf03ed-972c-11e5-983e-01aa75ed71a1/language-
en
260
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0009.png
Source: COSME Interim Evaluation (Technopolis, based on survey data)
European Business Organisations recognize the key role that the Network plays for
SMEs to internationalise, grow and innovate. "Eurochambres" states that the added
value of the Network is clear, as it allows a scale and quality of services that would not
be possible at national level. They stress that the focus of the services offered by the
Network should remain on access to markets, particularly within the Single Market.
International expansion in third countries should be coherent with trade policy objectives.
They also suggest simplifying the reporting and administrative requirements for Network
organisations. "BusinessEurope" states that the Network should remain a key instrument
for the internationalization of SMEs, based on an enhanced portfolio of services meeting
companies evolving needs, and focus on areas where it can bring added value compared
to national initiatives.
1.2.4. The mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs (formerly Erasmus for
Young Entrepreneurs, EYE)
The mentoring scheme has been established as pilot project in 2008, followed up by
preparatory action and fully running under CIP and since 2014 incorporated under
COSME.
The COSME interim evaluation identified that, the mentoring scheme has a high level of
relevance to the needs of the respective target groups, with no major gaps identified.
As part of the evaluation, a large numbers of Host and New Entrepreneurs who had
participated in the mentoring scheme during the 2014-2016 period were surveyed. These
(potential) entrepreneurs were asked to assess the extent to which a series of barriers to
entrepreneurship were present in their country today. Their responses provide widespread
confirmation of the existence of market and systemic failures in this area. The large
majority (jointly, 92%+) agreed that entrepreneurs face obstacles to setting up
businesses, that new businesses struggle to survive and grow, and that there is a lack of
effective policy support related to entrepreneurship. There was also a widespread (though
261
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0010.png
less strongly held) belief that there is a lack of entrepreneurial culture, weak
entrepreneurial spirit, and low levels of entrepreneurial firm creation in Member States.
Figure below shows that more than 90% of these survey respondents agreed that COSME
through its largest entrepreneurship action, the mentoring scheme - helped to address
all these areas to some extent, and particularly the lack of entrepreneurial culture and
spirit.
EYE programme addressing the failures
Host entrepreneurs (n=198-201)
Lack of entrepreneurial culture & weak entrepreneurial spirit
Entrepreneurs face obstacles to setting up businesses
New businesses struggle to survive and grow
Low levels of entrepreneurial firm creation
Lack of effective policy support in relation to entrepreneurship
Lack of entrepreneurial culture and weak entrepreneurial spirit
Low levels of entrepreneurial firm creation
Entrepreneurs face obstacles when setting up businesses
New businesses struggle to survive and grow
Lack of effective policy support in relation to entrepreneurship
0%
To a great extent
28%
28%
24%
24%
10%
30%
28%
25%
24%
42%
53%
56%
61%
60%
44%
62%
58%
60%
57%
20%
30%
40%
Not at all
50%
60%
52%
17%
16%
6%
15%
17%
49%
7%
10%
14%
16%
19%
70%
80%
90%
100%
New entrepreneurs (n=503-508)
To some extent
Source: Technopolis, based on survey data.
Further 99% of mid term evaluation respondents believe that it is important that the
mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs continues.
The COSME evaluation further argues that the mentoring scheme has been particularly
effective in reaching its knowledge- and skills-related objectives and has laid the ground
for important outcomes in terms of business relationships and internationalization, both
for the New and Host Entrepreneurs. Also in this case, however, the scale of the activities
(in total about 2,000 new entrepreneurs) poses limits to the importance of this action line
within the overall programme portfolio.
1.2.5. IPR SME Helpdesks
The evaluation of the IPR SME helpdesks reveals that the action is very relevant and that
results indicate it could reach its objective on the medium and long term. Evidence shows
that it has been well designed to make EU SMEs aware about their Intellectual Property
262
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
Rights (IPR) in third countries' markets and contributes to the overall objective of the
COSME programme.
In April 2017 the activity had registered 3154 helpline users. With 1347 registered
helpline users against 1000 targeted, China performs well. The Latin-America also with
1217 registered against 800 targeted. Due to the belated implementation of its helpline,
the South-East HD reached only 590 users against 1000 targeted.
After three years of experience under the COSME programme, the action has been
showing effectiveness and should now focus the resources to gain in efficiency. To that
effect it is needed to improve quality of the services, tackle the problems of insufficient
promotion of activities and improve partnering services. There is no need for additional
means in order to achieve more impacts, however the use of the current ones could be
optimised. The fact that intermediaries act as multipliers, can be seen as an efficiency
lever, provided the visibility increases concurrently thanks to more promotion efforts.
The strategy to reach the critical mass of SMEs needs to be improved. The reporting
mechanism for KPIs is burdensome and not sufficiently quality oriented and the
measurement of indicators should be improved. The evaluation concludes on the need for
continued funding for the three regions and considers extending this type of service to
India.
On coherence, a better cooperation with the Cluster Internationalisation actions will be a
priority for the future. The interaction between the three helpdesks should be maintained,
as well as with other COSME initiatives (mainly the EEN) and other EU and national
initiatives.
The action adds value at EU level by developing and broadening its expertise to all EU
SMEs. In order that any SME in any EU MS have access to an equivalent quality of IPR
service, it is of specific value to be able to offer them an IPR one-stop-shop to
accompany them in their globalisation projects.
1.2.6. SME policy
The SME Performance Review
aims at informing policy-makers. It is perceived as an
important building block for evidence-based policy-making; most national
representatives that were interviewed state that it provides reliable statistical data and
analysis on EU SMEs and SME policies. It is effectively used to monitor the
implementation of the SME policy as well as the related SME elements of the EU2020
strategy. The SME Performance Review also feeds into the European Semester, which
provides a framework for the coordination of economic policies across the European
Union.
The SME Envoys Network
consists of 29 Envoys (one per country and an EU SME
Envoy), and meets four times a year. Together with the SME Assembly, the SME Envoy
Network forms the governance structure of the SME policy. For instance, since 2013 the
263
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
Envoys report annually on the state of the SMEs and the implementation of the Small
Business Act to the Competitiveness Council.
Overall, stakeholders are satisfied with the results. The Envoys perceive the network as a
highly valuable EU-level forum where ideas and practices are exchanged. The SME
Performance Review as well as the factsheets are used by the national representatives and
are considered to be of high quality. Many events are organised throughout Europe
during the SME Week, and the SME Assembly gathers stakeholders from all MS. The
main outreach tool, Business Planet, is broadcasted on Euronews. There is a general
perception that the activities organised at the EU-level contribute to a convergence of
SME policies across COSME countries.
1.2.7. Competitiveness of sectors
For the Tourism programme, the consulted stakeholders and beneficiaries indicated as
direct results the creation of new strategic partnerships across borders and more visibility
in international markets of touristic destinations in the EU. While few SMEs were
directly involved (100), the involvement of professional associations and local, regional
and national public tourism agencies created the basis for potentially strong multiplier
effects.
The key objective of the Tourism programme is to strengthen the competitiveness of the
EU Tourism sector and enhance the capacity of SMEs in the sector to expand their
frontiers, both from a service/product offer and geographical point of view. The Tourism
programme is geared towards the involvement of actors along the value chain. Based on
the data available, the programme directly involved about 100 companies, active in the
tourism sector, and an additional 50 private enterprises active in other sectors. The
remaining 200 organisations were mainly business associations (mainly active in
tourism), public agencies, user organisations, and professional service providers (eg
marketing specialists).
1.2.8. Cluster initiatives
The "Clusters
Go International"
action shows a particularly strong alignment with the
need of the clusters to internationalise their activities, both within Europe and beyond. It
concluded that the actions show good potential to lead to an
improved strategic position
in global value chains
and an
enhanced access to potential inward investors
as survey
respondents and interviewees alike highlighted that the activities are based on a strategic
analysis, while flagging out the
limited budget
as a hurdle for their internationalisation
activities that was reported by 90% of the clusters as an important bottleneck. Moreover,
it judged a
positive coherence
in relation to the complementarities and synergies created
264
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0013.png
with other COSME activities geared towards internationalisation and indicated that the
emerging markets of the main EU trade partners are covered through the action.
15
The interim evaluation revealed that the Cluster Go International action reached 3,800
SMEs per € 1 million invested and it
flagged out that the clusters involved can also play
a major role to facilitate the recruitment of the most relevant European SMEs across
regional industrial ecosystems to enter into joint business projects with partners in third
countries
16
for other related actions, such as as the
EU’s Low-Carbon
Business Actions
in Brazil and Mexico, supported through the EU Foreign Partnership Instrument
17
.
At the time of the COSME interim evaluation in October 2017, the Clusters Go
International action involved 25 European Strategic Cluster Partnerships (ESCPs),
launched under the "Clusters
Go International
action representing 145 cluster
organisations across 23 European countries and more than 17,000 European SMEs. Only
15 out of the 25 selected ESCPs were funded, though, due to budget constraints; the
other 10 partnerships were awarded the ESCP label and encouraged to continue their
partnerships on a voluntary basis, without COSME funding. The 15 co-funded
partnerships account for approximately 95 clusters reaching out to over 10,300 European
SMEs. Consequently, the interim evaluation concluded that the Clusters Go International
action
succeeded in involving a high number of clusters, some even at a voluntary
level,
testifying the
high interest in this action
in the EU cluster community. Moreover,
it reported that projects show
overall good progress
in reaching the outputs expected,
such as partnership agreements.
18
Outputs of the Cluster Internationalisation programme
Main outputs of the Clusters Go International action (n=42)
European Strategic Cluster Partnership Agreement
International partnership agreements or MoUs
Roadmap for the internationalisation strategy
implementation
Common branding and marketing strategy
Common internationalisation strategy
Common communication strategy
0%
To a great extent
60%
49%
49%
49%
44%
44%
40%
35%
35%
49%
44%
31%
7%
7%
14%
12%
5%
9%
20%
To some extent
40%
Not at all
60%
80%
100%
Source: Technopolis Group, based on survey data (2017), Interim Evaluation of the COSME Programme
The horizontal actions of the European Cluster Collaboration Platform and the European Observaotory for Clusters
and Industrial Change also provide support within the umbrella of cluster initiatives.
16
In Mexico, at least 50% of European participants were informed about the LCBA project through cluster
organisations. 90% of those clusters were members of the European Cluster Collaboration Platform (ECCP)
17
15
http://www.lowcarbonbrazil.com/index, http://www.lowcarbon.mx/
18
Each ESCP-4i developed a series of joint actions for their members (i.e. business missions, cooperation agreements,
gateway services, export consortia, etc.) strengthening European SMEs access to specific third markets and putting in
motion a long-term cooperation agenda with strategic partners in third countries.
265
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0014.png
The overall achievements of the 1
st
generation of European Strategic Cluster Partnerships
(ESCPs) for going international 2016-2017 prove their success in supporting SME
internationalisation. Over a 24 months period, they involved 2000 SMEs in activities
targeting international third-markets generating 85 concrete business cooperation cases
with international partners. 370 Cluster-to-Cluster events and 3010 Business-to-Business
events have been conducted, whilst 39 Memoranda of Understanding and 45
collaboration projects implemented between EU clusters and international peer
organisations. The interest in the action remained high for 2018-2019 with 23 new
partnerships having been established since.
19
The interim evaluation highlighted the Cluster Go International program (with its
fostering of European partnerships among clusters in order jointly to develop and
implement internationalisation strategies) amongst those COSME action lines with a
very high EU added value,
where the scale and depth of support goes well beyond the
support that can be offered to European SMEs through national or regional initiatives.
20
It also concludes the action is very relevant to the overall need of SMEs in building trust
in finding suitable partners. It points out though that it does not address the barrier of
high costs that come with building trust in finding suitable partners. As a result, it
concludes that a
potential upgrade of the programme could therefore include other
types of support,
such as demonstration projects, feasibility studies and knowledge-
acquisition activities.
The results of the COSME interim evaluation also echoed those of a separate evaluation
of cluster initiatives from 2014
21
, which concluded for instance that the European cluster
initiatives
"generated added value through structuring cluster cooperation
contributing to the emergence of European meta-clusters"
and have reached out to a
wide range of clusters, while flagging out that they
lacked the financial means to
involve SME sufficiently.
Given the highlighted limitation in terms of budget, a possible merging with other small
actions (such as the Cluster Excellence Programme) and the newly launched European
Strategic Cluster Partnerships for smart specialisation investments (under the heading of
industrial modernisation) as well with other larger actions under other programmes (such
as INNOSUP-1 cluster projects under Horizon2020) needs to be carefully considered.
The intermediate results of the cluster projects for new industrial value chains
(INNOSUP-1) shows how clusters can be used to effectively channel direct support to
SMEs for cross-sectoral and cross-regional collaboration and innovation support, which
https://www.clustercollaboration.eu/eu-cluster-partnerships/escp-4i/first-generation/achievements
and
https://www.clustercollaboration.eu/news/clusters-go-international-partnering-event-2018-sharing-
experiences-boost
20
The European cluster initiatives are designed to complement and support efforts taken at regional and national level,
with a particular focus on supporting strategic interregional partnering.
21
Technopolis, EY & Danish Technologica Institute (2014) Evaluation - Cluster initiatives managed by DG Enterprise
and Industry, ENTR/172/PP/2012
LOT4, available at https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
/publication/c1ad8410-9bae-49df-b1f1-69b36071cf30/language-en
19
266
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0015.png
appropriateness was rated by the survey results presented in the interim evaluation of
Horizon2020.
22
Nearly 80% of respondents rate this innovation action as very
appropriate or appropriate, thus being amongst the
top ten rated actions for
appropriateness to develop better innovation support to SMEs
in the EU out of the
30 actions.
22
SWD (2017)221 final, Interim Evaluation of Horizon2020, Annex 2. See
https://ec.europa.eu/research/evaluations/pdf/archive/h2020_evaluations/swd(2017)221-interim_evaluation-
h2020.pdf
267
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0016.png
268
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0017.png
The preliminary impact monitoring further revealed that the six ongoing INNOSUP-1-
2015 projects that started in 2016/2017
reached out to over 2800 SMEs
(e.g. through
matchmaking events, call for ideas/collaboration projects etc.) and that already
449
SMEs are supported directly
(e.g. through innovation vouchers). Overall, the initiative
is on track to support directly over 2000 SMEs by 2020 to take-up and adapt solutions
across sectors and regions.
The lessons learned from the cluster initiatives and consultations with stakeholders such
as during the 2017 GROWyourREGIOn conference
23
and at the EU Industry Day
revealed the following main conclusions:
Cluster initiatives shifted its focus from supporting clusters to using clusters for
creating growth opportunities for SMEs and investments
High need to support SMEs in their internationalisation activities and overcome
sectoral and regional silos, e.g. by focussing on value chains & related industries
High need for more strategic connections across eco-systems and stronger link to
smart specialisation, for which the right mix of partners is needed
Missing funding pipeline to make strategic partnerships sustainable across
industrial specialisations
1.2.9. e-skills
The
e-Skills
action line entailed three actions:
The ‘e-skills for jobs’ action, an awareness campaign (a budget of €2m)
An action for the ‘Development and implementation of a European Framework
for ICT
professions’, ie an action mainly focused on framework development and
coordination (€500k), and
The action ‘Promotion of e-leadership skills in Europe’, an action geared to the
development, validation and dissemination of a new, comprehensive policy
agenda
on leadership skills for digital and KETs (€500k).
All actions funded reached the outputs expected. Stakeholders interviewed were positive
especially in their assessment of the effectiveness reached by the ‘e-skills for jobs’
awareness campaign. In 2016, it covered 21 different countries where events were
organised and many stakeholders and high-level policy-makers were involved, including
members of the European Parliament. Stakeholders and survey respondents unanimously
indicated the effective engagement of various stakeholders such as education and training
organisations, employees and entrepreneurs as the most important factor in driving
23
https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/300-participants-co-create-inspiring-future-cluster-
initiatives-grow-your-region-conference_en
269
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0018.png
progress towards an enhanced awareness and especially an enhanced availability of
digital skills.
1.2.1. EU-Japan Centre for Industrial Cooperation
The EU-Japan Centre for industrial cooperation (co-financed and co-managed by the EU and the
Japanese sides) was effective in fostering industrial cooperation, including trade cooperation
between the EU and Japan, providing policy analysis (Policy seminar, EU-Japan
business round
table, Minerva fellowship programme), providing services to business (e.g. get ready for Japan,
Kaizen webinars, Vulcanus in Japan and in the EU), providing SME support (e.g. on tax and
public procurement),
organising information events and knowledge-sharing opportunities,
as well as networking activities with the objective of facilitating and fostering the
cooperation between European and Japanese companies and clusters. Actions for
increasing its impact and potential synergies with other actions will be further
considered.
1.2.2. Consultations
The consultations in the context of the interim evaluation of the COSME programme
included:
-
-
-
121 bilateral interviews with stakeholders for the four programme specific objectives
(access to finance, access to markets, favourable environment and entrepreneurship);
eight qualitative consultations targeting two specific objectives (access to finance
and favourable environment) and mostly including open ended questions;
seven quantitative consultations targeting five specific COSME measures (loan
guarantee facility, Enterprise Europe Network, Clusters for International, Tourism
calls and the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs) mostly including closed
ended questions;
an open public consultation
24
.
-
Intermediaries and beneficiary SMEs were approached for the qualitative and
quantitative consultations. In total, 4,100 responses were received. The public
consultation received 195 responses and 14 position papers.
Overall, the respondents to the open public consultation recognised that COSME is
successful in implementing its objectives (access to finance, access to market, improve
the business environment and promote entrepreneurship).
In order to increase the socio-economic impacts of COSME, it would be important to
increase the budget of the financial instruments (75% of respondents), to provide more
24
https://ec.europa.eu/info/consultations/interim-evaluation-programme-competitiveness-enterprises-and-small-and-
medium-sized-enterprises-cosme-2014-2020_en
270
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0019.png
business advisory services (73% of respondents), to expand entrepreneurship mobility
schemes (58% of respondents) and to substantially expand actions to support the uptake
of new technologies, skills and new business models (73% of respondents).
73% of the contributors also considered the increase of synergies and coordination with
other EU/national/regional programmes to be important.
All the position papers advocated for a continuation of the programme under the new
MFF and most them called for its strengthening. They insisted that an SME driven
programme focusing on SMEs needs and characteristics is necessary due to the
importance of SMEs in the EU economy. This programme could target all SMEs and
would be based on an integrated business support approach that covers the entire life-
cycle of an SME and delivers tangible benefits for entrepreneurs with a strong focus on
simplification.
Results of open public consultation on next MFF
Cluster R&D, SMEs and single
market
A public consultation on EU funds in the area of investment, research & innovation,
SMEs and single market was conducted from 10 January to 9 March. While only 8.3% of
respondents had experience with the COSME programme, around 25% declared that
their replies refer to the EU support for SME and entrepreneurship (1.034 respondents).
Around 77% of them think that the SME and entrepreneurship support provided by the
EU has a good or large added value compared to what Member States can achieve at
national, regional and/or local level. Foster research and innovation (61%), support
education, skills and training (47%) and support industrial development (43%) are among
the better-addressed challenges by the current SME and entrepreneurship support. They
consider that ensure a clean and healthy environment, facilitate digital transition of
economy and facilitate SME access to finance are a slightly less well addressed (from
36% to 32%).
Concerning the obstacles preventing the current EU SME and entrepreneurship
funds/programmes to achieve their objectivs, the selected respondents believe that the
complex procedures (75%), the lack of flexibility (58%), the insufficient synergies with
other EU programmes(56%) and the difficulty to combine EU and other public support
are the main difficulties. The lack of EU standards, the inadequate IT capabilities and the
insufficient critical mass are considered less important.
SME stakeholders25 generally supported COSME and its continuation in the next
MFF. As SMEs have a central role in the European economy their competitiveness and
development should be at the heart of the EU support strategy. The stakeholders
25
Position papers received in the latest Commission consultations by stakeholders (Business Organisation such as
BusinessEurope or Eurochambres, sectoral business organisations, national and regional administrations
etc.). The consultations focused on: EU funds in the area of investment, research & innovation, SMEs and
single market; COSME interim evaluation,; Start-up and scale-up Initiative
271
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
identified as key elements of the future SME support the financial instruments, EEN and
the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs. They proved to be valuable in the current
programme and should be therefore continued and strengthen in the next MFF. The new
programme should also have simplified rules, building on the example of Horizon 2020,
and ensure better synergies with other EU programmes.
272
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0021.png
2.
THE OBJECTIVES
2.1.
Challenges for the programmes of the next MFF
2.1.1.
Key features of COSME 2014-2020
COSME supports the creation and growth of small and medium sized enterprises. With a
€ 2.3 billion budget for the 2014-2020, COSME contributes to the Commission’s top
political priority to create more growth and jobs and filling the gap in investment in the
EU. The COSME programme has a regulation that sets four objectives:
At least 60% of the programme, that is 1.4 billion, is devoted to ease
access to
finance
for SMEs, both through guarantees and equity. Due to the high leverage
effect, COSME is expected to help up to 330.000 SMEs by mobilising around
€20
billion in guaranteed loans and up to nearly 4 billion for equity finance.
Second, COSME supports SMEs in
access to markets
and internationalisation. The
Enterprise Europe Network with contact points in more than 60 countries
26
through
In Japan our contact point is the EU-Japan Centre for industrial cooperation
26
273
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0022.png
its more than 600 local contact points. Since 2016, the EEN is implementing, in
addition to its normal activities, also the start-up and scale-up initiative, a priority of
the Single Market Strategy.
Third, COSME contributes to the creation of a
favourable environment for
enterprises
such as clusters and
support their competitiveness.
This includes
several activities such as the platform for better regulation or several actions relating
to SME policy.
Fourth, COSME
promotes entrepreneurship, particularly
with the mentoring
scheme for new entrepreneurs, where participants acquire a business experience in a
successful SME in another country.
COSME 2014-2020
Access to Finance (financial instruments)
Enterprise Europe Network
EU-Japan Centre
IPR SME helpdesks
Other actions and support measures
Access to Markets (subtotal)
Modernisation of Industry
Sector's competitiveness
Clusters
SME Policy
Better Regulation
Other actions and Support Measures
Business Environment and
Competitiveness (subtotal)
The mentoring scheme for new
entrepreneurs
Other actions and Support Measures
Entrepreneurship (subtotal)
Management and Administration
EASME
Programme Administration (subtotal)
Total
No i al i
1440
375
20
18
91
504
60
48
40
38
6
46
238
65
25
90
25
60
85
2357
illio €
Baseline post 2020
(-15%)
1224
319
17
15.3
77.35
428.4
51
40.8
34
32.3
5.1
39.1
202.3
55.25
21.25
76.5
21.25
51
72.25
2003.45
274
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0023.png
2.1.2. Challenges for COSME
The conditions for starting-up a business in the EU (in terms of cost and time to create a
company) has progressed in the last ten years. However, the situation is uneven across
Member States. Furthermore the administrative burden to operate a business, such as
obtaining permits and licenses, remains high. In addition, there is a lack of
entrepreneurial spirit and a large heterogeneity of entrepreneurship support services.
Newly created companies and smaller firms still face difficulties in accessing finance.
They are not able to reap sufficiently the opportunities offered by the Single Market and
by markets beyond the EU. This means that the full growth potential of SMEs remains
unlocked as they are not sufficiently integrated in industrial value chains with the EU and
globally. They face also difficulties in taking up the benefits of innovation, creativity,
new business models and resource-efficient solutions; they do less business on-line than
bigger firms and have difficulties in finding the right skills. While SMEs are essential to
generate jobs and growth, their contributions are limited by these barriers. It is the
objective of COSME to address these difficulties for scaling-up by providing adapted
financial instruments, generating business opportunities in the single market and beyond,
stimulating cooperation between Member States to reduce the administrative burden,
promoting entrepreneurship, supporting the modernisation of industry and creation of
favourable business eco-systems such as clusters
27
as well as linkages between them so
that SMEs can flourish and scale-up.
In
the specific case of the outermost regions' SMEs, the difficulties they encounter are
particularly significant because their regional markets are small, depend heavily on
exchanges with Europe and face high competition from neighbouring third countries. As
outlined in the Commission's communication "A stronger and renewed strategic
partnership with the EU's outermost regions
28
, it will be important to further enhance the
capacity of the outermost regions' businesses to operate: their specific concerns should be
considered in the future programme (the successor of COSME) to help enhance their
competiveness in international markets and reap the benefits of globalisation.
See, for instance, the 2016 European Cluster Panorama of the European Cluster Observatory (available at
https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/european-cluster-panorama-2016-published-0_en) & Smart Guide to Cluster Policy
(available at http://ec.europa.eu/DocsRoom/documents/16903/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native) that
show that fast-growing enterprises (so-called gazelles) based in strong clusters employ 35 employees on average
compared to 24 outside of strong clusters and that clusters overall account for 39% of European jobs and 55% of
European wages. Moreover, various academic articles such as Delgado, M., Porter, M.E. & Stern, S. (2012) Clusters,
Convergence and Economic Performance show that clusters offer a favourable regional eco-systems for innovation and
entrepreneurship in which companies are more innovative, conduct more market research, cooperate more and register
more international trademarks and patents than companies that do not operate in a cluster. It also shows that regions
with strong clusters have positive spill-over effects on neighbouring regions and related clusters. SMEs active in
clusters are thus more likely to master complexity and benefit from growth opportunities in clusters of related
emerging industries.
28
COM(2017)623
27
275
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0024.png
Figure 1: Most important problems faced by firms in EU28, April-September 2016
Other, 9%
Access to
finance, 9%
Finding
customers, 25%
Regulation, 12%
Costs of
production or
labour, 12%
Availability of
skilled staff or
experienced
managers, 20%
Competition,
13%
Source: European Commission, (2016): Survey on the access to finance of enterprises (SAFE),
Analytical Report 2016
2.1.3. Challenges for Access to finance
The COSME Loan Guarantee Facility (LGF) is being successfully implemented in terms
of geographic scope and in terms of reaching the right beneficiaries, i.e. SMEs which
have problems in accessing finance. It is geared towards supporting any type of SME
higher risk financing transaction. From a technical point of view, this is being achieved
by offering portfolio guarantees free of charge to financial intermediaries across the
participating countries. In return for such free of charge guarantees, financial
intermediaries must commit to build portfolios of new financing transactions which
constitute higher risk financing or to significantly increase the volumes of existing higher
risk SME financing products.
The Loan Guarantee Facility has been effective in reaching those SMEs which
experience particular difficulties in obtaining finance, namely start-ups (defined as
businesses in their first five years of existence), which account for almost 50% of all
financing transactions supported (as of 09/2017). Furthermore 91% of all supported
enterprises are micro enterprises. The facility is also successful in supporting SMEs in a
wide range of sectors. Over 12% of support has gone to knowledge-intensive services so
far. But support has also gone to SMEs in the more traditional sectors such as wholesale,
retail and construction and manufacturing as indicated below.
The average transaction size stands at €35,500. This is significantly lower than the
average transaction size under the SME Guarantee Facility of the Competitiveness and
Innovation Programme (the predecessor facility), where the average transaction size was
approximately €65,000. The low average transaction size under COSME is most likely
due to the €150,000
threshold introduced under the COSME LGF, above which financial
intermediaries must by means of a checklist demonstrate that an SME is in principle not
able to comply with any of the more than 10 different innovation criteria established
276
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0025.png
under the InnovFin SME guarantee facility of Horizon 2020.
29
This application of the
checklist has been criticised during the mid-term evaluation as to onerous and
cumbersome (significant administrative burden) for financial intermediaries and SMEs
and has been mentioned as blocking an efficient implementation of the facility.
The key challenge to the implementation of an SME guarantee facility under the next
Multiannual Financial Framework period will be to operate under the following market
conditions:
1.
Significantly differing access to finance conditions across Member States require
a flexible design of the guarantee facility:
Following the financial crisis a
significant number of policy interventions coupled with positive economic
developments have led to an improvement in the availability of bank finance, and the
conditions for access to finance have on average recovered
30
. However as regards
volume of lending, pre-crisis levels have not been reached yet. Plus we observe
significant differences in the access to finance situation for SMEs across Member
States in terms of availability of finance, risk appetite of the commercial sector,
conditions of finance (interest rates charged and collateral required) and product
diversification. SMEs, however, rely on local providers of finance and are unable to
overcome the national access to finance barriers.
2. Differing degrees of public support activities in the Member States and
significantly differing market gaps require a facility which is more responsive to
those Member States which require most support, rather than relying on a roll-
out purely based on demand; Member States alone will not be able to
sufficiently address the market gaps:
The estimated market gap in EU 27 over the
7-year period (2011
2017) for new SME financing
has come down from €42 billion
in 2014 to less than €30 billion in 2017.
31
However, this is the EU27-wide market gap
after a significant amount of guarantee and loan support measures in the order of
magnitude of €110 billion per annum are provided at a) national level (approximately
€90 billion), b) under ESIF (mainly ERDF) (approximately €10 billion) and through
EU central financial instruments (approximately €13 billion). Had the support at any
of these three levels been lower, it can be assumed that the size of the market gap
would have been higher. Going forward it is expected that Member States with strong
budgetary positions may maintain or even increase the financial support for access to
finance for SMEs. However, Member States with strained are in weaker financial
positions and also have inadequate capacities to operate support schemes, will have to
continue to rely on financial instruments established under EU programmes under
shared management and those established at central EU level.
3. Simplification of central EU guarantee support schemes for SMEs needed:
As
set out in the Reflection Paper on the Future of EU Finances
32
, there is a
'need to
ensure policy coherence among EU instruments to ensure that they all support EU
objectives and facilitate reforms in Member States. For instance, in the area of SME
29
http://www.eif.org/what_we_do/guarantees/single_eu_debt_instrument/innovfin-guarantee-facility/
30
Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises in the euro area April to September 2017, section 3.1:
https://www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/pdf/other/ecb.accesstofinancesmallmediumsizedenterprises201711.en.pdf?
beb1832df4af9efa945a5a1f7b99eeb7
31
32
Using the Upper bound method used in the ex-ante assessment for the SME initiative
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/reflection-paper-eu-finances_en.pdf
277
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0026.png
financing the same beneficiaries may be eligible to receive support through several
instruments covered under different programmes (COSME, Horizon 2020 and EFSI)
or implemented by Member States through cohesion policy. This overlapping product
offer has caused some confusion for financial intermediaries as to which scheme to
apply. Rules and conditions applying in the same policy area should be aligned.'
4. Fintech companies as potential challengers to banks as the main providers of
SME debt finance:
The financing of SMEs in Europe through the banking sector has
a long tradition. However, the banking market is undergoing significant structural
changes. The number of financial institutions is continuously reducing and new
players (fintech) are emerging which are ready to challenge the traditional banking
sector.
'There
is no doubt that the landscape has changed for banks. […..], the digital
revolution is lowering cost, distance, time and barriers to entry, creating space for
new fintech players to enter the market'
33
. Despite the fact that fintech is a nascent
industry, it is likely to have an impact on the SME financing markets in the next 10
years. While many banks are investing heavily in technology, industry experts have
gone as far as to state that
'Banks may face their “Kodak moment” unless they
embrace disruptive technologies. However, since banks are profiting from business-
as-usual, there is little incentive for them to innovate and cannibalize their own
business'
34
.
2.1.4. Access to markets and global value chains
One of the main challenges to be addressed in the new MFF is the lack of SMEs' capacity
to develop their activities outside their home country, especially in the Single Market but
also in markets outside the EU. The main problems identified are (1) finding customers
and business partners outside their home country, (2) spotting international business
opportunities and (3) getting information on other markets. In this respect, the provision
of information services will continue to be a challenge.
European industry faces increasing competition from abroad across the whole value
chain, and it must internationalise further to face it. Hence, supporting the
internationalisation of European business is a crucial element in the strategy to widen and
deepen internationalisation of the EU economy as a whole.
Putting in place support for structures that help EU businesses penetrate foreign markets
is an important dimension of this internationalisation strategy, in particular for SMEs but
also for all types of business which need advice and services on key aspects such as IP,
standardisation, regulatory environment, public procurement, etc.
To this end, EU business support structures in third countries have an important role to
play in synergies with the EEN vision for the future that are developed, in particular the
EEN members (BCC) in third countries. Already now the EU SME Centre in China, the
33
34
http://www.smefinanceforum.org/post/banks-and-fintech-companies-come-together-to-discuss-vision-2030-for-
small-business-finance
http://www.smefinanceforum.org/post/banks-and-fintech-companies-come-together-to-discuss-vision-2030-for-
small-business-finance
278
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
ELAN-biz project in Latin America and the EU-Japan Centre for Industrial Cooperation
are also playing this role.
Hence the need for EU support in third country to help business to establish presence and
access local markets. EU support should be complementary to that of MS and should
focus on areas with the highest added value.
SMEs' expectations are changing towards a more tailored approach of information
provisioning and specialised advice addressing specific needs. Synergies and efficiency
gains will be realised by further integrating the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs
in the Network’s activities, creating a one-stop-shop
service for SMEs. The Enterprise
Europe Network intends to link-up and use existing and new information sources such as
the Single Digital Gateway to address the information asymmetry challenge.
The Network intends to continue and further develop its synergies with other Community
programmes such as Horizon 2020 with the services provided to SME beneficiaries of
the EIC, encouraging and promoting the participation of SMEs in Horizon2020, and the
support and cooperation with initiatives financed by EU regional funding (like for
example the macro-regional cooperation projects involving SMEs). The identification of
business partners abroad will continue to be a major challenge as SMEs that fail to
innovate or internationalize run the risk of losing ground to competitors, losing key staff,
or simply operating inefficiently; this also includes the need to co-operate along their
value and supply chains. The Network also intends to continue its cooperation with EU
financed Business Centres abroad, based on the good practices and lessons learnt with
the business centre in Beijing who became a Network node in 2015.
The Network will have to continue building on existing strengths and evolve structures
and services to help SMEs survive, innovate and grow in an increasingly competitive
world and address the challenge of shortcoming managerial capacities of SMEs to
increase their competiveness in the Single Market and abroad. It requires the Network to
further develop the client centric approach where tailor made advisory services will be
provided with Network consortia working together to support the client to innovate, grow
and internationalise.
The survey of entrepreneurs participating in the mentoring scheme (part of the mid-term
review of COSME) confirmed the existence of market and systemic failures in the area
of entrepreneurship. These include obstacles setting up businesses, difficult Framework
conditions that result in new businesses struggling to survive and grow. Furthermore,
there is a lack of effective policy support related to entrepreneurship.
There is also a widespread belief that there is a lack of entrepreneurial culture, weak
entrepreneurial spirit, and low levels of entrepreneurial firm creation in Member States.
With regards to further implementation of the mentoring scheme the main challenges are:
the demand for expansion of the programme (increased number of participants)
confronted with reduced resources available as well as future geographical extension
279
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0028.png
together with further efficiency gains. Some efficiency gains were reached thanks to the
introduction of a Framework Partnership grant procedure intended for experienced
mentoring scheme intermediary organisations in 2016. In the post-2020 period, further
synergies and efficiency gains will be realised by further integrating the mentoring
scheme into the portfolio of EEN activities. This would create a one-stop-shop for
entrepreneurs and enterprises supporting them from the start-up phase, to scaling-up and
internationalisation.
2.1.5. Challenges for business environment and industrial modernisation
Doing business remains cumbersome in large parts of the EU and barriers to scaling-up
persist. Furthermore, the administrative burden to operate a business, such as obtaining
licenses or permits, remains high.
SMEs face difficulties in taking up the benefits of innovation, creativity, new business
models and resource-efficient solutions. They also do less business on-line than bigger
firms and have difficulties in finding the right skills. While SMEs are essential to
generate jobs and growth, their contributions is limited by these barriers. Supporting the
modernisation of industry and creation of favourable business eco-systems, such as
clusters
35
, as well as linkages between them is thus crucial for helping SMEs to flourish
and scale-up.
Various reports and studies have shown that insufficient investments in industrial
modernisation and the fragmentation of business eco-systems and clusters are hampering
future EU competitiveness and create an innovation divide. It is therefore crucial to
complement the excellence-based focus of R&D support to develop breakthrough
innovation under the FP with support for bringing solutions to mainstream SMEs across
the EU that facilitates their adoption and redeployment in different sectors and regions
and takes industrial specialisations into account.
36
The heavy decrease in the number of SMEs introducing product and process innovation
(by 18.2%) between 2010 and 2016 reported by the 2017 European Innovation
Scoreboard illustrates this problem. SMEs account for only one-fifth of EU business
R&D expenditures. On top, the Scoreboard also shows that innovative SMEs only
marginally collaborate more with others (0.5%) and that employment in fast-growing
firms based in innovative sectors has declined by 5.4%.
37
See, for instance, the 2016 European Cluster Panorama of the European Cluster Observatory (available at
https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/european-cluster-panorama-2016-published-0_en) & Smart Guide to Cluster Policy
(available at http://ec.europa.eu/DocsRoom/documents/16903/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native) that
show that fast-growing enterprises (so-called gazelles) based in strong clusters employ 35 employees on average
compared to 24 outside of strong clusters and that clusters overall account for 39% of European jobs and 55% of
European wages. Moreover, various academic articles such as Delgado, M., Porter, M.E. & Stern, S. (2012) Clusters,
Convergence and Economic Performance show that clusters offer a favourable regional eco-systems for innovation and
entrepreneurship in which companies are more innovative, conduct more market research, cooperate more and register
more international trademarks and patents than companies that do not operate in a cluster. It also shows that regions
with strong clusters have positive spill-over effects on neighbouring regions and related clusters. SMEs active in
clusters are thus more likely to master complexity and benefit from growth opportunities in clusters of related
emerging industries.
36
JRC Policy insights
Industrial R&I, February 2018, For a transformative industry & innovation strategy
37
Moreover, the 2015 European cluster trends report of the European Cluster Observatory shows that the intensity of
transregional cooperation patterns is diverse across Europe.
35
280
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0029.png
A recent study
38
on advanced manufacturing shows that there are barriers to the uptake of
innovation, such as sufficient know-how, adequate human capital and organisational and
managerial capacity. Small firms have much larger problems to overcome these barriers
than large firms. While 75% of companies indicate the high costs of investment in
advanced manufacturing technologies, an EIB study also shows that over 90% of smaller
companies active in key enabling technologies struggle to raise the finance they need.
More than 90% of SMEs in Europe also feel lagging behind in digital innovation. They
also do less business on-line than bigger firms and have difficulties in finding the right
skills. As the specialised competences are often concentrated in few countries
39
and
SMEs struggle to find the right partners, too few SMEs in the EU embrace advanced and
additive manufacturing, artificial intelligence and augmented reality and master new
service offerings, especially in traditional manufacturing sectors.
Similarly, inter-regional collaboration and SME support efforts are currently not
sufficiently strategically pooled across industrial policy priorities. Making a better use of
SME intermediaries, including clusters, and supporting their teaming up offers scope to
better link actors, notably SMEs, across specialised eco-systems in the EU and thus to
deliver a stronger EU added value.
40
To facilitate the take-up of advanced technologies (e.g. advanced manufacturing, digital,
Big Data), new business models and low-carbon and resource-efficient solutions as well
as to promote internationalisation activities, partnering and skills development to
embrace industrial transformations are the objective of the scaling-up instrument to be
channelled via specialised SME intermediaries under Joint Cluster Initiatives.
For an effective implementation, it will be important to overcome the significant hurdle
of the limited budget for existing cluster actions that was highlighted in the COSME
interim evaluation as otherwise the indicated good potential of supporting SMEs
positioning in global value chains cannot be achieved. The interim evaluation reveals that
the Cluster Go International action, that aims at supporting clusters in designing and
implementing an internationalisation strategy, reaches
3,800 SMEs per € 1 million
invested. The European Cluster Collaboration Platform gathers more than 730 cluster
organisations with an average of 100 SMEs per cluster, reaching out to about 73 000
SMEs across Europe. These actions together with capacity-building efforts under the
European Cluster Excellence Programme and newly launched European Strategic Cluster
Partnerships for smart specialisation investments produce impact but are limited by the
available budget.
To overcome the limited budget and make more strategic use of clusters in supporting
SME growth, a consolidation and reinforcement of cluster initiatives is foreseen, ideally
together with cluster-related actions under Horizon2020. Therefore, the interim
evaluation's suggestion of an "integrated approach" for SME growth support to cover all
stages of firm's development and the "reinforcement of ecosystems" is followed. By
merging the various activities under Joint Cluster Initiatives and reorganising them
Kroll et al. (2016) An analysis of drivers, barriers and readiness factors of EU companies for adopting
advanced manufacturing products and technologies.
Out of 1350 technology centres offering services to SMEs in Europe, 60% are concentrated in 6 EU Member States
according to a mapping of technology centres for key enabling technologies.
40
See also Communication on “A renewed EU Industrial Policy Strategy” (COM/2017/0479 final), the Start-up
and
Scale-up
Initiative (COM/2016/0733) and the Smart Specialisation Communication on “Strengthening
Innovation in Europe's Regions” (COM(2017) 376 final)
39
38
281
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0030.png
towards an effective tool to implement industrial policy and SME support
41
that teams up
actors across Europe under 10 to 20 related industrial specialisations and applying a
simplified and streamlined implementation
42
, COSME will be able to contribute to the
strengthening and linking of business eco-systems to help SMEs to start-up and grow.
This means that the full growth potential of SMEs remains unlocked as they are not
sufficiently integrated in industrial value chains with the EU and globally.
The evaluation of the previous ERDF and Cohesion Fund programming period shows, for instance, that the
promotion of networking through clusters has been among the most successful instruments for supporting innovation in
SMEs and nurturing their development, even if their number was marginal within the whole set of instruments. See Ex-
post evaluation of Cohesion Policy Programmes 20017-2013 Financed by the ERDF and the CF, WP2 Support to
SMEs, Increasing research and innovation in SMEs and SME development, Contract Nr. 2014CE16BAT002
41
This is facilitated by the possibility to use lump sums and financing linked to the fulfilment of
achievements of results expected to be allowed by the revision of the Financial Regulation.
42
282
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0031.png
2.2.
Objectives of the programmes of the next MFF
Deriving from the analysis of the problems and challenges, the general objectives of the
COSME+ programme do not differ from the COSME regulation.
The
general objectives
of the COSME+ programme are:
Promoting the creation and sustainable growth of enterprises, in particular SMEs.
Strengthening the competitiveness of enterprises, boosting industrial
modernisation and fostering entrepreneurship.
283
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The analysis of the relevance of the Interim Evaluation of COSME shows its objectives
are still pertinent with a different emphasis for some of them.
The specific objectives of the COSME+ programme are:
1)
Access to finance (including the SME loan guarantee)
Addressing the
access to finance
gap for SMEs and obstacles for investments;
2)
Access to Markets (including the EEN and
the mentoring scheme)
Facilitating SMEs' access to markets (public and private) and supporting them in
addressing
global and societal
challenges;
Supporting
business internationalisation,
notably of SMEs, and strengthening
EU industrial leadership
in global value chains.
3)
Business Environment, Industrial Modernisation, Competitiveness and
Entrepreneurship
Addressing
market barriers,
administrative burden and creating a favourable
business environment towards helping SMEs to benefit from the
Single Market;
Facilitating the growth
of business, including skills development, and
industrial transformation
across manufacturing and service sectors. Supporting
SMEs'
uptake of innovation
and value chain collaboration through strategically
connecting ecosystems and clusters;
Promoting the exploitation of
entrepreneurial and market opportunities,
by
fosterin
g
an entrepreneurial business environment and culture favourable to
sustainable enterprises, and supporting start-ups, business sustainability and
scale-ups.
284
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0033.png
3.
P
ROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND PRIORITIES
3.1.
Programme structure and priorities
The following diagram shows the logic of intervention in the life-cycle of an SME. This
life-cycle logic will be integrated into COSME+ by favouring synergies between
instruments. The goal is to be able to provide combined support to entrepreneurs and
SMEs.
On the basis of the effectiveness demonstrated by the Interim Evaluation, COSME+ will
focus on the actions that produced results in the current programming period:
The Loan Guarantee Facility
The Enterprise Europe Network
The Cluster initiatives
The mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs.
This will result in the following overarching specific objectives at regulation level:
Access to finance (including the SME loan guarantee)
Access to Markets (including the EEN and
the mentoring scheme)
Business Environment, Industrial Modernisation, Competitiveness and
Entrepreneurship (including consolidated Joint Cluster Initiatives)
The internal coherence of the programme will be strengthened by creating strong
synergies between actions. Synergies can be found, for example, by increasing the links
and cooperation between the Enterprise Europe Network, the mentoring scheme for new
entrepreneurs and Cluster initiatives. The service proposed by each of these instruments
could benefit the same groups of SMEs or entrepreneurs in a business development logic,
notably those targeted by strategic interregional collaboration along and across clusters of
industrial (smart) specialisations and EU value chains. For example, the would-be
entrepreneurs benefitting from the mentoring and initial business matchmaking in the
mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs could be encouraged by collaborating clusters
285
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0034.png
to participate and be redirected to the EEN for more specialised business advisory
services, broadened partnership opportunities or receive advice on financial instruments
for funding needs. This forms part of the integrated approach based on the life-cycle of
SMEs that the programme will follow. The Enterprise Europe Network and the the
mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs will be upgraded, based on the existing
synergies and similarities in their implementation modalities: for example by reinforcing
the Enterprise Europe Network entrepreneurship support community, and the EEN scale-
up advisors to help entrepreneurs with a proven business model to develop their activities
bringing them in contact with potential business partners, hence providing a continuous
support for SME throughout their lifecycle, which is a crucial element and a specific
feature of COSME (missing in other programmes). The interlinks between the two
actions is also demonstrated by the fact that already about 10% of the mentoring scheme
for new entrepreneurs implementing organizations on the territory are also EEN Network
members.
The number of smaller actions will be limited to a reduced number of supporting
measures and management activities. We will define also a set of smaller scale actions to
test new actions and then if successful scale up. It makes sense to have a mix of
established larger-scale projects and smaller more experimental approaches. In order to
reduce the existing complexities specific attention will be paid in providing integrated
support (e.g. financing, advice, match-making) by using a 'one-stop-shop' approach.
The programme will also include horizontal measures for policy support, cross-sectoral
cooperation, transnational cooperation of SMEs/joint business ventures, developing
socio-economic knowledge and analysis for the competitive growth of SMEs in different
sectors, support to entrepreneurship and micro enterprises in particular or enterprises
with higher difficulty in accessing funding.
COSME's EU added value lies in contributing to jobs and growth creation through an
extended network of intermediaries (such as the Enterprise Europe Network and clusters)
by providing integrated support services for SMEs to innovate, to foster cross-border
opportunities and cooperation and the internationalisation of SMEs. COSME contributes
to reducing economic divergences by addressing market gaps through the SME guarantee
facility which are not (sufficiently) addressed at Member State level
COSME + Baseline post 2020
Access to Finance (financial instruments)
Enterprise Europe Network +
the mentoring
scheme
EU-Japan Centre
IPR SMEs helpdesks
Other actions and support measures
Access to Markets (subtotal)
Joint Cluster initiative & Modernisation of
Industry
No i al i
1200
400
17
18
33
468
150
illio €
Ambitious scenario
2400
600
17
18
33
668
300
286
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0035.png
Scale-up instrument
Sector's competitiveness
SME Policy
Better Regulation
Other actions and Support Measures
Business Environment, Industrial
Modernisation, Competitiveness and
Entrepreneurship (subtotal)
Management and Administration
EASME
Programme Administration (subtotal)
Total
3.2.
Access to finance
3.2.1. Priorities
40
32
5
33
260
1000
40
32
5
33
1410
20
55
75
2003
20
70
90
4568
The objective is to ensure that no instruments are created which have a sub-optimal size.
Given the importance of access to debt finance for SMEs in EU27, it is proposed to use
all available budgetary resources to only support guarantees and counter-guarantees for
portfolios of debt finance operations under COSME+.
The existing option under the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility to support securitisation
transactions, i.e. provide guarantees for a mezzanine tranche of securitisation
transactions, has not been met with any market demand. It is therefore suggested that this
implementation option is discontinued under the COSME+ programme.
Moreover, equity support instrument will be created under the SME window of the
InvestEU Fund providing seamless support for SMEs and small mid-caps from the pre-
seed stage all the way to the expansion and growth stage. Such a broad-based facility will
enable flexibility, create economies of scale, operate more efficiently and be easier to
market towards potential financial intermediaries. Therefore, it is suggested to
discontinue equity support under COSME+ and focus only on the guaranty facility.
3.2.2. Expected minimum size for the intervention
The expected minimum size of the intervention, about €1.2 bn, comprises the total
budget for financial instruments under the existing COSME programme reduced by 15%
(baseline scenario).
As the SME guarantee facility will be implemented through the SME window of the
InvestEU Fund, which is based on a budgetary guarantee rather than a fully funded
financial instrument, a budget of €1.2 bn transferred to a budgetary guarantee translates
into available resources of €1.5 bn (based on an expected provisioning rate
of 85%).
287
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The anticipated leverage for this facility ranges between 1:15 to 1:25. With available
resources of €1.5 billion, new higher risk debt financing of €22.5 bn to €37,5 bn over the
lifetime of the programme could be made available. On average, it is expected that
between €3.2 and €5.4 billion would be made available annually.
The budget for the baseline scenario is based on the current COSME budget decreased by
15%, which assumes that EUR 1.2 billion will be made available for budgetary
guarantee. Considering 85% provisioning rate, this would enable available investments
of the guarantee facility of EUR 1.41 billion, which is broadly in line with the expected
full budget of COSME Loan Guarantee facility supported by EFSI for the period 2014-
2020. This budget would allow keeping the EU intervention at the same level and and
therefore the market gap would not increase further by EUR 4 billion annually, while
contribution to more than 690,000 jobs being maintained or newly created over the
programme implementation period.
3.2.3. EU-added value of the intervention
The EU-added value of SME guarantee facility to be set-up under the SME window of
the InvestEU Fund will be to:
-
create synergies by addressing market gaps not addressed at regional or national
level: the market gap analysis has demonstrated that the size of the SME debt
financing market gap is significant despite considerable interventions at Member
State level and through central EU guarantees for SMEs. This will help to address the
persistent market fragmentation and therefore strengthen the Single Market;
create synergies by address market gaps in clearly defined underserved economic
sectors and in those contributing to the achievement of EU policy priorities;
improve the effectiveness by addressing market gaps through supporting cross-border
financing solutions: despite the fact that SMEs rely largely on national or regional
providers of finance, there is a small, nascent market for financial intermediaries
which provide finance on a cross-border basis,
improve effectiveness by fostering the transfer of best practices between financial
intermediaries with a view to encourage the emergence of a broad product offering
for higher risk SMEs suitable for their specific financing needs across the Member
States. Transferring skills and capacity building across Member States could play a
significant role in aligning national policies, in reducing the competitiveness gap
between European economies and in accelerating economic growth in Europe;
improve efficiency through economies of scale (i.e. Member States may be reluctant
to create support schemes on their own because of cost efficiency considerations, lack
of critical mass or expertise. Hence a EU response is essential to avoid even bigger
market fragmentation and disparities).
3.3.
Access to Markets
-
-
-
-
The EU added value of the Enterprise Europe Network is clearly shown in the
networking function, the coverage, and the infrastructure as well as by the Network
services. The connections set up between regional support intermediaries provide a lot of
288
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
value that would not be established by these organisations themselves. The coverage
allows for service provision in every corner of Europe based on the availability, the
specific needs of SMEs in the region taking into account the regional SME support and
innovation strategies. These services, and especially the partnering services, show very
high EU added value as they help SMEs to make effective use of the Single Market.
Knowing that the funds at national and regional level are not able to substitute the EU
funding shows that the continuation of the Network is dependent on EU level funds. The
diversity of services provided addressing the specific needs of SMEs requires consortia
of intermediary organisations with a strong local presence in every region of the EU.
Experiences from the current implementation show that 500+ organisations with highly
skilled staff are needed to provide these integrated services and to reach out to the very
diverse target group of SMEs (with respect to the various sectors of activities).
The EU added value is clearly shown within the mentoring scheme due to its
international matching function. Beyond the entrepreneurial mentoring and skills
development aspects, the creation of links and fostering of cooperation in view of future
growth and job creation is an outcome the programme aims at achieving.
Experiences from the current implementation show that at least about 180 organisations
are needed to reach at least the current number of exchanges.
An increased combined budget of up to € 500 million for EEN would allow to Implement
new initiatives for EEN and increase the number of SMEs served from 250.000
SMEs/Year to 400.000 SMEs/Year. The increased budget would allow to improve the
internationalization service to help SMEs find partners in third countries; to provide an
extended support to SMEs seeking access to finance; to upgrade EEN's assistance for
tailored coaching services for SMEs including in developing their managerial skills; to
provide more targeted services for start-ups/ scale-ups and outreach to incubators as well
as to increase local communications actions.
For the mentoring scheme,
an increased budget of up to € 100 million would allow for
the expansion of the programme enabling 20.000 matches. Furthermore the geographic
coverage of the programme could also be increased both within Europe (by covering
more regions with more intermediary organisations) and beyond Europe (by opening up
the programme to third countries). The expansion would be further in line with the
recommendation of the COSME mid-term evaluation.
3.4.
Business Environment, Industrial Modernisation, Competitiveness and
Entrepreneurship (including consolidated Joint Cluster Initiatives)
The actions to create a favourable business environment to boost industrial modernisation
and the competitiveness of SMEs and entrepreneurship will place a particular priority on
cluster actions given the positive evaluation of cluster initiatives and the highlighted
restriction in terms of limited budget and recommended upgrade.
289
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The expected minimum size of the intervention of
consolidated Joint Cluster
Initiatives for boosting industrial modernisation
is about € 150 million, which
comprises the total budget for cluster initiatives under the existing COSME programme
(of around 40 million) and under Horizon 2020 (of around 130 million) reduced by 15%
(baseline scenario). This would allow to keep the impact at the same level as currently.
This would bring together the various cluster measures separated into different initiatives
under both COSME and Horizon2020 in order to achieve a better coherence and critical
mass to be used as a strategic tool to implement industrial policy and deliver scaling-up
support to SMEs. The purpose of the Joint Cluster Initiatives is to accelerate the growth
and development of strategic EU industrial value chains while positioning Europe's
business, notably SMEs, for global leadership in strategic industrial specialisations.
It will connect specialised eco-systems and foster strategic interregional collaboration to
strengthen EU value chains that are globally competitive and create investment
opportunities for SMEs. It will support the setting up of up to 10 Joint Cluster Initiatives
to facilitate strategic and sustainable European partnerships with activities to boost
industrial modernisation and the scaling-up of SMEs across multiple industrial
specialisations (e.g. Circular Economy, Mobility industries, Creative industries,
Experience Industries including tourism etc.).
The aim of the Joint Cluster Initiatives is to launch industry-led missions to foster
collaboration and the up-take of advanced technologies, new business models and
resource-efficient solutions by SMEs across EU value chains. This will be complemented
with activities to facilitate skills upgrading, talent attraction and the acceleration of
entrepreneurship as well as by activities to boost internationalisation and access to
procurement markets and to global value chains.
The partnerships launched under the Joint Cluster Initiatives will consist of smart
groupings of actors of regional ecosystems that will improve the business environment
and overcome market fragmentation addressing the particular problems of SMEs in the
related sectors. The partnerships will offer clear strategic guidance and support to engage
in true cooperation at EU level. This should include a joint strategic vision and common
goals to promote joint EU solutions in global markets. They would be supported with
strategic analysis and partner search tools of the European Cluster Collaboration
Platform. In this way, they would act as strong engines of future EU competitiveness
creating highly favourable conditions to attract talents, start-ups and investments and thus
nurturing excellence and global leadership.
Joint Cluster Initiatives
Industry-focused missions led by clusters across 10-20 industrial specialisations
Actions guided by joint strategies of specialised SME intermediaries
Thematically targeted, with cross-regional and cross-sectoral outreach to SMEs
290
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0039.png
The Joint Cluster Initiatives build upon the current cluster initiatives (under COSME and
under Horizon2020) that successfully reach out to SMEs but groups them in one single
initiative. It further extends its scope beyond cluster organisations to link also specialised
technology centres, co-working centres, incubators, accelerators and other specialised
SME support actors to facilitate industrial modernisation and growth.
The action would be implemented through a staged funding approach with call for
proposals (mainly for grants and lump-sum funding) every 2-3 years, with the possibility
for continued funding to gather industry interest and achieve sustainability of the
partnering. This means that partnerships, which achieve sufficient levels of ongoing
performance indicators and participation rate can receive continuation funding -
potentially scaled according to the performance indicators as has been practiced by
national initiatives such as the French pôles de compétitivité
to create a strategic long-
term funding pipeline for the whole duration of the next programming period. The grants
would cover for joint partnering activities between the SME intermediaries, on the one
side, and the provision of corresponding matchmaking and support services directly to
SMEs of the partners engaged in the Joint Cluster Initiatives, including channelling the
Scaling-up instrument to them.
The minimum size of intervention would, however, not allow to unlock the full potential
to better use clusters to support industrial transformation and the scaling-up and growth
of SMEs.
With an
increase in resources and a budget of €300 million in next programming period,
(ambitious scenario) it will be possible to strategically connect ecosystems and clusters
and foster value chain collaboration at EU level through the specialised SME
intermediaries in 10-20 industrial specialisation areas. It would allow to increase the
expected reach-out to SME from 254,600 to 467,400 (based on the current reach of 3800
SMEs per 1 million invested indicated by the COSME interim evaluation) and channel
the majority
of the funding (€177 million) directly to over 2500 SMEs (based on the
monitoring figures of the INNOSUP-1 cluster actions under Horizon2020). This increase
would respond to the recommendations of the COSME interim evaluation to upgrade the
action, but would still be modest in terms of engage only a small share of 23 million
European SMEs in strategic inter-regional collaboration and support their industrial
transformations and growth. In this way, the very high EU added value and
appropriateness of the cluster actions as highlighted in the COSME and Horizon2020
291
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0040.png
interim evaluation could be leveraged to complement cluster policy efforts at regional
and national level, of which some are of considerable higher investments.
43
With a significant increase and a budget of 1.3 billion, it would be possible to potentially
reach out to over 1 million SMEs and raise the direct support to SMEs to € 1 billion that
could directly support over 20,000 SMEs engaged in strategic interregional collaboration.
This support is also scaleable. The Joint Cluster Initiatives and the Scaling-up instrument
could be reinforced significantly with funding from other programmes, to, cover their
respective challenges (as outlined below in last exemplary scenarios for the implemented
in the table below).
This could make a real contribution to the uptake of growth of business, including SME
internationalisation activities, skills development and uptake of advanced technologies,
new business models and low-carbon and resource-efficient solutions.
Scenario 1:
Scenario Baseline
Scenario 2:
Ambitious
scenario with
Increase
for
clusters
Scenario 3:
Ambitious
scenario with
increase for
clusters + Scaling-
up instrument
€1.3 billion
€300 million
Scenario 4:
Ambitious scenario
with increase for
clusters + Scaling-
up instrument,
incl.funding from
other programmes
€4.3 billion
€300 million
Impact
€150 million
€67 million
€300 million
€123 million
Indirect support
to SMEs via
activities of
SME
intermediaries
Number of
SMEs reached
Direct (financial)
support to SMEs
Number of
SMEs to be
supported
directly
254,600
€83 million
1,700
467,400
€177 million
2,522
1,140,000
€1000 million
20,512
1,140,000
€4000 million
82,051
Member States such as France's competitiveness cluster programme (poles
de
compétivité)
and Germany's leading edge cluster competition (Spitzencluster-Wettbewerb) have
channelled considerable higher amounts support through clusters. In France,
1,313 collaborative
R&D projects received
public financing of €2.37 billion
between 2005 and 2013,
including more than €1.45 billion
granted by the French State through the dedicated fund (FUI). These projects, amounting to nearly €6 billion in R&D
43
So
me
I Ge a , €
illio ha e ee ha elled
through clusters between 2008 and 2017. See
http://competitivite.gouv.fr/policy-of-the-
clusters-906.html
and https://www.bmbf.de/pub/Deutschlands_Spitzencluster.pdf
expenditure, involved close to 15,000 researchers.
292
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0041.png
3.5.
Newly proposed activities
Increased SME Guarantee Fund
This scenario proposes a significant increase in the budget for support of SME financing.
This would give the European economy a strong investment and employment boost. A
budgetary guarantee of EUR 3.5 billion would enable available investments of the
guarantee facility of EUR 4.12 billion, enabling wide range of interventions and specific
intervention areas requiring higher risk coverage. It is expected that such an intervention
would contribute to more than 2,000,000 jobs maintained or created over the programme
implementation period. Moreover, the market gap for SME finance would be positively
impacted with approximately EUR 8 billion of additional financing compared to
baseline, which is approximately 30% of the median market gap from our analysis.
Therefore, the preferred option would be to significantly increase the budget and close
major part of the SME financing gap.
Scenario 1:
Scenario Baseline
€1.2 billion
budgetary
guarantee
690,000 jobs
€31 million
Scenario 2:
Discontinuation of
the activity
No budgetary
allocation
Scenario 3:
Significant
increase in
resources
€3.5 billion
budgetary
guarantee
2,000,000 jobs
€90 million
Impact
Employment
maintained or
created
Additional
turnover expected
in treated SMEs
Number of SMEs
to be supported
Volume of
financing
supported
Decrease in
employment
Decrease in turnover
663,000
€28 billion
No support provided
No support provided
1,935,000
€82 billion
New Scaling-up instrument:
A new scaling-up instrument will encourage the uptake of results from other EU
programmes (Horizon, LIFE, Galileo, Copernicus, ERDF, EAFRD, EMFF) and
293
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
strengthen the link between SME support under regional and industrial policies to unlock
the growth opportunities of SMEs. It is designed as a tool to support scaling-up activities
of SMEs across regional, sectoral and technological boundaries in order to help them to
embrace industrial transformations, to access global industrial value chains and
international markets, and engage in strategic interregional collaboration. The instrument
will therefore offer growth acceleration support to help groups of SMEs to jointly foster
internationalisation activities, access to procurement markets, business and new skills
development and to test and take-up advanced technologies (e.g. advanced
manufacturing, digital, Big data), new business models and low-carbon and resource-
efficient solutions to reduce production costs or to integrate them into new or emerging
industrial value chains.
The action would be implemented through yearly call for proposals that will provide
mainly lump-sum grants and coaching services to cover feasibility plans for joint
internationalisation activities, innovation take-up, resource-efficiency etc. for a maximum
of 60,000 euros. It is therefore not a financial instrument but a SME growth support
instrument. While the action would thus follow a simplified implementation process
inspired by the current SME instrument under Horizon2020, it would follow a different
and focussed implementation approach
given its wider growth support logic not limited
to breakthrough innovation.
Rather than supporting SMEs individually and targeting solely the most innovative
SMEs wherever they are, the scaling-up instrument will act as a multiplier by connecting
and supporting groups of SMEs from a wide range of industrial specialisations and
sectors and in combination with other actions. This type of implementation approach has
already been tested successfully by the cluster projects for new industrial value chains
under Horizon2020 (INNOSUP-1) as the interim evaluation results and monitoring of
cluster initiatives presented in section 2.28 have shown. The difference would be that a
standardised implementation tool (similar to the SME instrument phase 1) would be used
by the SME intermediaries of cluster partnerships to channel lump sums to third party
SMEs instead of each partnership designing their own innovation voucher scheme or
similar.
A distinct feature is that the support would be channelled via SME intermediaries from
the Enterprise Europe Network and especially those engaged in Joint Cluster Initiatives
(see section 4.4) and thus prioritised on where joint activities are embedded in strategic
partnering across the EU. In this way, the implementation would feature a similar very
high EU added value and appropriateness as current cluster actions (evaluated by the
COSME and Horizon2020 interim evaluation) and be truly complementary to actions
taken at national and regional level and to strategic partnering of regional authorities
under European Structural and Investment Funds.
As shown in section 4.4. and below, an ambitious scenario that would make use of a
Scaling-up instrument to accelerate the growth of SMEs should allow to support 20,512
SMEs directly that are targeted as part of the reach-out of cluster initiatives to 1.14
million SMEs engaged in clusters, notably those that created joint collaboration projects.
The Scaling-up instrument should therefore not be viewed as a stand-alone instrument
but an integral part implemented with the Joint Cluster Initiatives and support from the
Enterprise Europe Network. Its expected impact should therefore also not been seen as
being limited to the expected 20,512 SMEs that should receive funding.
294
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0043.png
In terms of expected impact, the results of SME instrument can offer some guidance
44
.
The SME instrument will invest €3 billion in 7,500 companies until 2020 as part of
Horizon2020 and has so far received 31,000 applications and funded around 2,500
companies in 3 years. While the reported average increase of 250% increase in turn-over
and 122% increase in employment for phase 2 companies after one year cannot be the
benchmark (given the Scaling-up instrument restriction to the testing of solutions and
smaller support amounts
i.e. phase 1 only
and not targeting only innovative SMEs,
this shows at least the potential scope of possible support. Moreover, each euro invested
for the SME instrument generated one euro of private investment. Just as statistics for
SMEs supported under phase 1 of the SME instrument shows, the chances of SMEs
supported through a Scaling-up instrument to have access to finance should increase,
with the testing of solutions and working on wider growth acceleration business
concepts.
As this instrument makes strategic use of the SME intermediaries that deliver impact, it
can deliver not only boost to the scaling-up of SMEs and industrial modernisation but
can also be used to achieve other policy objectives, such as achieving technological
cohesion and narrowing the innovation divide or carbon reductions. This instrument is
scalable upwards in terms of budget and should be made available for use by other
programmes, if there is an interest in using it.
The strategic use of the Scaling-up instrument could make a significant contribution to
the number of SMEs introducing product and process innovation (which has declined by
by 18.2% between 2010 and 2016 according to the 2017 European Innovation
Scoreboard) and the number of SMEs collaborating with each other as well help to bring
solutions to a larger number of SMEs across the EU.
Scenario 1:
Scenario Baseline
Scenario 2:
Ambitious
scenario with
Scaling-up
instrument
Impact
No budget
allocation
No support
provided
No support
provided
€1 billion
€1000 million
20,512
Scenario 4:
Ambitious scenario
with increase with
Scaling-up
instrument, incl.
funding from other
programmes
€4 billion
€4000 million
82,051
Direct (financial)
support to SMEs
Number of
SMEs to be
supported
directly
Increase of SME
collaborating
with others or
44
No change
Considerable
increase of
supported SMEs
Considerable
increase of a larger
number of
See
https://ec.europa.eu/easme/sites/easme-site/files/2016_smei_report_updated.pdf
- and full report at:
https://ec.europa.eu/easme/sites/easme-
site/files/accelerating_innovation_in_europe_horizon_2020_smei_impact_report.pdf
295
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0044.png
introducing
product or
process
innovation
Additional
turnover expected
supported SMEs
No change
Considerable
increase of
supported SMEs
Considerable job
creation of
supported SMEs
Employment
created
No change
Considerable
increase of a larger
number of
supported SMEs
Considerable job
creation by a larger
number of
supported SMEs
4.
D
ELIVERY MECHANISMS OF THE INTENDED FUNDING
4.1.
Governance
COSME+ would follow the governance mechanisms put in place by the Single market
Regulation.
We would propose as a novelty to create a network of national contact points, composed
of representatives of the member states and of the participating third countries, for the
monitoring of the take-up of activities in their country. They will have the possibility to
provide a feedback on implementation to the Commission to adopt appropriate measures
in case of insufficient take-up. This responds to a finding of the Interim evaluation
reporting an unbalanced geographical distribution in the implementation.
In order to introduce a more strategic piloting of the programme and coherence with
other EU programmes, it is foreseen to create a Commission inter-service group to guide
the elaboration of the work programmes.
4.2.
The Implementing Bodies
The management mode will be the direct centralised mode, with the exception of the
financial instruments. In the continuity of the CIP and COSME programmes, the
European Investment Fund will be tasked with the implementation of the SME guarantee
scheme. Grants and tenders will be delegated to an executive agency.
COSME intends to maintain the use of intermediaries that ensure proximity to SMEs.
These intermediaries are selected and managed by two important actors of the
programme: EASME and EIF.
4.3.
The Executive Agency
COSME delegates on average 110 million per year and about 35% of the total budget and
more than 90% of the non-financial instruments. Half of this amount relates to the
Enterprise Europe Network, the other half is constituted of a big number of smaller
actions.
COSME actions under direct management of DG GROW will be delegated to the
Agency except for corporate communication, IT related activities and tasks involving
sensitive or political choices. In addition we do not delegate, for efficiency or legal
reasons small financial operations (such as Reimbursement of experts; subscriptions fees;
296
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0045.png
Small workshops and meetings) and Administrative arrangements with JRC or specific
grants with international organisations.
We intend to keep the same line for COSME+. We will not delegate more in terms of
budget but we want to delegate better by reducing the number of actions delegated and
increasing the size of actions delegated. 1 For example, 16 FTE in EASME implemented
91 contracts with a budget of 58 million for the EEN in 2017 compared to 36 FTEs who
implement 47 actions divided into 80 contracts for a budget of 45 million.
Under reserve of the future CBA on the implementation of the agency, the experience of
delegating the major parts of COSME to the agency has proved to be cost-efficient. The
operational and financial management of a big activity such as the Enterprise Europe
network involves a big volume of routine and repetitive operations. This is typically the
kind of operations that are delegated to executive agencies.
The establishment plan foresaw the following evolution of staff for COSME in the
agency:
Year
2014
Year
2015
Year
2016
Year
2017
Year
2018
Cruising-speed
EA
COM
EA
COM
EA
COM
EA
COM
EA
COM
EA
Year
2019
Year
2020
Phasing-in
Establishment
Plan Posts
45
Seconded TA
Other TA
COM
EA
COM
4
18
2.7
COM
6
18
2.7
COM
6
19
2.7
COM
6
19
2.7
COM
6
21
2.7
COM
6
21
2.7
COM
6
22
2.7
COM
Sub-total
External
personnel
Contract agents
Seconded
National
Experts
22
EA
24
EA
25
EA
25
EA
27
EA
27
EA
28
EA
0.0
65
0.0
73
0.0
76
0.0
76
0.0
79
0.0
80
0.0
82
Sub-total
0.0
65
2.7
73
0.0
76
0.0
76
0.0
79
0.0
80
0.0
82
The evolution of staff in EASME for COSME has been fairly stable and according to the
establishment plan above. In 2017 the number of second TAs was 19.6 and the number
of contractual agents was 76.7, in total 96 persons were delegated in 2017, which is
below the establishment plan.
45
In line with Commission Regulation 58/2003, §18.1.: Community officials seconded Temporary Agents and other
Temporary Agents
297
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0046.png
4.4.
Delivery mechanisms
Grants, tenders and financial instruments for SMEs will be the main implementing tools.
Grants will be used in two cases. First, we will fund the activities of the intermediaries
(such as the EEN, the mentoring scheme or Joint Cluster initiatives) that ensure the
proximity and support to SMEs and the necessary activities to improve the business
environment. Second, and departing from the philosophy of indirect support used up to
now for COSME, we will directly fund, in the case of the scaling-up
instrument, SMEs’
activities (feasibility plans).
Simplification is a major objective of the new programme. According to the COSME
interim evaluation, reporting obligations represent a substantial administrative burden for
both intermediaries and other beneficiaries of grants. Consequently, before the beginning
of the programme we will study the most appropriate form of Simplified Cost Options
for grants.
The Enterprise Europe Network which is constituted by more than hundred consortia,
employs on average more than 4000 FTEs. In addition, there is a unit managing the
action in DG GROW and one in EASME. Any reduction of administrative burden has
the potential to reduce administration cost and free FTEs for operational tasks.
Tenders will be used for studies, communication and awareness raising activities.
4.5.
Delivery of the SME loan guarantee facility through the SME window of
the InvestEU Fund
The reflection paper on the future of EU finances
46
proposes to integrate the various EU
financial instruments into a single fund which would provide loans, guarantees and risk
sharing instruments. This will help to simplify access to EU financial instruments and a
more efficient use.
In line with the Commission's overall objectives of streamlining, increasing efficiency
and achieving a better visibility of the EU support, the SME guarantee facility will be
implemented under the SME window of the InvestEU Fund and under the rules (e.g. in
relation to implementing bodies, for financial intermediaries, State Aid, monitoring,
reporting, auditing, budgetary management, etc.) established for the InvestEU Fund by
the respective regulation.
To this end, the allocated budget under the COSME + programme shall be made
available to the guarantee fund linked to the InvestEU Fund with the caveat that such
resources shall underpin the implementation of an SME guarantee facility which is
focused on supporting higher risk SME financing transactions under the SME window of
the InvestEU Fund.
The delivery of the guarantee facility under the InvestEU Fund is more efficient, as the
InvestEU Fund is based on a budgetary guarantee rather than a fully funded financial
instrument. Example: A budget of €1.0 bn transferred to a budgetary
guarantee translates
46
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/reflection-paper-eu-finances_en.pdf
298
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
into available resources of €1.18 bn (based on an expected provisioning rate of 85%) and
therefore immediately leads to a higher leverage.
The equity facility created under the SME window of EFSI targets the same type of
investments as the COSME equity facility for growth, however the EFSI facility is
broader in scope as it supports not only SMEs but also small mid-caps. As a result the
demand (pipeline) for the COSME EFG has reduced significantly as transactions which
in principle could have been signed under the COSME EFG are being signed under
EFSI. As it is envisaged that an equity support mechanism will be created under the SME
window of the InvestEU Fund, which will provide seamless support for businesses from
the pre-seed stage all the way to the expansion and growth stage, including support for
small mid-caps, it is considered more efficient to create such seamless equity support
under the InvestEU Fund and to discontinue equity support under COSME+. A broad-
based facility under the InvestEU Fund will create more flexibility and will be easier to
market towards potential financial intermediaries.
4.6.
Evolution of the EEN and the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs
Involving the Enterprise Europe Network intermediary organisations across the EU,
which provide integrated services to SME, requires a delivery mechanism that ensures
cooperation between the relevant stakeholders at regional or national level. The delivery
mechanism should also encourage cooperation and seek for synergies with other local
SME support stakeholders in the regions. Our proposed delivery mechanism will
continue to make use of call for proposals directly involving the relevant stakeholders in
the region, and by extension other stakeholders who contribute to the implementation on
the action. We intend to continue using framework partnership agreements for the
Network for a period corresponding the next MFF cycle, this ensures that host
organisations plan and invest in resources on a longer term, which allows for expertise,
technical capacity and visibility to be build up. We also propose the Network to be the
EU’s implementing tool for SME support and propose to further integrate the the
mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs in the Network’s activities.
A single call for
proposals, grant management system, governance, communication strategy, reporting and
monitoring system will allow for economies of scale and simplification for both the
beneficiaries and the Commission and its implementing agencies. It will also allow for
an increased visibility and more efficient internal signposting of SMEs (leading to the no
wrong door approach).
In the COSME+ programme, the mentoring scheme should be integrated within the EEN
portfolio of services with the priority of even better regional coverage for the programme
and assuring better synergies and more effective follow–up of the entrepreneurial
exchange stays, by providing a seamless flow of relevant support services to new
entrepreneurs.
The integration will have positive aspects, but also will bring considerable change to the
programme implementation.
Main changes: Currently the programme is based on international consortia of
intermediary organisations. Incorporating it in the EEN would need a transformation and
integration into national/regional consortia of business support organisations. This would
allow further integration into the regional SME and entrepreneurship support ecosystem.
This change needs to be carefully planned, taking into account and preserving the
knowledge and experience of intermediary organisations of the current mentoring
299
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
scheme, especially the outreach and specific support to start-ups and nascent
entrepreneurs.
We aim at enhancing the role of EEN being the EU’s reference implementing tool for
SME support also integrating other successful actions into the EEN activities such as the
the mentoring scheme for new entrepreneurs, as it is the case with SMEs innovation
management support envisaged in other programmes A single call for proposals, grant
management system, governance, communication strategy, reporting and monitoring
system will allow for economies of scale and simplification for both the beneficiaries and
the Commission and its implementing agencies. It will also allow for an increased
visibility and more efficient internal signposting of SMEs (leading to the no wrong door
approach). The name of Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs is modified to the mentoring
scheme for new entrepreneurs in order to avoid confusion with the Erasmus + actions and
to link the mentoring scheme more clearly with SME-support networks.
300
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
5.
H
OW WILL PERFORMANCE BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED
?
5.1.
Recommendations from the interim evaluation
The Interim evaluation pointed out to the need to improve the data management of the
programme.
The lack of a single database (where all data on the programme is collected for a
centralised management of the COSME data) constitutes a major barrier to efficient
management of the programme.
Besides a more centralised management, the development of a more standardised
monitoring system would be beneficial. The analysis shows a need for more attention to
the ongoing assessment of progress towards the achievement of the expected results. The
KPIs defined for the different actions show considerable variations in the balance
between assessing outputs and setting the basis for the investigation of longer-term
outcomes and results.
5.2.
Data Management
The data management of the programme will be improved by creating a centralised
database for monitoring data. Five different types of data are needed for monitoring the
programme:
1. Financial information on budget, commitments and payments;
2. Information on the implementation of calls and the rate of participation;
3. Information on the results produced by the different projects implemented and
on the final beneficiaries of projects, i.e. SMEs or entrepreneurs;
4. Information relating to the degree of satisfaction of final beneficiaries;
5. Micro- and macro-economic data to assess the relevance the actions and to
allow for factual and counterfactual analysis.
While the first two types of data are easily available by the Commission services, the
Agency or the EIF, the data collection has to be performed in a systematic and timely
manner and organised to produce coherent information for comprehensive monitoring
and reporting.
The results produced by the projects are collected by the intermediaries, the agency and
the EIF. This information can be collected at the end of projects or two or three years
after the end of projects to measure longer term impacts. In order to reduce
administrative burden, performing surveys to reach beneficiaries and intermediaries
should be limited to the strict minimum, preferably at the occasion of interim or ex-post
evaluations.
301
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The programme finances several studies and annual reports. This information is useful
for evaluating SME policy and the general relevance of the programme. The SAFE study
on access to finance and the SME performance review are organised on a yearly basis.
5.3.
Monitoring system
The COSME for 2014-2020 foresees a yearly monitoring report, an interim and a final
evaluation. The financial regulation foresees an ex-post evaluation two years after the
end of the programme.
For COSME+ the same monitoring system could be used. However, the timing of the
reporting needs to be adapted to the availability of data. To have complete data on
implementation can take two or three years. The interim evaluation report should ideally
be prepared from the fourth year of implementation.
The content of monitoring should follow the life-cycle of a programme and take into
account the availability of data in time.
The monitoring should be based on a set of indicators adapted to the different stages of
the programme’s lifecycle.
Short-term indicators should measure whether the structure needed for
implementation is in place (e.g. How many contracts were signed timely with
intermediaries? Were the first calls published on time and what is their rate of
success?). These indicators are of importance for the first two years of the
programme.
Medium-term indicators should measure whether the outputs delivered are
reaching the milestones set for the programme (e.g. Did we reach the target at
medium term in numbers of SMEs reached or in number of partnerships
concluded). These indicators will be particularly useful for yearly monitoring and
for the interim evaluation.
Long-term indicators should measure whether the desired effects are produced
(e.g. Did our action create jobs and growth? What is the evolution of reached
SMEs in terms of turnover and employment? What is the cost-effectiveness of
our action?). These indicators can start to be measured in the final evaluation and
for the ex-post evaluation.
The number of indicators needs to be reduced by focussed on the general and specific
objectives of the programme. For yearly monitoring and specific activities, more specific
indicators can be developed.
General Indicator: "Number of SMEs/Entrepreneurs reached by the programme".
Corporate indicators:
Implementing rate of the budget, globally and per objective;
Number of beneficiaries awarded in calls in proportion to applications received;
Geographical coverage of the measure per capita.
302
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0051.png
Number of SMEs supported and volume of funding provided through financial
instruments;
Number of companies participating in matchmaking events;
Number of companies supported having concluded business partnerships;
Number of entrepreneurs or SMEs receiving business advisory services;
Number of SMEs created after participation of entrepreneurs in actions of the
programme;
Satisfaction rate of beneficiaries of the programme or participants to the
programme;
Increase in turnover and employment of companies participating to the
programme.
These indicators will be further developed after the final evaluation of COSME. DG
GROW will consult JRC in order to assess the indicators that the most adapted for yearly
monitoring and for evaluation. We need to assess the availability of data in order to
organise data management and develop a simplified monitoring system that can feed
monitoring and evaluation.
These indicators can then be adapted to each specific iobjective of the programme:
COSME
Specific
Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit
of
measure
Source
of data
Frequency
of
Measureme
nt
Baselin
e
Target
1. Addressing
the access to
finance gap for
SMEs
2. Facilitating
SMEs' access to
markets
and
supporting them
in
addressing
global
and
societal
challenges;
Number
of SMEs
receiving
support
and total
volume of
financing
made
available
to SMEs
supported
Number
of
companie
s
participati
ng
in
matchma
king
events
Number
of
companie
s
Output
indicator
Units, euros
EIF
annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
303
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0052.png
supported
having
concluded
business
partnershi
ps;
Number
of
entrepren
eurs or
SMEs
receiving
business
advisory
services
Number
of SMEs
created
after
participati
on of
entrepren
eurs in
actions of
the
program
me
Satisfacti
on rate of
beneficiar
ies of the
program
me
or
participan
ts to the
program
me;
Number
of
partnershi
ps,
agreemen
ts
or
projects
generated
by
collaborat
ive
or
networkin
g
activities
Satisfacti
on rate of
beneficiar
ies of the
program
me
or
participan
ts to the
monitori
ng
available
budget
and
results in
2020
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
Output
indicator
percentage
activity
monitori
ng
or
surveys
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
none
3)Business
Environment,
Industrial
modernisation,
Competitivenes
s
and
Entrepreneurshi
p
Output
indicator
units
EASME
,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
Output
indicator
percentage
Activity
monitori
ng,
survey
Annual or
Bi-annual
none
none
304
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0053.png
All
objectives
program
me;
Number
of
SMEs/Ent
repreneur
s
benefittin
g
from
outputs
generated
by
the
measures
of
this
objective
Budget
Implemen
tation rate
Output
indicator
units
Activity
monitori
ng,
survey
Annual or
Bi-annual
None
None
Measures
the degree
to which
the
implemen
tation
follows
the
budget
allocation
Measures
the
success of
calls
published
percentage
ABAC
annual
none
Between
95
and
100%
All
objectives
All
objectives
Number
of
beneficiar
ies
awarded
in calls in
proportio
n
to
applicatio
ns
received
Geograph
ical
coverage
of
the
measure
per capita
Percentage
Agency
IT tool
annual
none
none
Measures
the
distributio
n of the
funding
across
participati
ng
countries
Impacts
and
results
measurem
ent
euros
EIF,
EASME
,
Eurostat
annual
none
none
All objectives
except access to
finances
Employm
ent and
turnover
increase
by
companie
s having
been
supported
Units
euros
and
Surveys
Evaluations,
prinicipally
final
and
ex-post
none
none
305
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0054.png
Annex 2: Stakeholder consultation
Results of open public consultation on next MFF
Cluster R&D, SMEs and single market
A public consultation on EU funds in the area of investment, research & innovation, SMEs and
single market was conducted from 10 January to 9 March. While only 8.3 of respondents had
experience with the COSME programme, around 25% declared that their replies refer to the EU
support for SME and entrepreneurship (1.034 respondents).
Around 77% of them think that the SME and entrepreneurship support provided by the EU has a
good or large added value compared to what Member States can achieve at national, regional
and/or local level. Foster research and innovation (61%), support education, skills and training
(47%) and support industrial development (43%) are among the better-addressed challenges by
the current SME and entrepreneurship support. They consider that ensure a clean and healthy
environment, facilitate digital transition of economy and facilitate SME access to finance are a
slightly less well addressed (from 36% to 32%).
Challenges addressed by SME and entrepreneurship support
% of respondents who think the challenge is well or fully
addressed
only respondents who declared that their reply refers to SME and
entrepreneurship support
Foster research and innovation across the EU
E su e s ooth i ulatio of goods oth ithi EU a d…
Support education, skills and training
Support industrial development
Support labour mobility
Provide reliable and comparable statistics
Support capital flows and investment
E su e a lea a d health e i o e t a d the…
Ensure fair conditions of competition in the EU
Promote and protect public health
Fa ilitate digital t a sitio of the e o o , i dust ,…
Promote financial stability
Promote a safe and sustainable food chain
E su e a high le el of o su e p ote tio a d…
Fa ilitate t a sitio to lo a o a d i ula …
Promote security of citizens
Ensure safe, sustainable transport and mobility
E su e that e isti g ules a e applied a d e fo ed…
Facilitate access to finance, in particular to SMEs
Support social investment and social innovation
I p o e ualit of pu li i stitutio s i ludi g…
Reduce unemployment and social disparities
0%
10%
61%
49%
47%
43%
41%
40%
40%
36%
35%
35%
35%
34%
34%
34%
34%
33%
33%
33%
32%
27%
22%
17%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
306
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0055.png
In their opinion, the future SME and entrepreneurship support should address among others
the following challenges: foster research and innovation (77%), support education, skills and
training (60%), facilitate transition to low carbon and circular economy (57%), ensure a clean
and healthy environment (57%), facilitate SME access to finance (57%), facilitate digital
transition of economy 45%) and support industrial development (45%).
Challenges to be addressed by SME and entrepreneurship
support
% of respondents who identified the challenge as very
important
only respondents who declared that their reply refers to SME and
entrepreneurship support
Foster research and innovation across the EU
Support education, skills and training
Fa ilitate t a sitio to lo
a o a d i ula …
e t a d the…
E su e a lea a d health e i o
60%
57%
57%
57%
47%
45%
45%
45%
42%
40%
35%
34%
33%
33%
32%
31%
28%
27%
26%
23%
20%
0%
10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%
77%
Facilitate access to finance, in particular to SMEs
Promote and protect public health
Fa ilitate digital t a sitio of the e o o
, i dust ,…
Reduce unemployment and social disparities
Support industrial development
Ensure fair conditions of competition in the EU
Promote a safe and sustainable food chain
Promote security of citizens
Ensure safe, sustainable transport and mobility
Support social investment and social innovation
I p o e ualit of pu li i stitutio s i ludi g…
Promote financial stability
E su e that e isti g ules a e applied a d e fo ed…
Support labour mobility
Support capital flows and investment
E su e s ooth i ulatio of goods oth ithi EU a d…
E su e a high le el of o su e p ote tio a d…
Provide reliable and comparable statistics
307
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0056.png
Concerning the obstacles preventing the current EU SME and entrepreneurship
funds/programmes to achieve their objectivs, the selected respondents believe that the
complex procedures (75%), the lack of flexibility (58%), the insufficient synergies with other EU
programmes(56%) and the difficulty to combine EU and other public support are the main
difficulties. The lack of EU standards, the inadequate IT capabilities and the insufficient critical
mass are considered less important.
Respondents thinking that the obstacle prevent to a large
extent the current SME and entrepreneurship support to
achieve its objectives
only respondents who declared that their reply refers to SME and
entrepreneurship support
Too o ple p o edu es leadi g to high ad i ist ati e…
Lack of flexibility to react to unforeseen circumstances
I suffi ie t s e gies et ee the EU…
Diffi ult of o
i i g EU a tio
ith othe pu li …
a age…
I suffi ie t ad i ist ati e apa it to
58%
56%
54%
48%
44%
40%
36%
35%
35%
30%
26%
20%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
75%
Insufficient involvement of citizens
Lack of information/communication
Insufficient use of financial instruments
Inadequate facilities to support enhanced cooperation
Insufficient scope
Insufficient critical mass
Out of date and inadequate IT capabilities
Lack of EU standards and EU rules
Finally the steps which could simplify the current SME and entrepreneurship support are mainly
the rules which sould be clearer, fewer and shorter (88%) and aligned between the different EU
funds (75%), better feedback to the applicant (72%), a stable but flexible framework (69%) and
user-friendly IT tools are alos considered key elements.
308
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0057.png
Respondents thinking that the step could simplify the
current SME and entrepreneurship support
only respondents who declared that their reply refers to SME and
entrepreneurship support
Fewer, clearer, shorter rules
Alignment of rules between EU funds
Better feedback to applicants
A sta le ut fle i le f a e o k et ee p og a
i g…
75%
72%
69%
67%
58%
54%
52%
50%
29%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
88%
User-friendly IT tools
Adequate administrative capacity
E-governance
Extension of the single audit principle
More structured reporting
More reliance on national rules
POSITIONS PAPERS
General support to COSME which should continue in the next MFF. Key elements of the SME
support are the financial instruments, EEN and Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs. Simplified
rules, taking as example Horizon 2020, and better synergies with other EU programmes are
suggested.
Eurochambres
Given the importance of SMEs in relation to economic growth, job creation, competitiveness
and innovation, the
SME dimension should be central in the next MFF.
This translates into the
need to allocate adequate funding to areas of key importance to SMEs, i.e. Single Market,
internationalisation, skills and training, entrepreneurship, digitalisation, access to finance,
innovation, capacity building in the areas of energy and environment, the integration of
refugees into the labour market and enlargement and neighbourhood. Among the existing
actions, the
Enterprise Europe Network and Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs
have proven to
be particularly valuable in supporting SMEs and entrepreneurship and deserve to be
strengthened and enhanced in the next MFF. Another successful action is Erasmus +, which
should focus more on Vocational Education and Training in the future. Crucial to SMEs and start-
ups is also the continued availability of
financial instruments
that facilitate their access to
finance.
More synergies and further simplification should be achieved throughout the various
programmes
and actions, so as to ensure the maximum effectiveness in the use of EU
resources.
309
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
BusinessEurope
SMEs are a key asset that should be integrated in any strategy aimed at fostering a return to
sustained growth in the EU. The post-2020 MFF should therefore include projects of real
European added value that deliver concrete benefits in the areas of SME competitiveness and
SME development, including through their interaction with larger companies. Some SME-geared
actions should naturally be integrated in broader EU flagship initiatives. For example, SME-
geared actions will need to be deployed in the areas or RD and innovation, as is the case with
Horizon 2020. But deploying EU SME-geared actions only under flagship initiatives or thematic
programmes is not enough to give the right visibility to the EU SME policy. BusinessEurope
therefore insists that the
post2020 MFF should contain a specific EU programme dedicated to
the promotion of the competitiveness of SMEs, like the current COSME programme
(the EU
programme for the competitiveness of SMEs). Financial instruments and EEN as key elements.
EUROCITIES (consultation on start-up intiative)
COSME is a useful funding programme but its budget and co-funding rates should be increased.
Financial instruments, EEN and clusters development are considered important initiatives to be
continued and reinforced.
Tourist Guide Association
COSME should be continued with better synergies with other programmes (Horizon)
310
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0059.png
COSME Subannex
Access to Finance for SMEs
Glossary
Term or acronym
AECM
CCS
CGS
COSME
COSME+
CRR/CRD
ECB
EFG
EFSI
EIB
EIF
ESIF
ERDF
ESF
EAFRD
EMFF
EU27
GDP
LGF
NEFI
NPB
OPC
SAFE
SMEI
SMEs
Meaning or definition
European Association of Guarantee Institutions
Cultural and creative sector
Credit Guarantee Schemes
Programme for the Competitiveness of Enterprises and small and
medium-sized enterprises (2014
2020)
Successor programme to COSME
Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and Capital Requirements
Directive (CRD)
European Central Bank
Equity Facility for Growth
European Fund for Strategic Investments
European Investment Bank
European Investment Fund
European Structural and Investment Funds
European Regional Development Fund
European Social Fund
European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development
European Maritime and Fisheries Fund
EU28 without United Kingdom
Gross Domestic Product
Loan Guarantee Facility
Network of European Financial Institutions for SMEs
National Promotional Banks
Commission's Open Public Consultation on EU funds in the area
of investment, research & innovation, SMEs and single market
The Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises
SME Initiative
Small and medium-sized enterprises
Country codes
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Germany
Estonia
(BE)
(BG)
(CZ)
(DK)
(DE)
(EE)
Greece
Spain
France
Croatia
Italy
Cyprus
(EL)
(ES)
(FR)
(HR)
(IT)
(CY)
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Hungary
Malta
Netherlands
Austria
(LT)
(LU)
(HU)
(MT)
(NL)
(AT)
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Slovakia
Finland
Sweden
(PT)
(RO)
(SI)
(SK)
(FI)
(SE)
311
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0060.png
Ireland
(IE)
Latvia
(LV)
Poland
(PL)
United Kingdom
(UK)
1.
I
NTRODUCTION
: P
OLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
1.1. Scope and Context
This Staff Working Document constitutes the Impact Assessment of the financial instruments of
the successor programme of COSME and also serves the purpose of an ex-ante evaluation.
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) are the engine of the European economy. There are
over 23 million enterprises
47
in the EU. Without SMEs the EU economy would consist of only 45
000 firms. The EU´s SMEs employed 93 million people in 2016, accounting for 67% of total
private-sector employment and generated 57% of value added in the EU28 non-financial
business sector. About 85% of newly created jobs in the EU are accounted for by SMEs.
However, obtaining financing in the form of debt or equity is a major hurdle for company
creation and growth. As shown by the graph below, SMEs rely heavily on debt finance, in the
form of credit lines, bank loans or leasing, to finance themselves. Internal sources appear to be
insufficient to meet their funding needs.
Graph 1: Sources of financing for SMEs in Europe
Source:
The Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises (SAFE), published in November 2017
48
)
47
48
Relates to industrial companies in the NACE sectors B-N
Responses to the following question (multiple answers possible): Are the following sources of financing relevant to
your enterprise, that is, have you used them in the past or considered using them in the future? Please provide a
separate answer in each case. If Yes: Have you used such a type of financing in the past six months?
312
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0061.png
Graph 1 above shows that market-based instruments (e.g. equity) are only considered relevant
by 12% of SMEs and that external equity is, in fact, used by only 2% of SMEs. The results differ
widely across Member States. For instance, the use of equity financing ranges from 16% in
Sweden to less than 1% in Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Italy and Spain.
Moreover, as Graph 2 below indicates, equity finance is now considered less relevant than 4
years ago, confirming that any form of debt finance is the preferred financing mechanism of
European SMEs, even though, in many cases, equity (risk capital) is more suitable, as small
companies often lack collateral or have irregular cash-flows (equity does not impose a specific
repayment schedule, hence it can be less of a burden during times of economic stress).
The bulk of SME financing is based on bank loans and the banking sector is therefore
instrumental for the provision of more SME financing. Alternative financing sources are
important as well, but they are not in a position to replace bank financing.
Graph 2: Relevance and usage of equity financing
Source:
The Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises (SAFE) published annually by the European
Commission & European Central Bank
Discontinuation of equity support for SMEs in COSME +
While support for equity finance is considered important from a policy point of view, the
conclusion of this ex-ante assessment is that equity support should be discontinued under the
http://ec.europa.eu/growth/safe
(infographic with the EU results :
https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/26625/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native)
313
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0062.png
future programme. As indicated in section
Error! Reference source not found.,
the Equity
Facility for Growth (EFG) of COSME is considered effective. Nevertheless, it has been
recommended to reduce the number of financial instruments and to align the EFG with equity
facilities established under the European Fund for Strategic Investments (EFSI).
The equity facility created under the SME window of EFSI targets the same type of investments
as the EFG, but the former is broader in scope as it supports not only SMEs but also small mid-
caps. As it is envisaged to create an equity support mechanism under the SME window of the
InvestEU Fund, which will provide seamless support for businesses from the pre-seed stage all
the way to the expansion and growth stage, including support for small mid-caps, it is
considered more efficient to create such seamless equity support under the InvestEU Fund and
to discontinue equity support under COSME+.
This ex-ante assessment focuses on the European SME debt financing market only. A separate
equity market assessment will be conducted for the InvestEU Fund (successor to EFSI).
1.2. The size and development of the European SME debt financing market
No official statistics exist for the size of the SME debt financing market in EU27. Studies
estimate the
sto k of a k loa s to SMEs to e app o i atel € .
-1.7 trillion.
49
Furthermore,
despite the fact that a SME definition exists at European level
50
, this definition is not used to
differentiate between debt financing of large corporations and SMEs.
The European Central Bank has initiated the
AnaCredit
51
project, which has set up requirements
for a dataset containing detailed information on individual bank loans in the euro area,
harmonised across all Member States. “AnaCredit” stands for
analytical credit datasets.
The
project was initiated in 2011 and data collection is scheduled to start in September 2018. The
availability of such data should allow a better assessment of the EU SME debt financing market
in the future.
49
SWD(2013) 517, European Parliament (2013),
Banking system soundness is the key to more SME financing,
European Banking Authority (2016),
Report on SMEs and SME supporting factor
50
Commission Recommendation of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium-
sized enterprises
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32003H0361&from=EN
51
https://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/money_credit_banking/anacredit/html/index.en.html
314
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0063.png
In the absence of available data, we are using a proxy approach to gain a better understanding
of the order of magnitude of the EU27 SME debt financing market. We are making use of the
monthly statistics published by the European Central Bank (ECB), which reports on new lending
to non-financial corporations with durations of more than 12 months. While this data does not
distinguish between lending to big corporations and to SMEs, the reporting is split according to
size of new lending transaction. One availa
le size atego is up to €
illio a d a othe o l
a aila le si e the epo ti g pe iod Ju e
is a aila le fo e le di g up to €
,
. Ne
le di g up to €
illio is o side ed to e a easo a le p o fo le di g to SMEs, hi h
encompass businesses with up to 249 employees and with an annual turnover not exceeding
illio a d/o a a ual ala e sheet total ot e eedi g €
illio .
It should be pointed out that the ECB statistics only cover new lending in the Eurozone (in early
2018 the Eurozone consisted of the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the
Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain). Therefore, in order to arrive at the
estimated market size of the full EU, we grossed-up
the statisti s ased o the Eu ozo e s sha e
in EU gross domestic product.
Graph 3: New bank lending to non-financial corporations (original maturity over 1 year)
Source:
European Central Bank - Statistical Data Warehouse, MFI Interest Rate Statistics
52
Graph 3 does not include any forms of trade credit, short-term (up to one year) bank lending
facilities. It does not allow an understanding of the overall size of the market (i.e. the stock of all
52
Loans other than revolving loans and overdrafts, convenience and extended credit card debt, new business volume
to non-financial corporations, Euro area (changing composition), over EUR 0.25 million and up to EUR 1 million
amount and up to and including EUR 0.25 million, floating and fixed initial rate, with original maturity over 1 year,
monthly data summed for the years (available since June 2010); 2003-2010 estimation based on average share of
over 1 year maturity loans in total loans in 2010-2017; EU-28 estimations based on share of Eurozone in EU gross
domestic product, Eurostat yearly data at market prices
315
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0064.png
outstanding debt finance) but provides a proxy for an order of magnitude of annual new SME
le di g i the Eu ozo e of u e tl
o e tha €
illio pe a u , of hi h a out half is
ade a aila le fo fi a i g t a sa tio s of up to €
,
0.
As indicated by Graph 3, following the financial crisis triggered by the collapse of Lehman
Brothers in the autumn of 2008, new bank lending contracted considerably and the SME
securitisation market in Europe collapsed.
53
New regulatory requirements, leading to higher
capital requirements (e.g. CRR/ CRD
54
a d the eed fo a ks dele e agi g, egati el
i pa ted a ks illi g ess a d a ilit to le d a d to a ept isk.
This had a major negative effect on available SME bank finance across the EU. Credit standards
tightened considerably, particularly for SMEs, which, as a consequence, experienced a credit
crunch. Credit standards only started to ease after 2013 when SMEs also started to have a more
positive perception of the availability of bank loans.
Graph 4: Changes in credit standards and availability of loans
Banks view: Credit standards
SMEs view: Availability
20
10
0
-10
tightened/
deteriorated
eased/
improved
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
2007H1
2007H2
2008H1
2008H2
2009H1
2009H2
2010H1
2010H2
2011H1
2011H2
2012H1
2012H2
2013H1
2013H2
2014H1
2014H2
2015H1
2015H2
2016H1
2016H2
2017H1
2017H2
53
54
European Investment Fund (2015),
SME Securitisation at a crossroads
Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and Capital Requirements Directive (CRD)
316
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0065.png
Source:
Data on credit standards was extracted from the ECB Bank Lending Survey; data on the
perception of the availability of bank loans was extracted from the Survey on the Access to Finance of
Enterprises (SAFE)
To alleviate the negative impacts of stricter capital rules by the CRR and CRD IV on the SME
lending market, and in the context of credit tightening after the financial crisis, a capital
reduction factor for loans to SMEs was introduced by the CRR. The so-called SME supporting
factor allowed credit institutions to counterbalance the rise in capital requirements and to
provide an adequate flow of credit to this particular group of companies. The SME supporting
factor was implemented in 2014, thus reducing the capital requirements for exposures to SMEs
in comparison with the pre-CRR/CRD IV framework.
Since
late
e a see a i ease i e le di g to o po atio s i li e ith e o o i
g o th i the Eu ozo e a d the positi e i pa t of poli / egulato i st u e ts, su h as the
i t odu tio of the SME suppo ti g fa to i
o the sta t of ua titati e easi g
the ECB
i Ma h
.
55
All of these activities have led to an improvement in the availability of bank
finance, and the conditions for access to finance have on average recovered.
56
However, as
regards volume of lending, pre-crisis levels have not been reached yet.
While the aggregate situation of new SME lending in EU27 has markedly improved, Graph 3 also
shows that the
fi a i g of t a sa tio s up to €
,
has ot e o e ed to the sa e e te t
as the financing of transactions of a larger size. The positive trend is much less pronounced for
smaller loan amounts and hence for smaller SMEs. In 2017 the growth in new loans in the
Eu ozo e as % lo e fo s all loa a ou ts of up to €
,
tha fo la ge loa s of up to
illio .
1.3. The size and development of SME debt financing markets in selected Member
States
Eurozone aggregate data analysed in the previous section masks considerable cross-country
differences. As shown in Graph 5 below, between 2011 and 2013 credit growth was negative
across the Eurozone, although the order of magnitude of market contraction differed
considerably.
55
https://www.ecb.europa.eu/mopo/implement/omt/html/index.en.html
56
Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises in the euro area April to September 2017, section 3.1:
https://www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/pdf/other/ecb.accesstofinancesmallmediumsizedenterprises201711.en.p
df?beb1832df4af9efa945a5a1f7b99eeb7
317
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0066.png
2014 was a turning year where some Eurozone countries started to experience positive credit
growth but this trend is uneven and in most countries the positive growth has not yet
compensated for the loss following the crisis.
While Germany, Slovakia, France, Austria and Finland have recovered in terms of new loan
volumes, countries like Italy, Spain, Belgium, Ireland, Portugal and the Netherlands have not yet
recovered to pre-
isis le els i the a ea of SME le di g of up to €
,
.
Graph 5: Credit growth of loans to corporations of
up to €
countries
,
across selected Eurozone
30%
20%
10%
0%
-10%
-20%
-30%
DE
SK
FR
AT
FI
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
318
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0067.png
20%
10%
2011
0%
-10%
-20%
-30%
-40%
IT
ES
BE
IE
PT
NL
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Sour e:
ECB MFI I te est Rate Statisti s
A si ila pi tu e p ese ts itself fo le di g of up to €
illio , as sho
i G aph
elo .
Graph 6: Credit growth of loans to corporations of
up to €
countries
i ludes loa s of up to €
30%
20%
10%
0%
-10%
-20%
SK
FR
FI
DE
,
illio
across selected Eurozone
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
AT
BE
319
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0068.png
30%
20%
2011
10%
0%
-10%
-20%
-30%
-40%
IT
ES
PT
IE
NL
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Sour e:
ECB MFI I te est Rate Statisti s
The diverging trends across Eurozone countries can be explained by economic, business and
structural differences. SMEs in some countries might have more demand for loans above
,
hilst SMEs ope ati g i a Me e State ith o e u e tai e o o i e i o e t
may be more prudent with respect to taking on new debt financing. Financial institutions in
some countries may also
e a le to i ease the suppl of fi a i g o e tha i othe s that
ight suffe f o p o le s elated to o
-pe
fo i g loa s, li uidit o apital e ui e e ts.
Alo gside fi a ial f ag e tatio o the loa suppl side, othe fa to s su h as oss- ou t
diffe e es i SMEs p ofita ilit o i de ted ess a e a ti g o oth suppl of a d de a d fo
edit a d o t i ute to di e ge es i i te est ates a d le di g olu es. O the suppl side,
a ks e uest a highe isk p e iu fo loa s to SMEs ith lo e p ofita ilit , hi h, i tu ,
fu the edu es thei p ofita ilit , hile loa de a d a also e egati el affe ted
lo
p ofita ilit . A stud sho s that the e a e diffe e es i fu di g o ditio s et ee o pa a le
e te p ises that a e lo ated i t o diffe e t eu o a ea ou t ies.
57
The interest rate spreads between "North" and "South" countries have been narrowing over the
last few years, while remaining substantial. Graph 7 below shows the interest rate differentials
between selected countries of the Eurozone when compared to interest rates charged to
German companies.
58
57
58
European Commission (2013),
European Economic Forecast Autumn 2013
Germany is taken as baseline because it is the largest economy in the Eurozone
320
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0069.png
Ireland shows by far the highest premium charged. In 2017, most countries are within a 100
basis points differential when compared to Germany. Entities in Austria, Belgium and France are
reported to pay on average even lower interest rates than businesses in Germany.
Estonia, Ireland and Slovak Republic, on the other hand, are clear outliers where premiums of
200
300 basis points need to be paid when compared to Germany.
Graph : I terest rate spreads for e loa s of up to €
(in basis points)
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
AT
BE
FI
FR
illio
o pared to Germany
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
NL
IE
2016
2017
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
EE
ES
IT
PT
SI
SK
Sour e:
ECB MFI I te est Rate Statisti s
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
While pa t of this diffe e tial efle ts diffe e es i
a oe o o i isk/ ou t
isk a o g
eu o a ea ou t ies, this ould also i di ate that SMEs ith si ila isk p ofiles te d to suffe
f o highe le di g osts depe di g o the ou t i
hi h the a e lo ated. This
f ag e tatio a
ost likel e e plai ed
the still f agile situatio of a
a ks i so e
Me e States, hi h a e plagued ith high le els of o
-pe
fo i g loa s.
59
I deed, a ks
59
OECD (2016),
2016 Economic Survey of the Euro Area
321
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0070.png
ith high le els of o
-pe
fo i g loa s te d to le d less, as the a e less p ofita le,
eake apital uffe s a d highe fu di g osts.
60
ith
1.4. Conditions restricting SMEs' access to debt finance
As indicated in section
Error! Reference source not found.,
SMEs are heavily reliant on external
sources of finance as internal funding is generally insufficient to meet their financing needs.
As set out in section
Error! Reference source not found.,
following the financial crisis, higher
capital
e ui e e ts a d the eed fo
a ks dele e agi g egati el i pa ted a ks
willingness and ability to lend and to accept risk. This had a major negative effect on available
SME bank finance across the EU. Credit standards tightened considerably and, as a
consequence, SMEs experienced a credit crunch. While the situation has recovered, there are
still considerable differences among Member States.
The 2018 OECD scoreboard on Financing SMEs and Entrepreneurs notes that "new lending to
SMEs depicts a more negative picture than in previous years". Growth in new SME loans in 2016
was negative in 15 out of 25 countries covered by the OECD scoreboard. The decline in new
lending can be attributed to several factors, often depending on national circumstances.
In some countries this can be attributed to lower demand linked to weak investment dynamics.
In other countries, such as Greece, Slovenia and Portugal, financial institutions appeared
to have become more risk-averse when lending to SMEs.
Moreover, financial markets in the Member States show different degrees of development, in
terms of the number of players present in the market, the diversity of financial institutions
present, product offerings and risk appetite. SMEs have no means of overcoming these national
differences because they rely on local/national providers of finance. SME financing is
predominantly provided within national boundaries due to regulatory constraints, investor
home bias and the regional focus of many SMEs. Cross-border lending is only at a nascent stage,
predominantly fuelled by the emergence of Fintech companies.
The financing problem is acute for firms that are undertaking activities with significant financial,
technological, organisational or business-model risk and those wanting to finance growth
projects that do not result in the acquisition of fixed assets that could be collateralised (e.g. in
the area of culture and creativity, digitisation, internationalisation, etc.).
60
Aiyar, S. et al. (2015),
A strategy
for resolving Europe’s problem loans,
IMF Staff Discussion Note, No.
SDN/15/19, International Monetary Fund, Washington DC
322
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0071.png
Furthermore, undertaking innovative and other high-risk activities, which are poorly understood
by finance providers, results in low credit scores and leads to high interest charges to
compensate for the perceived risk, provided that a finance provider is willing to offer the
finance at all, rather than reject the application outright.
While financing through equity is often regarded as the appropriate source of funding for
innovative firms, the limited size of the European venture capital industry (see separate ex-ante
assessment conducted for equity investments into SMEs annexed to the impact assessment for
the I estEU Fu d Regulatio a d the a k ultu e p edo i a t i the Me e States lead to
the fact that
a i o ati e fir s rel o
lassi de t fi a i g.
As indicated in Graph 8
below, the use of equity financing by innovative
61
SMEs is the same as for average SMEs and, in
terms of usage of other types of finance, the differences are also not that significant.
Graph 8: Usage of different types of financing
Innovative SMEs
Average SMEs
26%
19% 20% 17%
39%
24%
35%
22%
18%
10% 8%
2%
2%
Other loans Internal
funds
Grants
15%
9%
7%
Equity
capital
Trade credit Bank loans
Leasing
Credit lines
Source:
The Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises (SAFE) published annually by the European
Commission & European Central Bank
Younger and smaller companies or those requiring rather small financing amounts are faced
with a structural financing gap due to information asymmetries, lack of financial track records
and disproportionate file costs.
61
Innovative SMEs for the purpose of the SAFE survey are those SMEs that indicate they have
introduced either a new or significantly improved product, service, production process, organisation
of management or way of selling goods or services in the past twelve months.
323
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0072.png
Younger companies, i.e. companies in their first five years of existence, are perceived to be very
risky by lenders because they have no financial track record and statistics indicate that less than
50% of businesses survive during the first five years of their establishment.
62
The SAFE survey
results confirm that younger companies consider access to finance to be more problematic than
more established SMEs.
Graph 9: SMEs reporting access to finance as the most important problem: younger and older
EU-27 SMEs
Source:
SAFE 2009-2017
This structural financing gap is independent of the economic cycle or the home country of SMEs.
If financing is offered at all, it is offered at unreasonable conditions in terms of interest rates
applied, maturities, repayment terms and collateral required.
These market failures
prevalent across Member States
hinder the start-up and growth of
companies. Companies rarely have the internal funds they need and consequently seek external
financing.
This market environment results in an access to finance gap for SMEs that have a perceived
higher risk profile or insufficient collateral, which is independent of their sector of operation. An
SME financing gap can be
defi ed as a
is at h et ee the de a d a d the suppl [...] i
the diffe e t t pes of fi a ial i st u e ts fo SMEs i a gi e a ea of the EU .
63
It is a situation
where firms that would merit financing cannot get it due to market imperfections.
62
see Eurostat business demography statistics or OECD (2015) ,
Cross-Country evidence on start-up dynamics,
OECD Science technology and industry working papers
63
European Court of Auditors (2012). Special Report No 2/2012,
Financial instruments for SMEs co-
financed by the European Regional Development Fund
324
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0073.png
1.5. Assessment of the market gap for access to SME debt finance
Gi e the halle ges fa ed SMEs i o tai i g de t fi a e, it is u ial fo poli i te e tio
to dete i e the e te t of the fi a i g gap.
The objective of this ex-ante assessment is to
analyse the market demand and the need for EU intervention in more detail.
As sho i se tio
Error! Refere e sour e ot fou d.,
SMEs el hea il o a k fi a i g, so
the fi a i g gap is t pi all e p essed a d easu ed ith efe e e to the a k le di g
a ket.
As al ead i di ated i the e
-a
te e aluatio fo the COSME p og a
e, a p e ise
easu e e t of the phe o e o is a i he e tl o ple e e ise, as it i ol es u o se a le
a ia les, i.e. the le di g t a sa tio s that ould ha e o u ed if e tai f i tio s e.g.
i fo atio al as
et ies, t a sa tio osts, suffi ie t ollate al had ot e isted. U de these
o ditio s, it is i e ita le to eso t to p o ies, su h as loa eje tio ates, ates of dis ou aged
pote tial o o e s a d the sha e of fi s offe ed u fa ou a le le di g o ditio s, i te s of
atu it a d/o i te est ates.
1.5.1.
Methodologies
Taki g i to a ou t the ele a t lite atu e, this assess e t is ased o the ethodologies of
past e
-a
te assess e ts a ied out fo the COSME P og a
e
64
a d fo the SME I itiati e
65
.
The assess e t is do e
e plo i g fi a ial a ket failu es i ea h EU Me e State i
p o idi g edit to fi a iall ia le o o e s. The app oa h uses SME su e data f o
-
66
to gauge the u e of SMEs u su essful i o tai i g a loa , hile ei g fi a iall
ia le a d thus edit o th . Multipl i g this u e
the a e age SME loa a ou t, a
esti ate a e p o ided of the u et fi a i g eeds of fi a iall ia le SMEs du i g
-
.
A detailed e pla atio of the
is gi e elo .
ethodolog used fo the e
-a
te assess e ts efe ed to a o e
64
Economisti Associati et al. (2011),
Combined ex-ante evaluation and impact assessment of the
successor to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme under the Competitiveness and
Innovation Framework Programme 2007-2013
SWD(2013) 517
Annual SAFE surveys 2011-2017 conducted by the European Commission and European Central Bank
65
66
325
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0074.png
Methodolog used fo the e
-a
te assess e t of the COSME P og a
Gap = u
he e
a e age SME loa size:
% u su essful SMEs:
he e
SMEs that applied:
SMEs eje ted:
SMEs pa tl su essful:
SMEs efused
sha e of SMEs that applied fo a a k loa
a e age size of loa s g a ted to SMEs
er of SMEs % u su essful SMEs a erage SME loa size
e:
%
SMEs that applied SMEs eje ted + SMEs pa tl
su essful + SMEs efused + SMEs dis ou aged
sha e of SMEs that applied fo a a k loa a d
hose de a d as eje ted the a k
sha e of SMEs that applied fo a a k loa a d did
ot e ei e the hole a ou t e uested
sha e of SMEs that applied fo a a k loa a d
efused the p oposed a k loa p esu a l
e ause of u fa ou a le o ditio s
sha e of SMEs that did ot appl fo a loa
p esu a l fo fea of eje tio
SMEs dis ou aged:
Reje tio ates a e ot
per se
a i di atio of the e iste e of a ' a ket failu e', as a loa
appli atio
a ell e tu ed do fo full justified easo s.
A o di g to i dust sou es a d so e studies, a sig ifi a t sha e of eje tio s, i the
o de of
-
%, efe to pote tiall sou d a ki g t a sa tio s that do ot ate ialise
fo easo s li ked to the e iste e of a ket i pe fe tio s. The efo e, the e
-a
te
assess e t of the COSME p og a
e o se ati el assu ed that % of u su essful
SME loa appli atio s e it fi a i g.
326
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0075.png
Methodolog used fo the e
-a
te assess e t of the SME I itiati e SMEI :
The sta ti g poi t is the pe e tage of fi a iall
ia le SMEs that a e u su essful
ula:
i o tai i g loa fi a e. This is o puted usi g the follo i g fo
U su essful SMEs = [SMEs that applied × SMEs eje ted + SMEs efused ] + SMEs
dis ou aged
he e
SMEs that applied:
sha e of fi a iall
a k loa
ia le SMEs that applied fo a
SMEs eje ted:
sha e of fi a iall
ia le SMEs that applied fo a
the
a k loa a d hose de a d as eje ted
a k
SMEs efused:
sha e of fi a iall
ia le SMEs that applied fo a
a k loa a d efused the p oposed a k loa
e ause of high i te est ates
SMEs dis ou aged:
sha e of fi a iall
ia le SMEs that did ot appl
fo a loa fo fea of eje tio
Usi g the esti ated U su essful SMEs, the SME loa de t fi a i g gap is al ulated as
follo s:
327
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0076.png
de t fi a i g gap = u
e of SMEs × fi a iall ia le SMEs × u su essful SMEs ×
a e age SME loa size
he e
fi a iall
ia le SMEs:
sha e of SMEs e hi iti g positi e tu o e g o th*
u su essful SMEs:
sha e of fi a iall
ia le SMEs u su essful i
o tai i g loa fi a i g see a o e
a e age SME loa size:
a e age size of loa s g a ted to SMEs
* The p opo tio of fi a iall ia le SMEs is p o ied ith the p opo tio of SMEs that
experienced a turnover growth higher than 20% in the previous 3 years = lower bound, or
higher than 0% in the previous 6 months = upper bound.
1.5.2.
Assumptions
Due to la k of o plete data, a a u ate ua tifi atio of this gap is diffi ult a d as the efo e
ased o a u e of esti atio s a d assu ptio s.
Data o SME loa a ou ts pe ou t
as ased o figu es f o AECM
67
, histo i al a ou ts of
loa s suppo ted EU fi a ial i st u e ts
68
a d the ORBIS data ase f o
-
. No e of
these sou es p o ided o ust data o loa a ou ts fo all EU Me e States. He e, e ased
ou al ulatio s o a e age a ou ts f o all th ee sou es, e uall eighted. AECM statisti s
a e the ke data sou e, ut suffe f o se e al li itatio s.
69
Fo i sta e, as e tio ed i a
e e t stud
the Eu opea I est e t Fu d EIF
70
the o e age ate of edit gua a tee
ates i Eu ope a ies sig ifi a tl . The su e fi ds a e age i i u / a i u o e age atios
a oss Eu ope a ou ti g to %/ % espe ti el . We used AECM data o gua a tee a ou ts
67
68
69
70
European Association of Guarantee Institutions
Source: quarterly reports on implementation of CIP & COSME financial instruments.
AECM membership varies from year to year, not only by the countries that have AECM “members” but
also by
AECM membership within a given country. EU Member States not covered by AECM data are Cyprus, Denmark,
Finland, Croatia (2011-2012), Ireland, Malta, Sweden, Slovak Republic, United Kingdom (2011-2014)
European Investment Fund (2017), Working Paper 2017/42,
Credit Guarantee Schemes for SME lending in
Western Europe
328
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0077.png
a d a a e age gua a tee ate of % to al ulate loa a ou ts. No data as a aila le to
al ulate the loa a ou ts ased o i di idual gua a tee ates fo the diffe e t EU Me e
States.
Data f o the i ple e tatio of EU fi a ial i st u e ts ust also e t eated ith autio .
71
Othe loa data as e t a ted f o the ORBIS data ase
72
.
ORBIS is a commercial database with
accounting, legal and financial information of public and private companies.
ORBIS data is o l
a aila le i te s of loa sto k, hi h ould eate a up a d ias, ut it e ludes lo g u
de t, hi h ould eate a do
a d ias.
Whe
ot e ough o ust data fo a spe ifi ou t
as a aila le, e took a e age loa
a ou ts. We o e ted figu es fo the i pa t of outlie s. We defi ed outlie s as e essi e loa
a ou ts
% highe o lo e tha ou t a e age o
% highe o lo e tha the EU
a e age . I these ases e used a histo i al a e age of the spe ifi ou t . If o histo i al
a e age fo a spe ifi ou t ould e al ulated, e used the EU a e age loa a ou ts.
I fo atio f o the ORBIS data ase, the SAFE su e
73
a d the SME pe fo a e e ie
74
o l
p o ides data f o sele ted se to s, hi h disto ts ou esti ates fo the SME de t fi a i g
gap. As o e e hausti e data as ot a aila le at the ti e of o du ti g this e
-a
te
assess e t, ou al ulatio e luded the pote tial fi a i g gap of o pa ies f o
e tai
se to s, su h as the fi a ial a d i su a e i dust ies NACE K .
The a o e ethodologies a d assu ptio s allo ed us to al ulate a SME de t fi a i g gap
a ge fo ea h Me e State fo the ea s
-
. The de t fi a i g a ket gap a e
e p essed i a solute a ou ts € illio a d as a pe e tage of G oss Do esti P odu t GDP
to allo ette o pa iso a oss ou t ies.
Ma ket gaps a e d i e
the a solute size of the de t fi a i g a ket of a Me
ell as the loa eje tio ates, hi h a o side a l a o g Me e States.
71
e State, as
72
73
74
In some Member States or some years no data on loan amounts is available due to a lack of a financial
intermediary. In some cases, data on loan amounts point to outliers. This could be linked to the fact that for some
agreements intermediaries only serve a very particular financing need with specific loan characteristics (low loan
amounts for start-ups or higher loan amounts for fast-growing companies). In addition, it is unclear whether the
average size of EU-guaranteed loans is equal to the average size of all SME loans.
Average loan stock amounts across sectors (NACE B-J, L-N) weighted by their share in non-financial GDP. The
sample at the top and bottom 10% was winsorised and sectors with fewer than 10 SMEs were dropped.
Industry (NACE B, C, D, E). Construction (NACE F), Trade (NACE G), Services (NACE H, I, J, L, M, N, R, S).
The data cover the non-financial business economy (sections B-J and L-N).
329
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0078.png
Based o the ethodologies outli ed efo e, it is the efo e possi le to a out al ulatio s of
the de t fi a i g gap i te s of the u e of SMEs a d i di ati e loa olu es, oth fo the
EU as a hole a d, ith o e a eats due to data u elia ilit a d u a aila ilit , fo ea h
Me e State.
1.5.3.
EU-level debt financing market gap
i g
t ies
ided
the
At EU le el, the p opo tio of SMEs that ha e fa ed p o le s i a essi g a k fi a
et ee
a d
is . %, al ulated as the eighted a e age of all EU ou
pa ti ipati g i the SAFE Su e i a gi e ea . This figu e is i li e ith the esti ates p o
i the E
-A
te Assess e t fo the SME I itiati e
. % . The esti ated i te al fo
p opo tio of fi a iall ia le SMEs lies ithi the a ge . % to . %.
O e all, the loa fi a i g gap affe ted a uall
et ee
,
a d ,
,
Eu opea SMEs o e the pe iod
-
. The efo e, up to . % of Eu opea SMEs
a le to o tai a loa fo easo s u elated to fi a ial ia ilit .
ia le
e e ot
at hi g data o tai ed f o the ORBIS Data ase ith i fo atio o loa sha es p o ided
AECM a d i ple e tatio of EU fi a ial i st u e ts
75
, this assess e t p odu es a
a e age SME loa size of € ,
.
B
Despite the st o g suppo t of the SME de t fi a i g a ket th ough pu li
the EU a d Me e States, EU still suffe ed f o a su sta tial de t fi a
at €
illio i
, hi h has su se ue tl see a edu tio to less tha
figu es sho a o e all i p o e e t of the o ditio s fo a essi g loa fi a
o pa ed to ea lie ea s.
suppo t s he es
i g gap, peaki g
illio . The
i g at EU le el
Graph
: Aggregated loa fi a i g gap for SME de t fi a e i EU
al ulatio
ethodologies
a ordi g to differe t
75
CIP/COSME financial instruments
330
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0079.png
SMEI Upper bound
€50
€40
€30
€20
€10
€0
2011
2012
2013
SMEI Lower bound
COSME
2014
in billion Euro
2015
2016
2017
SMEI Uppe
SMEI Lo e
ou d:
ou d:
De t fi a i g eeds of SMEs ith a positi e tu o e g o th ate a o di g to
ethodolog used fo the SME I itiati e SMEI
De t fi a i g eeds of high-g o th SMEs i.e. SMEs that ha e sho a tu o e
g o th ate highe tha
% a o di g to ethodolog used fo the SME
I itiati e
De t fi a i g eeds of SMEs a o di g to
a te assess e t.
ethodolog used fo the COSME e
-
COSME:
We a o lude that o er the
-
ear period, the aggregated arket gap for e SME
fi a i g as a out €
illio . E e if o e ere to o sider a u h arro er group of
SMEs, i.e. those ith a tur o er gro th rate of higher tha
%, the aggregated arket gap
as appro i atel €
illio .
The a al sis of the de t fi a i g gap is e pe ted to e u de esti ated fo a u
easo s:
e of
-
The epo ted figu es o l ep ese t the easu ed gap i te s of loa fi a i g. Due to the
fa t that SMEs a e also hea il elia t o alte ati e de t fi a i g i st u e ts i.e. leasi g,
a k o e d aft, t ade edit, et . , the o e all de t fi a i g gap i Eu ope is e pe ted to e
highe .
-
This stud p odu es a a e age SME loa size of € ,
hilst othe studies esti ate the
76
loa size et ee €
,
a d€
,
. Esti ates of the total de t fi a i g gap ould
e highe if highe a e age loa sizes e e assu ed.
76
Economisti Associati et al. (2011),
Combined ex-ante evaluation and impact assessment of the successor to the
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme
2007-2013;
SWD(2013) 517
331
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0080.png
-
A o di g to Eu ostat statisti s, the u e of e
a ket e t a ts a d o pa ies e iti g
the a ket app o i atel a els out. The a e age u e of SMEs used fo the pu poses of
al ulatio does ot full efle t the fa t that espe iall the e e t a ts ha e fi a i g
eeds that a e o all o side ed to e too isk
the o
e ial fi a ial se to to ea .
1.5.4.
Individual Member States’ debt financing market gaps
The agg egated a ket gap fo
has ee o puted ased o the i di idual a ket gaps
pe Me e State, hi h a e set out i G aph
elo . The i i u / a i u fi a i g gaps
ep ese t the lo est/highest esti ate of the fi a i g gap usi g the th ee diffe e t ethods
f o the e
-a
te assess e t of the COSME p og a
e a d the SME I itiati e lo e /uppe
ou d .
Graph
: SME de t fi a i g gap for
per Me
er State
Average loan size
Market gap range
AT
BE
BG
CY
CZ
DE
DK
EE
EL
ES
FI
FR
HR
HU
IE
IT
0.19 -
0.56 -
0.17 -
0.15 -
0.00 -
0.95 -
0.00 -
0.00 -
2.68 -
0.36 -
0.09 -
0.61 -
0.07 -
0.11 -
0.29 -
0.69 -
0.55
1.01
0.44
0.42
0.96
1.69
0.38
0.09
3.93
2.34
0.27
1.21
0.28
0.38
0.78
2.53
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
332
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0081.png
LT
LU
LV
MT
NL
PL
PT
RO
SE
SI
SK
EU27
0.21 -
0.00 -
0.04 -
0.02 -
0.96 -
0.17 -
0.76 -
0.35 -
0.21 -
0.31 -
0.15 -
10.09 -
0.42
0.01
0.09
0.04
2.15
0.59
1.42
0.69
0.71
0.59
0.76
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
billion
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
24.70 billion
UK
EU28
0.65
10.74
0.91
billion
,
25.61 billion
G aph a o e p o ides a o e ie of the de t fi a i g gap i ea h Me e State i
i
a solute te s. G aph
displa s the dist i utio of the loa fi a i g gap a oss EU Me e
States. Note that alues a e e p essed as pe e tages of atio al GDP a d efle t the a e age
alues o se ed du i g the
-
pe iod. Cou t ies a ha e e o e ed sig ifi a tl i
te s of p o isio of loa fi a i g to fi a iall ia le SMEs.
Graph
: SME de t fi a i g gap i
fi a i g gap % of GDP
-
: Cou tr o er ie
a. Mi i u
333
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0082.png
. Ma i u
SME de t fi a i g gap % of GDP
Based o fi di gs of othe studies, the de t fi a i g gap e p essed i this assess e t as a
pe e tage of GDP appea s to e u de esti ated.
334
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0083.png
Sila es Moli a et al
stud the fi a i g gap i fi e Eu opea ou t ies a d o fi the
e iste e of a loa fi a i g gap as ell as the dis epa
a oss i di idual Me e States.
The use data o SME outsta di g loa s to esti ate the suppl of SME fi a i g a d
i fo atio f o the SAFE su e to assess loa de a d. The stud fi ds that the loa gap as a
pe e tage of GDP i
is o e p o ou ed i the Nethe la ds
-
% a d Pola d
-
%
tha i Ge a
-
% , F a e
-
% o Ro a ia
-
% .
1.6. EU action geared towards addressing the SME debt financing gap
The EU, together with Member States, has adopted a wide range of different initiatives to
strengthen
a ks a ilit to le d a d to a ept isk, as ell as to i ease thei li uidit .
1.6.1.
Centrally-managed debt EU financial instruments for SMEs
EU fi a ial i st u e ts a e "U io
easu es of fi a ial suppo t p o ided o a
o ple e ta
asis f o the udget i o de to add ess o e o o e spe ifi poli o je ti es
of the U io . Su h i st u e ts a take the fo of e uit o uasi-e uit i est e ts, loa s
o gua a tees, o othe isk-sha i g i st u e ts, a d a , he e app op iate, e o i ed
77
ith g a ts."
To add ess the de t fi a i g gap, se e al EU de t fa ilities ha e ee set up to e te d g eate
fi a i g olu es at ette o ditio s to a iskie set of e te p ises. Those fa ilities ai to
foste the de elop e t of a pa
-Eu
opea SME fi a e a ket a d to add ess a ket failu es
that a e o e app op iatel ta kled at EU le el gi e thei idesp ead atu e.
The Co
issio has e t usted the Eu opea I est e t Fu d EIF ith the i ple e tatio of
these fa ilities. The EIF, a su sidia of the Eu opea I est e t Ba k EIB , is a e pe ie ed
i ple e tatio pa t e ope ati g a oss the EU a d e o d. The EU gua a tees a e eithe
ased o a a date all isk is o e the EU udget o ased o isk-sha i g isk is pa tiall
o e
EU udget a d pa tiall
the EIF . All fa ilities a e i ple e ted ased o alls fo
e p essio of i te est a d i te ested fi a ial i te edia ies f o a oss the pa ti ipati g
ou t ies of the ele a t p og a
es a appl .
The follo i g e t al de t EU fi a ial i st u e ts
€ . illio of fi a i g per ear:
-
help to
o ilise a out
SME Loan Guarantee Facility (COSME Programme based on a mandate): Guarantees for
supporting new portfolios of higher risk SME transactions. Anticipated resource
77
Art. 2(p) of the Financial Regulation.
335
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
allocation for the full period 2014–
of €
illio , hi h is e pe ted to
:€ .
illio i ludi g the e isti g EFSI top-up
o ilise up to
illio of fi a i g.
InnovFin SME Guarantee Facility based on risk sharing between Horizon 2020 and the
EIF: The facility provides direct and indirect guarantees helping to address the financing
gap for innovative SMEs and Small Midcaps (with up to 499 employees) for their
investments in innovative products and processes containing significant technology or
application risks. Anticipated resource allocation for the full period 2014–
:€ .
billion (including the existing EFSI top-up
of €
illio , hi h is e pe ted to o ilise
up to
illio of fi a i g.
Cultural and Creative Sectors Guarantee Facility (Creative Europe Programme based on
a mandate): The facility provides guarantees to banks dealing with cultural and creative
SMEs, thereby strengthening financial capacity in those sectors. The scheme began in
2016. Anticipated resource allocation for the period 2016–
:€
illio i ludi g
an EFSI top-up
of €
illio , hi h is
expected to mobilise up to
€ . illio of
financing.
Programme for Employment and Social Innovation (EaSI): The EaSI Micro-finance and
Social Entrepreneurship axis mobilises microfinance for vulnerable groups and micro-
enterprises and supports the development of social enterprises through, inter alia, a
guarantee facility. Indicative resource allocation for the EaSI Guarantee over the period
2014–
:€
illio i ludi g the e isti g EFSI top-up of €
illio , hi h is
expected to mobilise up to
€ . illio of fi a i g.
The European Fund for Strategic Investments (EFSI) is a joint initiative by the European
Commission and the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group to help overcome the
investment gap in the EU by mobilising private financing for strategic investments. EFSI
is one of the three pillars of the Investment Plan for Europe that aims to revive
investment in strategic projects around Europe to ensure that money reaches the real
economy. It comprises 1) an Infrastructure and Innovation Window and 2) an SME
Window. Under the SME Window, equity and debt financing is supported. The support
for debt financing for the benefit of SMEs and small mid-caps has been implemented
mainly in the form of top-ups, as outlined above, so the impact of EFSI on SME debt
finance is already captured under these top-ups. In addition, further top-ups are
e pe ted to e i t odu ed fo a a ou t of € . illio , hi h is e pe ted to o ilise
an additional
€ . illio of fi a i g.
The EU SME Initiative, designed as a crisis-response instrument, provides uncapped
guarantees and/or securitisation to improve access to finance for SMEs, including
innovative and high-risk SMEs. The initiative combines different EU funding resources in
one financial instrument
namely resources from European Structural and Investment
Funds (ESIF), COSME or Horizon 2020 and EIB Group resources. Below are the expected
resources committed and financing amounts:
336
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0085.png
Member State
participating
Bulgaria
Finland
Malta
Italy
Romania
Spain
Total:
* i ludes €
illio f o
Amounts committed
by Member State
€102 million
€40 million
(*)
€15 million
€133 million
€100 million
€800
million
€1,190 million
atio al udget
Amounts committed
from Horizon or
COSME
€1.8 million
€0.8 million
€0.2 million
€1.6 million
€2.1 million
€14.3 million
€20.8 million
Expected new
financing supported
€0.6 billion
€0.4 billion
€0.06 billion
€1.3 billion
€0.54 billion
€5.7 billion
€8.6 billion
1.6.2.
EU financial instruments implemented in shared management (ESIF)
Du i g the pe iod
-
, EU
o
itted a ou d €
illio i the Ope atio al P og a
es
to fi a ial i st u e ts, of hi h € .
illio i St u tu al Fu d esou es. EU
al ost
dou led the p e ious a ou ts to a ou d €
illio fo
-
Ope atio al P og a
es.
78
Co pa iso s et ee ou t ies a d ti e pe iods a ot e easil
ade, si e total EU
a ou ts a
idel
-
i so e Me e States these ha e i eased, hile i othe s the ha e
de li ed o e ai ed sta le. Ne e theless, e a see a positi e t e d of the i easi g
i po ta e of fi a ial i st u e ts i the
-
fu di g pe iod o pa ed to
-
.
Data f o De e
of fi a ial i st u
gua a tees a d
et ee . a d
e
fo the pe iod
p o ides a o e ie of the p odu t i
e ts suppo ted St u tu al Fu ds a gi g f o
% loa s, % e uit , %
% othe . E pe ted le e age, as epo ted i fu di g ag ee e ts, a ies
. fo loa s a d f o
to fo gua a tees.
79
Assu i g a si ila p odu t i a d a e age le e age effe t th oughout the hole p og a
i g
pe iod,
e a e pe t that, duri g the
-
progra
i g period, ESIF ill o ilise up to
EUR
illio of loa s.
In light of the increasing scarcity of public resources, financial instruments are thus expected to
continue to be a key priority for the European Structural and Investment Funds in the 2021-
2027 programming period. However, significant efforts will need to be undertaken in those
Member States where past experience has shown that implementation has been delayed for
lack of resources, capacity (including knowledge) and the lack of suitable institutions.
78
79
EPRC (2017) on behalf of the European Commission,
Improving the take-up and effectiveness of financial
instruments
European Commission (2018),
Financial instruments under the European Structural and Investment Funds
Summaries of the data - Situation as at 31 December 2016
337
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0086.png
1.6.3.
EU action geared towards strengthening the liquidity of banks
European Central Bank
In January 2015 the ECB announced an expanded asset purchase programme. ECB monthly
purchases in the public and private
se to se u ities a ou ted to €
-€
illio . Follo i g
quantitative easing by the ECB, bank lending has increased, including lending to SMEs. However,
significant regional disparities have been observed in lending. The direct effect of quantitative
easing on their bank lending decisions has been estimated to be very limited. If anything, it is
having an impact on the terms and conditions of loans, not the quantity of credit.
80
The ECB decided in January 2018 to reduce net purchases to a monthly pace of
illio u til
the end of September 2018. The intention is for securities purchases to be carried out until the
Governing Council sees a sustained adjustment in the path of inflation that is consistent with its
aim of achieving inflation rates below, but close to, 2% over the medium term. Key ECB interest
rates have remained at a record low since 2016. For instance, the ECB interest rate on the main
refinancing operations, which provide the bulk of liquidity to the banking system, stands at 0%.
It remains to be seen when economic conditions will allow an increase of the key ECB interest
rates and how this will impact credit growth to SMEs.
Graph
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
: ECB i terest rate for
ai refi a i g operatio s
European Investment Bank Group
The EIB and the European Investment Fund (EIF) are mobilising financing to SMEs and midcaps
by using own resources, in addition to EU budget funds.
80
European Parliament (2016),
Effectiveness of the ECB programme of asset purchases
338
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0087.png
The EIF is providing credit enhancements for SME loan portfolios by providing guarantees to
banks and financial institutions allowing them to diversify their funding sources and to achieve
economic and regulatory capital relief through credit risk transfer through providing guarantees
for tranches of securitised portfolios.
81
The EIB is providing intermediated lending for SMEs and midcaps
82
. In these operations, the EIB
provides liquidity to financial intermediaries at favourable rates, which such financial
intermediaries are required to pass on when lending to SMEs and mid-caps in the form of
interest rate reductions. In these transactions, the EIB does not share the risk from financing the
SMEs and mid-caps but accepts the risk that the financial intermediary may not repay the
liquidity (counterparty risk). In 2016 total signatures by the European Investment Bank (own
resources) towards SMEs and mid-
aps i the EU a ou ted to € . illio , o pa ed to
€ . illio i
. These sig atu es a e e pe ted to o ilise € . illio of fi a i g to
SMEs and mid-
aps i
: € . illio .
The EIB plans to continue its financial support for SMEs in Europe in the form of loans to partner
financial institutions for on-lending to SMEs. The EIB's signatures for its own resources in the
a ea of SMEs a d id aps a e e pe ted to sta et ee € .
-18.9 billion for 2017-2019. This
is a significant increase compared to the period 2005-2011, where annual signatures were
app o i atel €
illio .
83
It remains to be seen whether the support by the EIB Group will at
some point be scaled back to historical levels due
to the i pa t of the UK s depa tu e f o the
EU.
1.6.4.
Use of Member State resources
In addition to the instruments implemented under ESIF, Member States also implement
financial instruments under their own budgetary resources. We therefore try
to e te d the e
-
a te assess e t pe fo ed
looki g at the pote tial i pa t of atio al fi a i g suppo t
s he es.
1.6.4.1. SME debt financing support at Member State level in absolute amounts
Member States have set up numerous public financial institutions to improve SMEs' access to
finance (see Appendix).
So e Me e States ha e put i pla e fi a ial i st u e ts that a e
81
82
83
http://www.eif.org/what_we_do/guarantees/credit_enhancement/index.htm
http://www.eib.org/products/sheets/intermediated-lending-smes-midcaps-features.htm
The EIB Group Operational Plan 2017-2019, EIB SME Report 2015-2016, EIB Ex post evaluation of EIB
Intermediated Lending to SMEs in the EU 2005-2011
339
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0088.png
su essful i add essi g the lo al fi a i g gap of SMEs p o e
past e aluatio s.
84
Othe
Me e States appea to e fa i g diffi ulties i p ope l add essi g lo al fi a i g gaps due to
udget/ti e o st ai ts, la k of apa it /k o ledge a d the la k of a ell-fu tio i g lo al
o
e ial fi a i g a ket o fi a ial f ag e tatio . As a o se ue e, SMEs i those
Me e States fa e pa ti ula fi a i g p o le s o pa ed to thei pee s/ o petito s i othe
Me e States.
The e is o stud o sou e a aila le to p o ide a o plete o e ie of atio al fi a i g
p og a
es i the EU as a asis to ua tif the a solute a ou t of pu li edit suppo t. The
OECD pu lished the
s o e oa d o fi a i g SMEs a d e t ep e eu s
85
, hi h su
a ises
the t pes of easu es i pla e a oss a sele tio of OECD ou t ies:
Graph
: Go er
e t poli
i stru e ts to foster SME a ess to loa s i
Austria
Belgium
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
84
85
See, for instance, Ernst and Young (2014),
Assessment of Member State policies to facilitate access to finance for
SMEs,
study conducted on behalf of the European Commission
Only some EU Member States are members of the OECD. The following EU countries provide information to the
OECD scoreboard: Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Ireland, Latvia,
Luxembourg, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and United Kingdom
340
Credit mediation/ review/ code of conduct
Government export guarantees,
trade credit
Government loan guarantees
Subsidised interest rates
Direct lending to SMEs
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0089.png
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Netherlands
Poland
Portugal
Slovak Republic
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
These measures carry different costs for public budgets, ranging from significant costs (e.g.
government direct lending and loan guarantees), to cost-neutral (e.g. bank targets for SME
lending) and to even negative costs (e.g. negative interest rates for bank deposits at the central
bank). These measures also imply varying degrees of engagement by public agencies.
The Net o k of Eu opea Fi a ial I stitutio s fo SMEs NEFI , o e i g
Eu opea
p o otio al i stitutio s, esti ates that its e e s suppo ted
,
SMEs ith o e tha
€ . illio of fi a i g i
. We o ple e ted these figu es
e t a ti g i fo atio o
SME fi a i g suppo t f o a ual epo ts of othe atio al pu li a ks o pu li gua a tee
so ieties i
EU ou t ies ep ese ti g o e
% of EU GDP. I
these i stitutio s
o ilised o e €
illio of fi a i g see G aph
elo . Assu i g a si ila p opo tio of
SME suppo t i te s of GDP i othe ou t ies, the total a ou t of fi a i g pu li fi a ial
i stitutio s i the EU
a e esti ated at o e €
illio i
.
341
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The OECD s o e oa d o fi a i g SMEs a d e t ep e eu s p o ides i fo atio o a
a ou ts of Go e
e t- a ked gua a tees/loa s i
.
EU Me e States ep ese
% of EU GDP suppo ted o e €
illio of gua a tees/loa s i
. Assu i g a si
p opo tio of SME suppo t i te s of GDP i othe ou t ies, the total a ou t of fi a i
atio al suppo t s he es i Eu ope a e esti ated at €
illio i
.
ual
ti g
ila
g
Data a aila le o atio al suppo t is disto ted, as e isti g data does ot e lude the i pa t of
suppo t th ough EU p og a
es, su h as Eu opea St u tu al a d I est e t Fu ds, e t al EU
fi a ial i st u e ts o suppo t f o the EIB G oup, as so e of the i st u e ts offe ed
th ough these i stitutio s a e gua a teed u de e t al EU fi a ial i st u e ts. Mo eo e , the
a ou ts pe Me e State a e ot olle ted ased o the sa e ethodolog , o is the fo us
of all these i st u e ts p i a il o SME fi a i g.
342
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0091.png
Graph
:
Overview of public support for SME debt financing in selected countries
2015
Source:
Annual
Reports
2016
OECD
2015
Annual
Reports
2016
OECD
in billion
AT
BE
BG
CZ
DE
EE
ES
FI
FR
HR
HU
IT
LT
LV
NL
PL
PT
RO
SE
as % of GDP
0.87
0.97
N.A.
0.19
N.A.
0.08
0.25%
0.10%
0.21%
0.23%
0.69%
0.55%
0.79%
0.64%
1.05%
0.37%
0.50%
0.93%
0.37%
0.53%
0.09%
0.48%
N.A.
0.36%
N.A.
0.27%
0.25%
N.A.
0.07%
N.A.
0.27%
1.69%
0.31%
0.41%
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
0.49%
2.46%
N.A.
0.10%
0.83
0.37
0.21
0.60
20.40
0.16
9.67
1.12
20.97
0.55
8.40
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
3.72
5.71
N.A.
0.35
21.30
0.26
0.98
15.57
0.23
0.19
0.56
3.65
N.A.
1.15
N.A.
UK
0.18
0.24
N.A.
0.01%
Source:
Annual reports of National Public Banks or Public Guarantee Societies, OECD; (N.A. = Not
Available)
343
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0092.png
1.6.4.2. SME debt financing support at Member State level in relative terms
I this se tio the assess e t o e t ates o ide tif i g the elati e de t fi a i g suppo t at
Me e State le el. Fo this, a assess e t is ade of the le el of suppo t p o ided
atio al
de t fi a ial i st u e ts
usi g data f o a aila le studies.
86
Co pa i g the esults a oss
the a aila le data sou es is e pe ted to sta ilise the fi di gs. I o de to o pa e the esults
a oss ou t ies, GDP data is take to ua tif the deg ee of pu li suppo t elati e to the size
of the e o o . G aph
a o e p o ides a o e ie of the ag itude of atio al suppo t
s he es fo SME de t fi a i g as a pe e tage of GDP i
.
As a e t step, e o pa e the esults of oth e e ises: the edit fi a i g gap
Me e States a d the size of pu li edit suppo t oth elati e to the size of the e
a pe e tage of GDP . G aph
elo sho s the esults of ou esti ates of the
fi a i g gap i sele ted EU ou t ies i
. The ta le also i di ates the o de of
of esti ated pu li de t suppo t i the sele ted ou t ies ased o a aila le data f o
Graph
: Credit fi a i g gap a d pu li support i a sele tio of EU ou tries i
2,00%
a oss EU
o o as
a i u
ag itude
OECD.
87
Public debt support (as % of GDP)
Spain
1,50%
1,00%
0,50%
France
Finland
Poland
Austria
Sweden
0,15%
0,20%
Belgium
Czech Republic
0,25%
0,30%
0,35%
0,00%
0,00%
0,05%
0,10%
Financing gap (as % of GDP)
The esult p ese ts a di e se pi tu e a oss Me e States. So e Me e States p o ide
st o ge SME de t fi a i g suppo t elati e to the size of the fi a i g gap a d the size of thei
e o o
tha othe s su h as Pola d o pa ed to Aust ia o S ede o pa ed to Cze h
86
87
OECD (2018),
Financing SMEs and Entrepreneurs 2018: An OECD Scoreboard,
annual reports of public financial
institutions and guarantee societies from 2012-2017
Maximum financing gap as % of GDP (AT=0.17%, BE=0.30%, CZ=0.33%, ES=0.24%, FI=0.09%, FR=0.09%,
PL=0.17% SE=0.16%), Government support (OECD data): AT=0.27%, BE=0.25%, CZ=0.07%, ES=1.69%,
FI=0.31%, FR=0.41%, PL=0.49%, SE=0.10%
344
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0093.png
Repu li . The a o e g aph i di ates that the elati e fi a i g gap is u e uall add essed
a oss Me e States
u e t atio al fi a i g p og a
es.
1.6.5.
Outlook and Summary
Futu e SME fi a i g o ditio s a d fi a i g gap a e likel to e affe ted se e al e o o i ,
egulato a d poli fa to s. While the e olutio of so e spe ifi fa to s affe ti g the futu e
de elop e t of SMEs' a ess to fi a e e ai s u e tai , the o e all p ospe ts appea to
poi t to a ds a sta le o ette outlook fo SMEs i the EU i te s of a ess to fi a e.
Outlook of regulatory framework conditions
According to Commission analysis, compliance with the new capital framework of CRDIV is
expected to reduce the stock of loans on average by 1.8% and increase loan rates on average by
some 29 basis points by 2020-2030.
88
However, the flow of loans to SMEs should be less
severely impacted taking into account the following factors:
- SMEs transact more with smaller banks, whose capital shortfalls are estimated to be lower
than other banks;
-
i the ou se of the egotiatio s it has ee ag eed to i t odu e a suppo ti g fa to o
e posu es to SMEs hi h ill eut alise the i ease i o
fu ds e ui e e ts fo loa s
to SMEs and should ease lending conditions for SMEs over time (see article 501 of Regulation
n. 575/2013).
EU economic outlook
The Commission's economic forecast
89
predicts that the EU economy will continue to grow
above 2% in the next years. However, growth rates vary widely across EU Member States. Some
countries such as Ireland, Malta, Poland, Romania and Slovenia are expected to grow by more
than 4% in 2018; whilst growth rates are expected to stay below 2% for Belgium and Italy.
Government debt
SMEs across the EU will face different economic conditions in their home country. The
divergence in financing conditions (see section
Error! Reference source not found.)
across the
EU is also expected to continue in the future. Public authorities should be able to continue
structural, regulatory and policy reforms to continue supporting SMEs. However, some Member
88
89
See Commission Staff Working Paper Impact Assessment accompanying the document Regulation of the European
Parliament and the Council on prudential requirements for the credit institutions and investment firms
–SEC
949(2011)
European Commission 2018 winter economic forecast
345
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0094.png
States might face more stringent budgetary constraints that will limit their possibility to
introduce new support schemes, such as financial instruments. Budgetary difficulties
experienced by several Member States may also translate in a further reduction of government
support to SME credit.
According to the Commission's forecast
90
, public debt will remain above 100% in terms of GDP
until 2019 in Belgium, Greece, Italy and Portugal. Elevated debt figures above the EU27 average
of 79% will also remain in Cyprus, France and Spain.
The result of the analysis in this section
Error! Reference source not found.
indicates that:
- a significant SME debt financing gap, albeit in a different order of magnitude, exists in every
Me e State; at EU le el the fi a i g gap has edu ed to a out €
illio pe a u ;
- This financing gap is observed, despite the fact that significant efforts are undertaken at
Member State level (through Member State resources), through ESIF, through central EU
guarantee facilities and through EIB/EIF measures to support debt financing for SMEs;
-
The agg egated suppo t to SME de t fi a i g is esti ated to e a ou d €
illio pe
a u €
illio at Me e State le el, €
illio th ough ESIF a d €
illio th ough
central EU guarantees). Without such support the SME debt financing gap would have likely
been significantly higher;
- In the next programming period, it is expected that Member States continue supporting SME
debt financing at least at the same level through national budgets.
- EU funds under share management should continue to be used at least to the same extent as
was the case in previous programming periods to address the difficulties of access to debt
finance for SMEs.
- The severity of the financing gap justifies continued support through a central EU SME
guarantee, which should complement the efforts of the Member States and focus
particularly on those countries where access to debt finance is most pronounced (in absolute
and relative terms).
1.7. Lessons learned from the implementation of COSME
The Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit fo SMEs of the COSME p og a
e has ee tho oughl assessed
t i e. Fi st of all,
the Eu opea Cou t of Audito s i the o te t of a pe fo a e audit,
hi h o p ised the COSME Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit a d the I o Fi SME Gua a tee Fa ilit of
90
European Commission 2017 autumn economic forecast
346
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0095.png
Ho izo
e aluatio
pu lished De e
pu lished Ja ua
e
92
91
a d, se o dl , i the o te t of the COSME i te i
.
These assess e ts ha e sho that the Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit is o ki g e su essfull . It is
p ope l desig ed to help SMEs, hi h ould othe ise st uggle to o tai fi a e, to g o
o e i te s of total assets, sales a d e plo ees he o pa ed to the ge e al SME
populatio . The i pa t of the fa ilit ould e fu the st e gthe ed
ette ta geti g the
e efi ia ies a d oo di ati g ette ith Me e State a ti ities.
I espo se to the assess e ts
p og a
e of COSME:
ade, the follo i g ha ges a e p oposed fo the su esso
-
I p o e the i te al ohe e e of diffe e t pa ts of the p og a
e, ette li kages ill e
esta lished
fu the st e gthe i g the e isti g oope atio
ith the E te p ise Eu ope
93
Net o k use the E te p ise Eu ope Net o k as a st o ge sig posti g ele e t ;
- Seek
ette upst ea
o-o di atio et ee fi a ial i st u e ts fo SMEs esta lished
Me e States a d those esta lished u de the SME i do of the I estEU Fu d
usi g
the e isti g SME E o s Net o k
94
as a i fo atio e ha ge fo u ;
-
Redu e ad i ist ati e u de fo SMEs a d fi a ial i te edia ies a d i p o e the i pa t
of the SME gua a tee fa ilit
eli i ati g the €
,
th eshold.
1.7.1.
Observations made by the European Court of Auditors
95
As highlighted al ead i the title of the dedi ated Eu opea Cou t of Audito s epo t, the Loa
Gua a tee Fa ilit LGF has a hie ed the positi e esults i te ded ut eeds ette ta geti g of
e efi ia ies a d o e oo di atio ith atio al s he es.
The Cou t o luded that "the ai ai of the Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit [….] has ee to foste
g o th. E o o et i e ide e sho s that the loa gua a tees deli e ed hat the
ee
desig ed to do. The helped e efi ia
o pa ies g o
o e i te s of total assets, sales,
e plo ee u e s a d p odu ti it ".
91
92
93
94
95
European Court of Auditors (2017),
EU-funded loan guarantee instruments,
Special Report Number 20
http://ec.europa.eu/DocsRoom/documents/28084
https://een.ec.europa.eu/
http://ec.europa.eu/growth/smes/business-friendly-environment/small-business-act/sme-envoys_en
ECA Special report No 20/2017:
https://www.eca.europa.eu/Lists/ECADocuments/SR17_20/SR_SMEG_EN.pdf
347
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0096.png
Ho e e , the Cou t also o luded that a futu e fa ilit should ette ta get ia le usi esses
la ki g a ess to fi a e a d that the e should e ette o-o di atio et ee e t al EU
gua a tee fa ilities a d those esta lished at atio al le el.
1.7.2.
Conclusions from COSME interim-evaluation
The i te i e aluatio
96
o luded that the COSME LGF has ee su essfull set up a d is full
o t a k to deli e o the ta gets set i te s of SMEs to e fi a ed a d olu e of fi a i g to
e ade a aila le. The e aluatio o fi s that the "COSME a tio s full espo d to the SMEs
current needs to access finance".
The i te i e aluatio has o luded that, afte full eli i ati g the dead- eight effe t, fo
ea h €
illio i ested i to the LGF effe ts full att i uta le to the Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit :
additio al e plo e t of
ill e eated;
a additio al €
illio i tu o e ill o u i
SMEs ill e suppo ted.
e efi ia
SMEs;
While a k o ledgi g – ased o the a aila le e ide e – the a ilit of the COSME fi a ial
i st u e ts to deli e a fi a ial suppo t to the SMEs that ost eeded it, the e aluato s
ide tified se e al a eas fo i p o e e t:
Better links between financial instruments and other parts of the future SME
programme
Better co-ordination between financial instruments and national EU schemes
Dis o ti uatio of the €
,
th eshold, hi h has a egati e i pa t o the effi ie t
delivery of the guarantee facility and created a significant administrative burden.
The interim evaluation recommends that a future EU loan guarantee facility should help to
e su e "a o e le el pla i g field fo SMEs […] i those ou t ies he e, a o di g to u e t
studies, the needs among SMEs are highest."
As ega ds the e isti g E uit Fa ilit fo G o th,
the i te i e aluatio o luded that the fa ilit is effe ti e. Ne e theless, it is e o
e ded
to edu e the u e of fi a ial p odu ts a d to alig the E uit Fa ilit fo G o th ith the
e uit fa ilities esta lished u de EFSI.
1.7.3.
Responses to the Open Public Consultation (OPC) with regard to the
COSME programme
The OPC on 'EU funds in the area of investment, research & innovation, SMEs and single market'
was conducted between 10 January 2018 and 9 March 2018. A total of 4,047 responses were
received.
96
Technopolis (2017): "Interim Evaluation of the COSME Programme
Final Report"
348
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0097.png
According to the responses received, facilitating access to finance, in particular for SMEs,
remains one of the key challenges, with over 50% of respondents indicating that it is very/rather
important.
Facilitating access to finance, in
particular to SMEs, is:
Very important
Rather important
Neither important nor unimportant
Rather unimportant
Not important at all
No opinion / no reply
TOTAL
Responses provided
1,067
1,299
814
249
104
514
4,047
In %
26.4
32.1
20.1
6.2
2.6
12.6
100
The respondents were also asked to what extent the current policies successfully address the
identified challenges. The replies submitted indicate that the current policies address the
challenge of access to finance, in particular to SMEs, to a certain extent.
Only 207 responded that this challenge is fully addressed, while 1,036 responded that it is
addressed fairly well. 1,253 respondents indicated that this challenge is addressed to some
extent only, while 216 said that it is not addressed at all. A total of 1,335 respondents either
indicated that they had no opinion on this issue or did not provide any reply.
The Commission has preliminarily identified a number of possible obstacles that could prevent
the current programmes/funds from achieving their objectives. Insufficient use of financial
instruments was suggested as one of the possible obstacles. In replying to this question, 278
respondents indicated that insufficient use of financial instruments is an obstacle to a large
extent and 758 to a fairly large extent. 1,149 replied that it is an obstacle to some extent only
and 567 not at all.
These findings are confirmed in stakeholders' position papers. Replies indicate, in particular,
that financing conditions remain challenging for businesses, especially for the smaller ones, in
many parts of Europe.
Stakeholders' comments also support the continued availability of financial instruments that
facilitate access to finance, in particular to SMEs and start-ups. Respondents also stressed that
the amount of funding dedicated to COSME financial instruments should be higher in the future
programming period.
A number of respondents highlighted the positive impact of centrally managed financial
instruments, in particular the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility, when combined with funding
from national and regional resources (including under ESIF).
However, there seems to be an agreement that the financial instruments at the EU, national
and regional levels should be better aligned and optimised.
349
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
Regarding the practical implementation of the centrally-managed financial instruments relative
to SMEs, stakeholders indicated, amongst others, the following elements:
Financial instruments at the EU level should be merged and one SME window should be
created under the InvestEU Fund;
The instruments should be designed to allow the combination of different sources of
fu di g e.g. EU fu di g ith esou es at Me e States le el, i ludi g f o ESIF,
financial instruments with grants) in a flexible way;
The design of the SME financial instruments should be such as to ensure flexible and
comprehensive coverage and to allow new, currently unforeseen market failures to be
addressed;
The u e t eili g of €
,
applied u
der COSME LGF should abandoned;
Regarding COSME LGF, some respondents advocate an extension of the current maximum
guarantee coverage period beyond 10 years and abandoning the (counter-) guarantee cap
rate;
The implementation of SME financial instruments should be as simple as possible;
State aid rules applicable to financial instruments should be simplified.
2. T
HE OBJECTIVES OF THE
SME
DEBT GUARANTEE FACILITY
2.1. Key features of the Loan Guarantee Facility under COSME
The European Commission has entrusted the EIF with the implementation of this facility due to
the EIF's proven ability to implement European schemes across the Member States and
participating countries.
The COSME Loan Guarantee Facility is being successfully implemented, both in terms of
geographic scope and in terms of reaching the right beneficiaries, i.e. viable SMEs that have
problems in accessing finance.
A loa gua a tee is a o
it e t
a gua a to ega di g the epa e t of a loa e ei ed
by an enterprise from a commercial bank. In practice, if the borrower fails to repay the loan, the
guarantor steps in and pays the bank. In order to minimise the risk of moral hazard, loan
guarantees typically provide only partial protection against the risk of default, with the
gua a tee ate typically
ranging between 50% and 80%. Loan guarantees are issued by
specialised entities, the so-called Credit Guarantee Schemes (CGS), which may be public entities
350
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0099.png
(sometimes with a corporate form) or self-help organizations established by business
associations, the so-
alled utual CGS.
97
Loan guarantees play a role in cases where commercial providers of finance will only provide
finance against collateral requirements that an SME cannot meet, because the SME either has
no collateral or only insufficient collateral to offer (SMEs considered to be too high a risk). In
such cases, CGS step in and, in lieu of providing collateral, the SME will offer a guarantee from
the CGS to the commercial lender, for which the SME generally has to pay a fee to the CGS.
Loan guarantees are also used by public entities (e.g. regional or national promotional banks -
NPBs) that work through on-lending schemes. Under such on-lending schemes the NPBs create
debt financing products that are not offered by the NPBs directly but through the commercial
banking sector with whom the NPBs co-operate. In such cases the SME will conclude the
financing contract with the commercial bank but each individual financing transaction is
guaranteed through the NPB. As is the case for the CGS, guarantee rates typically range
between 50% and 80% depending on the product offered and the risk inherent to such
products.
This section describes some of the successful features of the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility,
which are supposed to be maintained in the successor facility. A continuation of these
characteristics will facilitate successful implementation and allow for a smooth transition from
the current EU guarantee facilities to the SME guarantee facility in the next programming
period. Subsequent sections will describe which features need to be adapted to address
recommendations from evaluations and changing market conditions.
2.1.1.
Coverage of higher-risk SME financing transactions
The COSME Loan Guarantee Facility is geared towards supporting any type of SME higher-risk
financing transaction. From a technical point of view, this is being achieved by offering portfolio
guarantees free of charge to financial intermediaries across the participating countries. In
return for such free-of-charge guarantees, financial intermediaries must commit to build
portfolios of new financing transactions that constitute higher-risk financing or to significantly
increase the volumes of existing higher-risk SME financing products.
97
Combined ex-ante evaluation and impact assessment of the successor to the Entrepreneurship and Innovation
Programme under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme 2007-2013 of 24 May 2011
351
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
SME lending that financial intermediaries are conducting under their existing credit policies (i.e.
risks that financial intermediaries are comfortable managing without public support), and for
which sufficient resources are available, are excluded from the potential coverage of the
guarantee.
In order to operationalise the concept of supporting only higher-risk SME financing transactions,
two options are available for potential financial intermediaries:
1. A financial intermediary chooses to create a lending product that has significantly higher
expected losses than existing lines of business, which can be achieved through the
following means:
a. A dedicated start-up debt financing product is created (only possible for those
cases where such dedicated start-up products do not yet exist or would not
exist without EU support);
b. Features of existing debt financing products are changed, such that the
expected losses will increase (e.g. existing products are now offered with much
longer financing durations or significant reduced collateral requirements
hard
collateral requirements may be reduced to nil);
c. Financing products are offered to previously excluded groups (e.g. certain
sectors), provided it can be shown that by making financing available to such
groups expected losses increase significantly;
d. A financing product with a significantly higher risk profile is set up (e.g.
subordinated financing).
2. A financial intermediary commits to increase significantly the volume of existing higher-
risk financing products (EU guarantee is only provided in those cases in which the higher
volumes are met).
The above approach, which provides a framework for risk-taking requirements within which
debt financing products can be established, has proven to be a key element for the successful
implementation of the SME Guarantee Facility under COSME.
First of all, the approach has ensured that the support provided in the form of guarantees or
counter-guarantees is additional to what has already been supported by financial intermediaries
in the market.
Secondly, the approach has provided significant flexibility for financial intermediaries to set up
those higher-risk products that are suitable for the particular geographies and contexts within
which they operate. Such flexibility is key to addressing the significant differences in debt
financing markets. As pointed out in section
Error! Reference source not found.,
the debt
financing markets in the Member States differ significantly in terms of the risk appetite of
financial intermediaries, the type of SME financing products offered, the collateral required and
the public support schemes provided.
352
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0101.png
The result of this approach is that financial intermediaries have started creating financing
products that, in such form, did not previously exist in their respective markets and have
therefore offered financing to SMEs that would have had difficulties in obtaining finance or
would have obtained finance under sub-optimal conditions (with shorter maturities or with
higher collateral requirements). Some financial intermediaries have also chosen to create
dedicated financing products for specific sectors (e.g. agriculture) for which such support
schemes did not exist before.
2.1.2.
Capped versus uncapped portfolio guarantees
The EU has a long tradition in providing capped portfolio guarantees to support SME financing.
When the ex-ante assessment for the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility
98
was established, the
creation of an uncapped guarantee facility was contemplated and was subsequently established
under Horizon 2020 as the InnovFin SME Guarantee facility. A model for an uncapped SME
guarantee facility was also established under the SME Initiative launched in 2012
99
.
Under the capped model used for COSME, the cap rate is set individually, based on the expected
losses of the future portfolio (maximum permissible cap rate is 20%
100
) and the individual
guarantee rate is set at a maximum of 50%. This means, in practice, that up to half of the
expected losses of a future portfolio are covered through the COSME guarantee; the remaining
risk has to be borne by the financial intermediary.
Simplified example
101
: Let's assume a financial intermediary is willing to commit to building a
new portfolio of financing transactions with start-ups
o l fo a total olu e of €
illio ,
a d the e pe ted losses of su h futu e po tfolio a e % i.e. a total of €
5 million). The COSME
gua a tee o e s half of su h e pe ted losses, i.e. € .
illio . This is the udget a ou t
allocated to such transaction. The remaining risk remains with the financial intermediary.
If an uncapped approach were to be deployed, then half of all potential losses (expected and
unexpected) would have to be borne under the EU guarantee. The Graph 17 below illustrates
the two examples.
98
99
100
101
Economisti Associati et al. (2011),
Combined ex-ante evaluation and impact assessment of the successor to the
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programme under the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme
2007-2013
SWD(2013) 517
Observed cap rates across guarantee agreements signed as of 30/09/2017; average at about 10%
The implementation can be much more complex, depending on whether guarantees or counter-guarantees are
provided. Especially in the case of counter-guarantees, it is possible that multiple financial intermediaries are
involved in the implementation chain.
353
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0102.png
Graph 17: Capped and uncapped guarantee
Source:
Court of Auditor's Special Report N° 20/2017
While it has been pointed out in the COSME ex-ante assessment that an uncapped approach
would potentially extend the reach of the facility, as more financial intermediaries may be
interested in applying, practice has demonstrated that the capped approach, which provides for
a significantly higher leverage, has been sufficient to entice financial intermediaries to apply and
to encourage them to create higher-risk debt financing products. Implementing a capped model
also means that no 'balance sheet' is required from the entrusted entity implementing the
facility (the European Investment Fund).
The main financial intermediaries under the COSME LGF are national & regional promotional
institutions and public & private guarantee schemes. These institutions have been willing to
accept a central EU capped guarantee, which they have turned into uncapped guarantees vis-à-
vis the commercial lenders in their respective markets, sometimes at guarantee rates of up to
80% (e.g. in the case of supporting the financing of start-ups). By using the 'balance sheets' of
these financial intermediaries, the COSME LGF has been efficiently implemented and combined
effectively with national/regional resources.
As of 09/2017, 43% of the LGF budget had been implemented through Credit Guarantee
Schemes, 29% through national/regional promotional institutions, 24% through commercial
banks and 4% through leasing companies. The implementation through commercial / private
354
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0103.png
financial intermediaries occurs largely in those countries where no national support schemes
are available or where the commercial sector is not able to obtain support under national
schemes.
2.1.3.
Successful implementation of the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility
The budget
allo ated to the LGF e pe ted to e €
illio fo the pe iod
–2020)
has
been insufficient to meet market demand and therefore a top-up
of €
illio has o u ed
under the SME Window of the European Fund for Strategic Investments.
As of 09/2017, the EIF had signed guarantee operations with financial intermediaries for a total
of €
illio i.e. udget allo ated to gua a tee ope atio s sig ed . U de these sig ed
gua a tee ope atio s, i te edia ies a e e pe ted to p o ide a total of €
illion
to over
700,000 SMEs
102
. A tual fi a i g al ead p o ided sta ds at € . illio to
,
SMEs as
of 09/2017.
The Loan Guarantee Facility is effective in reaching those SMEs which experience particular
difficulties in obtaining finance, namely start-ups (defined as businesses in their first five years
of existence), which account for almost 50% of all SMEs supported (as of 09/2017).
Furthermore, 91% of all supported enterprises are micro-enterprises. The facility is also
successful in supporting SMEs in a wide range of sectors. Over 12% of support has gone to
knowledge-intensive services so far but support has also gone to SMEs in the more traditional
sectors, such as wholesale, retail and construction and manufacturing as indicated below.
Graph 18: Breakdown of support by COSME LGF by sector
102
Once a guarantee agreement is signed, the financial intermediary is generally allowed a period of up to 3 years to
generate the new SME higher financing transactions. These numbers will be achieved if the financial
intermediaries generate the new SME financing as planned at the time of signature of the guarantee agreement.
355
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0104.png
Source:
EIF reporting to Commission as per 30/09/2017 (CCS: creative and cultural sector)
The a e age t a sa tio size sta ds at € ,
. This is sig ifi a tl lo e tha the a e age
transaction size under the SME Guarantee Facility of the Competitiveness and Innovation
Framework Programme (the predecessor facility), where the average transaction size was
app o i atel € ,
. The lo a e age t a sa tio size u de COSME is ost likel due to the
,
threshold
introduced under the COSME LGF, above which financial intermediaries
must (by means of a checklist) demonstrate that an SME is in principle not able to comply with
any of the more than 10 different innovation criteria established under the InnovFin SME
guarantee facility of Horizon 2020.
103
This application of the checklist has been criticised during
the mid-term evaluation and the OPC as too onerous and cumbersome (significant
administrative burden) for financial intermediaries and SMEs and has been mentioned as
blocking an efficient implementation of the facility.
2.2. Key challenges for the SME Loan Guarantee Facility (COSME+)
The key challenge to the implementation of an SME guarantee facility under the next
Multiannual Financial Framework period will be to operate under the following market
conditions:
103
http://www.eif.org/what_we_do/guarantees/single_eu_debt_instrument/innovfin-guarantee-facility/
356
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0105.png
5.
Continued central EU-level support is required but more focused on Member States
with the most severe market gaps:
Following the financial crisis, a significant number of
policy interventions, coupled with positive economic developments, have led to an
improvement in the availability of bank finance and the conditions for access to finance
have, on average, recovered
104
. However, at aggregate EU level, pre-crisis levels in
terms of volume of lending have not been reached yet. Furthermore, significantly
differing market gaps in access to debt finance, coupled with differing degrees of public
support activities in the Member States require a facility that is more responsive to
those Member States requiring most support. Member States alone will not be able to
sufficiently address the market gaps, even if they were to double the use of financial
instruments under EU funds under shared management during the period 2021–2027
(please see section
Error! Reference source not found.
for a detailed analysis).
6.
Continued use of a fully flexible SME guarantee scheme needed:
Significantly differing
access to finance conditions in terms of risk appetite, diversity of product offering,
collateralisation requirements and interest rates charged across Member States require
a continued flexible design of the guarantee facility (please see section
Error! Reference
source not found.
for a more detailed analysis) so as to allow the tailoring of
interventions suitable for the respective market.
7. Simplification of central EU guarantee support schemes for SMEs needed while
maintaining the integrated SME support under the COSME+ programme:
As set out in
the Reflection Paper on the Future of EU Finances
105
, there is a
'need to ensure policy
coherence among EU instruments to ensure that they all support EU objectives and
facilitate reforms in Member States. For instance, in the area of SME financing the same
beneficiaries may be eligible to receive support through several instruments covered
under different programmes (COSME, Horizon 2020 and EFSI) or implemented by
Member States through cohesion policy. This overlapping product offer has caused some
confusion for financial intermediaries as to which scheme to apply. Rules and conditions
applying in the same policy area should be aligned.'
It is therefore necessary to couple
the integrated SME support provided under a future COSME+ programme with the
benefits of a streamlined implementation of instruments under the future InvestEU
Fund.
8. Fintech companies as potential challengers to banks as the main providers of SME
debt finance:
The financing of SMEs in Europe through the banking sector has a long
tradition. However, the banking market is undergoing significant structural changes. The
number of financial institutions is continuously reducing and new players (fintech) are
emerging who are ready to challenge the traditional banking sector.
'There is no doubt
that the la ds ape has ha ged for a ks. […..], the digital re olutio is lo eri g
cost,
distance, time and barriers to entry, creating space for new fintech players to enter the
104
Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises in the euro area April to September 2017, section 3.1:
https://www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/pdf/other/ecb.accesstofinancesmallmediumsizedenterprises201711.en.p
df?beb1832df4af9efa945a5a1f7b99eeb7
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/reflection-paper-eu-finances_en.pdf
105
357
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0106.png
market'
106
. Despite the fact that fintech is a nascent industry, it is likely to have an
impact on the SME financing markets in the next 10 years. While many banks are
investing heavily in technology, industry experts have gone as far as to state that
'Banks
a fa e their Kodak o e t u less the e ra e disrupti e te h ologies. Ho e er,
since banks are profiting from business-as-usual, there is little incentive for them to
innovate and cannibalize their own business'
107
.
2.3. Objectives of the SME Loan Guarantee Facility
As set out in sections
Error! Reference source not found.
to
Error! Reference source not
found.,
SMEs are heavily reliant on debt finance during their start-up phase and when trying to
grow their business but a significant number are facing obstacles in obtaining the financing they
need.
The objective of the SME guarantee facility is to support such SMEs as they play a significant
role in supporting the Commission's policy priorities of creating jobs and boosting growth.
Indirectly, the SME guarantee facility is also expected to contribute to
easing the transition to a circular economy
promoting the internationalisation of European businesses
fostering a stronger digital single market
strengthening the financial capacity of the cultural and creative sectors
supporting farm investments for restructuring and modernisation, as well as rural
entrepreneurship
improving energy efficiency
decarbonising the economy
and to support any new policy priorities which may emerge in the future.
In order to address the SME debt financing market gap, guarantee instruments are considered
to be the most appropriate implementation option, as they have proven their worth and
provide relief for the risk-aversion of the financial sector identified in section
Error! Reference
source not found..
SME lending is held back by the willingness of the banking sector to accept
SME risk rather than by a lack of liquidity. In addition, guarantees tend to significantly leverage
the available EU resources.
The objective for the SME guarantee facility is to build on the successful structure of the existing
COSME Loan Guarantee Facility, which, despite its relatively low budget resources, has a
106
107
http://www.smefinanceforum.org/post/banks-and-fintech-companies-come-together-to-discuss-vision-2030-for-
small-business-finance
http://www.smefinanceforum.org/post/banks-and-fintech-companies-come-together-to-discuss-vision-2030-for-
small-business-finance
358
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
significant positive impact due to its high leverage (see section
Error! Reference source not
found.
for the design features of the facility). In addition, the objective is to take into
consideration the lessons learned from the implementation of the LGF (see section
Error!
Reference source not found.).
Going forward, it is envisaged to adapt some roll-out features to
increase the efficiency and the impact of the facility.
Features of the LGF which will be maintained
It is anticipated that the guarantee facility will continue to support higher-risk SME financing
transactions, i.e. financing transactions with a perceived higher risk by the intermediary, as well
as those transactions for which SMEs have no or insufficient collateral.
The capped guarantee model has also proved its efficiency in terms of achieving significant
leverage, while being effective in enticing financial intermediaries to support higher risk
financing transactions. The cap rate will continue to be set at the level of the expected losses of
a future portfolio. It is anticipated that the individual guarantee rate for the financing
transaction will remain at 50%. A higher guarantee rate may be contemplated for those types of
higher-risk financing transactions that financial intermediaries would otherwise not be willing to
support (an approach pursued for specific sectors of political priority).
An uncapped guarantee approach may be envisaged in duly justified circumstances, i.e. in those
situations where no financial intermediary is willing to serve identified market gaps on the basis
of a capped guarantee.
It is also anticipated to maintain the flexible approach, i.e. allowing financial intermediaries to
determine which types of higher-risk financing products are most appropriate for their
particular market. For example, a focus on start-ups or on subordinated financing, significantly
reducing collateral requirements. However, financial intermediaries may also decide to focus on
financing of projects that support broader policy objectives, e.g. in the area of digitisation or
internationalisation, provided that it can be demonstrated that the respective transactions have
a higher inherent risk than the transactions that the financial intermediary finances within its
normal business practices.
Features of the LGF which are expected to be adapted
359
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0108.png
The COSME Loan Guarantee Facility was rolled out purely based on demand (first come, first
serve) and it was broadly advertised throughout all Member States, regardless of the severity of
the financing gap per Member State. Going forward, efforts will be made to
track the debt financing gap per Member State on a continuous basis (update at least
on an annual basis) based on the methodologies laid out in section
Error! Reference
source not found.
of this assessment. To this end, the regular access to finance surveys
of the ECB will continue to be supported through the COSME successor programme;
map the available debt financial instruments for SMEs at Member State level and
ensure better upstream coordination between financial instruments for SMEs
established by Member States and those established under the SME Window of the
InvestEU Fund, with strong involvement of the existing SME Envoys Network
108
;
concentrate the marketing of the facility predominantly on those countries with the
highest identified market gap (absolute amounts and relative to GDP);
ensure that the central SME guarantee facility acts as support of last resort. It could be
envisaged that, as part of the application process, a financial intermediary has to
declare that the higher-risk financing transactions for which the guarantee coverage is
requested can in principle not be covered through an existing national or regional
support scheme. In this regard, the mapping exercise referred to above would serve as
useful input;
The €
,
th eshold esta lished u de the COSME Loa Gua a tee Fa ilit is see as
hampering an efficient roll-out of the facility and as creating an unjustified administrative
burden for financial intermediaries and SMEs. The threshold should therefore be
eliminated.
The SME guarantee facility will not be implemented on a stand-alone basis but under the
SME window of the InvestEU Fund. While the budgetary resources will come from the
COSME+ programme and will thereby allow the provision of integrated SME support out of
one programme, efficiencies will be created through streamlined implementation under the
InvestEU Fund (see section
Error! Reference source not found.).
108
http://ec.europa.eu/growth/smes/business-friendly-environment/small-business-act/sme-envoys_en
360
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
3. S
TRUCTURE AND PRIORITIES
2.4. Priorities
The objective is to ensure that support measures are sufficiently resourced and that no
instruments are created that have a sub-optimal size. Given the importance of access to debt
finance for SMEs in the EU27, it is proposed to use all available budgetary resources to support
only guarantees and counter-guarantees for portfolios of debt finance operations under
COSME+.
The existing option under the COSME Loan Guarantee Facility to support securitisation
transactions, i.e. provide guarantees for a mezzanine tranche of securitisation transactions, has
not met any market demand (the same had been observed for the Securitisation Window under
the predecessor programme
the Competitiveness and Innovation Framework Programme
(CIP)). It is therefore suggested that this implementation option is discontinued under the
COSME+ programme.
Moreover, an equity support instrument will be created under the SME Window of the InvestEU
Fund, providing seamless support for SMEs and small mid-caps from the pre-seed stage all the
way to the expansion and growth stage. Such a broad-based facility will enable flexibility, create
economies of scale, operate more efficiently and be easier to market to potential financial
intermediaries. Therefore, it is suggested to discontinue equity support under COSME+ and
focus only on the guarantee facility.
2.5. Expected minimum size for the intervention
The e pe ted i i u size of the i te e tio , a out € . illio , o p ises the total udget
for financial instruments under the existing COSME programme reduced by 15% (baseline
scenario).
As the SME guarantee facility will be implemented through the SME window of the InvestEU
Fund, which is based on a budgetary guarantee rather than a fully funded financial instrument,
a udget of € . illio t a sfe ed to a udgeta gua a tee t a slates i to a aila le esou es
of € . illio
ased o a e pe ted p o isio i g ate of % .
The anticipated leverage for this facility ranges between 1:15 and 1:25. With available resources
of € . illio , e highe isk de t fi a i g of € . illio to € . illio o e the lifeti e of
the p og a
e ould e ade a aila le. O a e age, it is e pe ted that et ee € . a d € .
billion would be made available annually.
361
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0110.png
2.6. EU-added value of the intervention
The Better Regulations Guidelines
109
identify 3 potential sources of EU added value:
Effectiveness: where EU action is the only way to get results to create missing links,
avoid fragmentation and realise the potential of a border-free Europe.
Efficiency: where the EU offers better value for money because externalities can be
addressed, resources or expertise can be pooled, an action can be better coordinated.
Synergy: where EU action is necessary to complement, stimulate and leverage action to
reduce disparities, raise standards and create synergies. This can notably include the
promotion of EU goals and policy priorities.
The EU added value of the SME guarantee facility to be set up under the SME window of the
InvestEU Fund will be to:
-
improve effectiveness by addressing market gaps through supporting cross-border
financing solutions: despite the fact that SMEs rely largely on national or regional
providers of finance, there is a small, nascent market for financial intermediaries that
provide finance on a cross-border basis,
improve effectiveness by fostering the transfer of best practices between financial
intermediaries with a view to encouraging the emergence of a broad product offering
for higher-risk SMEs suitable for their specific financing needs across the Member
States. Transferring skills and capacity building across Member States could play a
significant role in aligning national policies, in reducing the competitiveness gap
between European economies and in accelerating economic growth in Europe;
improve efficiency through economies of scale (i.e. Member States may be reluctant to
create support schemes on their own because of cost efficiency considerations, lack of
critical mass or expertise, so a EU response is essential to avoid even bigger market
fragmentation and disparities).
create synergies by addressing market gaps not addressed at regional or national level:
the market gap analysis has demonstrated that the size of the SME debt financing
market gap is significant, despite considerable interventions at Member State level and
through central EU guarantees for SMEs. This will help to address persistent market
fragmentation and therefore strengthen the Single Market;
create synergies by addressing market gaps in clearly defined underserved economic
sectors and in those contributing to the achievement of EU policy priorities.
-
-
-
-
109
Better Regulations Guidelines tool #42 "identifying the evaluation criteria and questions"
362
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0111.png
4. D
ELIVERY
M
ECHANISMS OF THE
SME L
OAN
G
UARANTEE
F
ACILITY
2.7. Delivery of the SME loan guarantee facility through the SME window of the
InvestEU Fund
The reflection paper on the future of EU finances
110
proposes to integrate the various EU
financial instruments into a single fund that would provide loans, guarantees and risk-sharing
instruments. This will help to simplify access to EU financial instruments, as well as being more
efficient.
In line with the Commission's overall objectives of streamlining, increasing efficiency and
achieving better visibility of the EU support, the SME guarantee facility will be implemented
under the SME Window of the InvestEU Fund and under the rules (e.g. in relation to
implementing bodies, for financial intermediaries, State Aid, monitoring, reporting, auditing,
budgetary management, etc.) established for the InvestEU Fund by the respective regulation.
To this end, the allocated budget under the COSME+ programme will be made available to the
guarantee fund linked to the InvestEU Fund, with the caveat that such resources shall underpin
the implementation of an SME guarantee facility focused on supporting higher-risk SME
financing transactions under the SME window of the InvestEU Fund.
The delivery of the guarantee facility under the InvestEU Fund is more efficient, as the InvestEU
Fund is based on a budgetary guarantee rather than a fully-funded financial instrument.
E a ple: A udget of € . illio t a sferred
to a budgetary guarantee translates into available
esou es of € .
illio
ased o a e pe ted p o isio i g ate of % a d the efo e
immediately leads to higher leverage.
2.8. Scenarios for intervention
In this section we compare three different options for intervention.
Starting from the baseline scenario, we already assume that all budgetary resources will only be
made available for providing (counter-) guarantees for the creation of higher-risk SME financing
portfolios.
Furthermore, using a budgetary guarantee (instead of a fully-funded instrument) has proved to
be a more efficient use of limited budgetary resources. We therefore propose implementation
of the guarantee facility under a budgetary guarantee, which is expected to be provisioned for
110
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/reflection-paper-eu-finances_en.pdf
363
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
at 85%. This provisioning level would enable increase of available budgetary resources for
investments by 1.18 times.
The COSME interim evaluation has concluded that, after fully eliminating the dead-weight
effe t, fo ea h €
illio i ested i to the
LGF:
additional employment of 491 will be created;
a additio al €
illio i tu o e ill o u i
470 SMEs will be supported.
e efi ia
SMEs;
Scenario 1
The budget for the baseline scenario is based on the current COSME budget reduced by 15%,
hi h assu es that € . illio
ill e ade a aila le fo the udgeta gua a tee. With a
% p o isio i g ate, this ould e a le i est e ts of € .
illio , hich
is broadly in line
with the expected full budget of COSME Loan Guarantee Facility supported by EFSI for the
period 2014-2020. This budget would allow the EU intervention to be kept at the same level and
therefore the market gap would not increase by a fu
the € illio a uall , hile o t i uti g
to the creation of more than 690,000 jobs over the programme implementation period.
Scenario 2
In the second scenario, we consider discontinuation of the EU intervention. This approach
would create negative impacts on the market, as it would contribute to a further increase of the
market financing gap and a decrease in the level of investment and turnover, while also
contributing to a decrease in employment levels. This scenario is disregarded due to its highly
negative impacts on the economy.
As set out in section
Error! Reference source not found.
of this report, the overall
conservatively calculated market gap for new SME financing in the EU27 over the 7-year period
(2011–
has o e do
fo €
illio i
to less tha €
illio i
. The
financing gap in Europe would be much higher without the effect of central EU financial
i st u e ts. If the LGF suppo t e e to e dis o ti ued, a a ual a e age suppo t of € illio
would be lacking and the SME debt financing gap would increase even further.
364
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0113.png
Assuming similar financing conditions in the future, Member States would need to substantially
increase their national financial instruments if a central SME guarantee facility was not
continued in the next programming period.
The budget committed to debt financial instruments under EU funds under shared management
would need to almost double in the next programming period to make up for the loss of central
debt financial instruments. Alternatively, Member States would need to increase their national
financing programmes by more than 10%.
Scenario 3
This scenario proposes a significant increase in the budget for support of SME financing. This
would give the European economy a strong investment and employment boost. A budgetary
gua a tee of € . illio
ould e a le i est e ts of € .
illion,
enabling a wide range of
interventions and specific intervention in areas requiring higher risk coverage.
It is expected that such an intervention would contribute to the creation of more than
2,000,000 jobs over the programme implementation period. Moreover, the market gap for SME
fi a e ould e positi el i pa ted, ith app o i atel € illio of additio al fi a i g
compared to the baseline, which is approximately 30% of the median market gap from our
analysis. Therefore, the preferred option would be to significantly increase the budget and close
a major part of the SME financing gap.
Scenario
Scenario 1:
Baseline
€ . illio
budgetary guarantee
690,000 jobs
Scenario 2:
Discontinuation of
the activity
No budgetary
allocation
Decrease in
employment
Decrease in turnover
Scenario 3:
Significant increase
in resources
€ . illio
budgetary guarantee
2,000,000 jobs
Impact
Employment
maintained or
created
Additional turnover
expected in
beneficiary SMEs
Number of SMEs to
be supported
Volume of financing
supported
illio
illio
663,000
illio
No support provided
No support provided
1,935,000
illio
365
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0114.png
5. H
OW WILL PERFORMANCE BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED
?
Measuring the impact of a financial instrument on employment and growth is a complex
exercise and is only possible several years after the intervention occurred, i.e. after the SME has
received the financing. The tool used in order to determine economic impacts is econometric
studies.
The Commission has started to conduct econometric studies for selected markets to evaluate
the impact of past EU SME guarantee instruments (established under the Competitiveness and
Innovation Framework Programme). Such work will be further extended for the proposed SME
guarantee facility.
In order to ensure that the allocated budget is meaningfully spent and leads to triggering the
financing of SMEs that would have otherwise had difficulties in obtaining finance, milestones
can be established and their accomplishments can be monitored. Not reaching a milestone will
already provide first indications of whether a facility is on track to achieving the intended
results.
Once a number of milestones have been reached, outputs can be quantified and can be
compared to proposed targets. The achievement of impacts will only be measurable ex-post, i.e.
after the guarantee facility has been fully implemented, which is expected to be three years
following the end of the programme period.
Proposed milestones/outputs/ monitoring of the SME guarantee facility
Initial two
years of the
programme
1. Signature of
agreement
with entrusted
entity
(As the SME
guarantee facility
will
be
implemented
through the
SME
Window of the
Single Fund,
the
X
Target: within
first year of the
programme
Medium-
term
Long-term
How would
this be
monitored?
Annual operational
report
from
entrusted entity
N/A
N/A
366
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0115.png
agreement for the
single fund will
have been signed
and the respective
product
annex
covering the SME
guarantee facility
will have been
included)
2. Launch of call
for expression
of interest
111
X
Target: within
first year of the
programme
N/A
N/A
Annual operational
report
from
entrusted entity
3. Signature of
agreements
with financial
intermediaries
X
X
X
Target: first
agreement signed
within first year
of the
programme
Target: within
the first three
years, guarantee
agreements
signed in at least
half of the
countries
identified as
having a
significant
financing gap
that is not
covered through
national/regional
interventions
(measured in %
of GDP)
Target: by the
end of the
programme
period, guarantee
agreements
signed in all of
the countries
identified as
having a
significant
financing gap
that is not
covered through
national/regional
interventions
(measured in %
of GDP)
Annual operational
report
from
entrusted
entity;
reports
on
transactions signed
DG GROW to track
financing gap for
SMEs per Member
State on a regular
basis (at least once
per year) through
continuously
integrating
latest
112
available data
4. Additionality
of
transactions /
no crowding-
out of existing
national/regio
nal support
schemes
X
Target:
no justified
complaints in
writing about
clearly
identifiable
crowding-out
effects from
national/regional
support schemes
X
Target:
no justified
complaints in
writing about
clearly
identifiable
crowding-out
effects from
national/regional
support schemes
X
Target:
no justified
complaints in
writing about
clearly
identifiable
crowding-out
effects from
national/regional
support schemes
Annual operational
report
from
entrusted
entity
(entrusted entity to
report how existing
support
schemes
have been taken into
consideration when
deciding on the
scope
of
the
guarantee
agreements signed)
COM to monitor
official complaints
111
112
In accordance with Article 208 (4) of Financial Regulation 2018 (forthcoming)
In accordance with Article 209 (2) (h) of Financial Regulation 2018 (forthcoming)
367
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0116.png
received by any of
the
Commission
services
113
5. Additionality
of
transactions /
no support of
activities that
financial
intermediaries
would have
undertaken
anyway in the
absence of the
guarantee
support
according to
their business
practices
114
X
Target:
no guarantee
agreements
identified that
would allow
financial
intermediaries to
finance activities
within their
normal business
practices
X
Target:
no guarantee
agreements
identified that
would allow
financial
intermediaries to
finance activities
within their
normal business
practices
X
Target:
no guarantee
agreements
identified that
would allow
financial
intermediaries to
finance activities
within their
normal business
practices
COM to establish
mechanism
that
allows monitoring
of portfolio criteria
established in the
agreements with the
entrusted
entity;
compliance to be
verified
before
signature
takes
place
Regular monitoring
visits to financial
intermediaries
(COM
may
accompany
entrusted entity)
On a survey/sample
basis as part of the
mid-term and ex-
post evaluation
Please note that an ex-
post monitoring or a
detailed
ex-ante
assessment for each
individual transaction or
for a very significant
number of transactions is
unrealistic and would
create
significant
administrative burden for
financial intermediaries,
final recipients and the
Commission
services
involved. Therefore, a
survey approach based
on
a
sample
is
considered to be the most
cost-effective option.
6. Additionality
of transaction
at the level of
the final
recipients
(would the
final recipient
have received
the financing
for the same
amount and
under the
same
conditions in
the absence of
the
guarantee?)
7. Number of
SMEs
supported
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
X
Target:
Identified
deadweight not
more than 35%
X
Target:
Identified
deadweight not
more than 35%
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
X
Target: to be set
as a function of
the available
budget
Through
regular
operational reports
from the entrusted
entity
8. Financing
made
available to
SMEs
supported
Through
regular
operational reports
from the entrusted
entity
113
114
In accordance with Article 209 (2) (b) of Financial Regulation 2018 (forthcoming)
In accordance with Article 209 (2) (b) of Financial Regulation 2018 (forthcoming)
368
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0117.png
(Assumptions
made:
target range 1:15
1:25
Average size of
financing
transaction:
€100,000
115
)
(Formula to be
used: Available
budget * target
range * average
size of financing
transactions)
(Formula to be
used: Available
budget * target
range * average
size of financing
transactions)
(Formula to be
used: Available
budget * target
range * average
size of financing
transactions)
9. Jobs
maintained /
employment
created in
supported
SMEs
N/A
X
Target:
Employment
growth in
supported SMEs
to exceed
employment
growth of the
overall SME
population
X
Target:
Employment
growth in
supported SMEs
to exceed
employment
growth of the
overall SME
population
Annual
employment/growth
reports from the
entrusted
entity.
Report
to
be
submitted for the
first time in the
fourth year of the
programme
with
data as per end of
the third year of the
programme.
COM to monitor the
general employment
growth
in
the
overall
SME
population
(currently
Commission
prepares the annual
report on European
SMEs)
As part of the ex-
post evaluation: an
econometric study
to determine how
employment
has
grown in supported
SMEs compared to
non-supported
SMEs.
10.
Turnover
growth in
supported
SMEs
N/A
X
X
Target: Turnover
growth in
supported SMEs
Target: Turnover
growth in
supported SMEs
Annual
employment/growth
reports from the
entrusted
entity.
Report
to
be
submitted for the
115
Despite the average transaction of €37,000 under the COSME LGF, the average transaction size is estimated to be
€100,000, based on the fact that the €150,000 threshold will be eliminated and the higher-risk
financing
transactions that are currently
supported through InnovFin SMEG have an average transaction size of €450,000.
369
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0118.png
to exceed overall
GDP growth
to exceed overall
GDP growth
first time in the
fourth year of the
programme
with
data as per end of
the third year of the
programme.
COM to compare
turnover growth in
supported SMEs to
general
GDP
growth.
As part of the ex-
post
evaluation:
econometric study
to determine how
turnover has grown
in supported SMEs
compared to non-
supported SMEs.
Appendix: Public institutions providing debt financial instruments in the EU
116
AT
Austria Wirtschaftsservice operates longstanding loan-based measures financed, amongst others, from the
original endowment of the Marshall Fund, the ERP Fund. The ERP fund has been integrated into AWS. AWS
runs many different instruments, including: the ERP Fund, AWS Mittelstandsfonds and AWS Gründerfonds.
So iété Régio ale d I estisse e t de Wallo ie SRIW , So iété Wallo e de Gestio et de Pa ti ipatio
(SOGEPA) and Société Wallonne de Financement et de Garanties des PME (SOWALFIN) are the main actors
offering financial instruments in Wallonia. SOWALFIN also offers financial instruments through its
su sidia ies Sofi e , No allia a d So a ut, as ell as a et o k of i e I ests a oss the fi e Walloo
provinces.
Innovation and Enterprise Agency (Agentschap Innoveren en Ondernemen - AIO) and Investment Company
Flanders (Participatiemaatscappij Vlaanderen - PMV) are the main actors in terms of financial instruments
in Flanders.
Finance.brussels is the main relevant agency in the Brussels Capital region, offering microcredit, loans and
equity through its subsidiaries Brusoc, Brucofin, Exportbru, Brupart and Srib-Gimb. There is also the
Brussels Guarantee Fund, which targets SMEs and microenterprises.
BE
BG
The Bulgarian Development Bank provides direct and indirect finance to SMEs. The National Guarantee
Fund is a subsidiary of the Bulgarian Development Bank and provides guarantees to financial
intermediaries.
116
Source: EPRC (2017),
Improving the take-up and effectiveness of Financial Instruments
370
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0119.png
CY
The Cyprus Entrepreneurship Fund is the main public finance fund established to support and strengthen
entrepreneurship in the country by enhancing access to finance for SMEs.
The Czech-Moravian Guarantee and Development Bank focuses on providing assistance to SMEs aiming at
giving them easier access to capital, sharing risk and reducing project costs through different types of
support tools such as bank guarantees, preferential loans and financial subsidies.
The National Innovation Fund aims to stimulate the national market with high-risk capital, especially in the
forms of seed, start-up and early stage funding.
CZ
DE
KfW Bankengruppe (KfW) offers numerous domestic support programmes for SMEs, municipalities and
other target groups. Landwirtschaftliche Rentenbank also provides investment to SMEs and public finance.
In addition to the domestic financial instruments offered at the national level, there are various
instruments for SMEs offered by public promotional banks at the Länder level. In each Land there is at
least one promotional bank.
DK
The Danish Growth Fund (Vækstfonden) is a public investment fund backed by the Danish Government.
The statutory purpose of the Danish Growth Fund is to promote innovation and development of the
business sector in order to achieve a higher socio-economic return.
KredEx is a fund that acts as a national promotional bank and provides guarantees for debt instruments
offered by credit institutions and financial institutions, supporting export transactions and developing
e te p ises e po t apa it , de elopi g othe fi a ial se i es a d p o iding
these services within the
business and housing sector.
The Hellenic Fund for Entrepreneurship and Development (ETEAN SA) is fully owned by the Greek State.
ETEAN SA s s ope i ludes e te sio of gua a tees a d o-guarantees,
the origination and management of
innovative special purpose funds and co-financing loans and/or guarantees on attractive terms.
ICO
– I stituto de C édito Ofi ial Offi ial C edit I stitute , Spai s pu li
through intermediated lending.
a k, p o ides fi a e fo SMEs
EE
EL
ES
ENISA
Empresa Nacional de Innovación (National Innovation Company). The institutional mission of
ENISA consists in providing financing to SMEs for business projects that add value to the Spanish economy,
economically and in terms of job creation, as well as promoting Spanish design.
CERSA
Compañía Española de Reafianzamiento (Spanish Counterguarantee Company) provides counter-
guarantees.
FI
Fi
e a is Fi la d s ai State-owned
specialised financing company. It aims to supplement the financial
markets by providing businesses with loans, guarantees, venture capital investments and export
guarantees. Finnvera is also the official Export Credit Agency of Finland.
Bpif a e is F a e s ai pu li i est e t a k. It ope ates as a a k a d a
fund manager. Created in
2012, Bpifrance regroups different institutional actors involved in investment activities and financial
instruments under one name. It is the main public actor involved in SME support and business financing.
Caisse des Depots et Consignations (created 1816) is a long-term State investor with 20 subsidiaries
(including Bpifrance) that can provide loans, equity and guarantees through a regional network. It is a main
investor in business equity (via Bpifrance) and in infrastructure and housing.
FR
371
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0120.png
In addition, Initiative France, a network of local associations, provide loans on trust, while France Active
offers financial instruments via three financial structures: France Active Garantie (manages Guarantee
Fund), France Active Investment Company (SIFA) (manages regional funds) and France Active Financement.
HR
The two main institutions providing public finance in Croatia are The Croatian Bank of Reconstruction and
Development (HBOR) and The Croatian Agency for SMEs, Innovations and Investments (HAMAG-BICRO).
The Natio al Ba k of Hu ga is Hu ga
Programme through commercial banks.
s Ce t al
a k. It offe s loa s ia the Szé he i G o th
HU
The Hungarian Development Bank is a State-owned bank that finances local government infrastructure
development, a business finance programme and a public transport financing programme.
IE
The Strategic Banking Corporation of Ireland (SBCI) is a new, strategic SME funding company. Its goal is to
ensure access to flexible funding for Irish SMEs.
Cassa Depositi e Prestiti, by far the largest institutional operator, is a national promotional institution
involved in the supply of finance to international development cooperation bodies, to directly financing
public interest projects, infrastructure projects and research investments, export finance, social housing
and support for SMEs, with a general remit to support economic growth in Italy.
Invitalia operates as an administrative body and is in charge of public aid measures (either grants or
financial instruments).
MedioCredito Centrale is a public bank operating at national level and with a focus on Convergence
regions.
At regional level, the function of supplying public finance is performed by regional development agencies
(agenzie regionali di sviluppo) and regional financial institutions (finanziarie regionali).
LT
INVEGA is a public body tasked with developing SMEs in Lithuania and facilitating their access to finance. It
provides different types of financial instruments within the area of debt finance, covering loans, co-
financing of loans, support to finance interest payments and loan guarantees.
So iété Natio ale de C édit et d I estisse e t SNCI is Lu e ou g s ai State-owned
bank, providing
medium and long term financing contributions to economic development.
AFI, a national specialised development finance institution, was created in December 2013 to implement
financial instrument investment strategies. The process merged three government agencies
Latvian
Gua a tee Age , ALTUM fo e La ijas Hipotēku u Ze es Ba ka a d Ru al De elop e t Fu d i to
AFI with the objectives to increase efficiency in programme implementation, to strengthen coordination
a o g p og a
es a d to p o ide e t ep e eu s ith a o
e-stop-shop
fo State suppo t e ha is s.
Under this arrangement, ALTUM will continue programme implementation, keeping the same regional
coverage and representation.
Malta Enterprise is an economic development agency that offers a range of incentives
grants, soft loans,
interest rate subsidies and loan guarantees.
Netherlands Enterprise Agency (Rijks Dienst voor ondernemend Nederland
RVO) is the main financial
State-owned institution in the Netherlands. It is part of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs. Innovation
Fund SME+ is a fund managed by the Netherlands Enterprise Agency that provides various forms of
IT
LU
LV
MT
NL
372
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0121.png
repayable support to innovative SMEs.
PL
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego
BGK / The State Development Bank of Poland. BGK supports the social
and economic growth of Poland and provides services to the public finance sector. BGK actively
participates in the implementation of the State's economic objectives.
SPGM - Sociedade de Investimento, S.A. has been a major tool for promoting the expansion of the Mutual
Guarantee System in PT, targeting a large number of SMEs.
IAPMEI (Instituto de Apoio às Pequenas e Médias Empresas e ao Investimento
Institute for the Support
to Small and Medium-sized Enterprises and Investment) manages financial assistance programmes and
promotes SME access to the stock market and to alternative sources of financing.
Instituição Financeira de Desenvolvimento (Financial Development Institution, IFD) was set up in 2014 to
manage the ESIF financial instrument programmes. Its wider objectives included promoting greater
efficiency and effectiveness in the management of financial instruments for supporting SMEs in Portugal.
PME Investimentos
Sociedade de Investimento, S.A. aims to promote the development and increase of
the financing offer to companies in the non-financial sector, notably SMEs, through management of special
investment funds.
PT
RO
Casa de E o o ii și Co se ațiu i CEC is Ro a ia s atio al State-owned
bank. The bank aims to
support local businesses and SMEs. It provides: loans for SMEs, loans for rural financing, loans for recently-
incorporated companies, State-aided loans, European Funds and loans to finance the Public Authorities.
EximBank is another national State-owned bank. EximBank has been involved in supporting and promoting
the Romanian business environment, by making available a wide range of financial instruments for local
companies.
SE
In Sweden, the key State-funded operators that provide equity capital to businesses are Almi,
Fouriertransform (for manufacturing industry), Inlandsinnovation (only in north of Sweden) and
Industrifonden. In addition, there are a number of State-owned regional companies that are jointly owned
with the county councils or regional actors.
SID Bank (SID
Slovenska izvozna in razvojna banka) became a fully State-owned bank in 2008. SID Bank
provides export credits and investment insurance services on behalf of the State. The main activity
provided for its own account is financing of business transactions in the area of market gaps (SMEs,
research, environment, internationalisation, etc.).
The Slovene Enterprise Fund (SEF) is a State-owned fund. SEF was established for the purpose of granting
financial support and incentives to the entrepreneurial sector in Slovenia. The Fund publishes annual
public tenders for financial support for development-expansion investments of micro-, small and medium-
sized enterprises in Slovenia.
SI
SK
Slovak Guarantee and Development Bank (SZRB) is the key provider of finance to SMEs and local
authorities.
Slovak Investment Holding (SICAV SIF S.C.A.) has been established to support national investment priorities
373
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0122.png
providing financial instruments in various mainstream programmes financed through ESIF.
UK
The British Business Bank was set up in 2012 to integrate existing programmes supporting SMEs, as well as
developing and managing new SME access to finance programmes.
Finance Wales is a publicly-owned company set up to provide finance to SMEs in Wales. Finance Wales
makes commercial investments in SMEs based in Wales or willing to relocate.
The Scottish Investment Bank (Scottish Enterprise/Highlands and Islands Enterprise): Scottish Investment
Bank is a department of Scottish Enterprise, a sponsored non-departmental public body of the Scottish
Government that encourages economic development, enterprise, innovation and investment in business.
Highlands and Islands Enterprise is the Scottish Government's economic and community development
agency for the north and west of Scotland.
I est NI p o ides go e
e t suppo t fo usi esses i No the I ela d
deli e i g the Go e
e ts
economic strategies. Support offered includes advice, mentoring and funding. Funding includes both
grants and financial instruments.
374
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0123.png
Annex 16: Programme specific annex on
Health programme
Glossary
Term or acronym
AMR
AWP
CHAFEA
CNCT
COMP
DG Home
DG RTD
DIGIT
ECDC
EFSA
EMA
ESTAT
EU
FISMA
GNI
GROW
JUST
MAP
MS
OECD
R&D
SANTE
SoHO
SRSS
TFEU
UN
WHO
Antimicrobial Resistance
Annual Work Programmes
Consumers, Health, Agriculture and Food Executive Agency
Directorate-General for Communications Networks, Content and Technology
Directorate-General for Competition
Directorate-General for Migration and Home Affairs
Directorate-General for Research and Innovation
Directorate-General for Informatics
European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control
European Food Safety Authority
European Medicines Agency
Eurostat
European Union
Directorate-General for Financial Stability, Financial Services and Capital
Markets Union
Gross national income
Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and
SMEs
Directorate-General for Justice and Consumers
Multi-Annual Planning
Member States
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Research and development
Directorate General for Health and Food Safety
Substances of Human Origin
Structural Reform Support Service
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union
United Nations
World Health Organization
Meaning or definition
375
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0124.png
Budget line
A Budget line is a graphical representation of all possible combinations of
two goods which can be purchased with given income and prices, such that
the cost of each of these combinations is equal to the money income of the
consumer.
Digital health and care is the collective term used to refer to tools and
services that use information and communication technologies (ICTs) that
can improve prevention, diagnosis, treatment, monitoring and management
of health and lifestyle. Digital health and care has the potential to improve
access to care, quality of care, and increase the efficiency of the health sector.
The eHealth Network is a voluntary network, set up under article 14 of
Directive 2011/24/EU. It provides a platform of Member States' competent
authorities dealing with eHealth. The Joint Action supporting the eHealth
Network (JAseHN) provides scientific and technical support to the Network.
eHealth
eHealth Network
European Cancer Information ECIS provides the latest information on indicators that quantify cancer-
System (ECIS)
burden across Europe. It permits the exploration of geographical patterns and
temporal trends of incidence, mortality and survival data across Europe for
the major cancer entities. The purpose of the web-application is to support
research as well as public-health decision-making in the field of cancer and
to serve as a point of reference and information for European citizens.
European Innovation
Partnership on Active and
Healthy Ageing
The European Innovation Partnership in Active and Healthy Ageing (EIP on
AHA) is an initiative launched by the European Commission to foster
innovation and digital transformation in the field of active and healthy
ageing.
The European Pharmacopoeia (Ph. Eur.) is Europe’s legal and scientific
benchmark for pharmacopoeial standards which contribute to delivering high
quality medicines in Europe and beyond. The Ph. Eur. is applicable in 38
European countries and used in over 100 countries worldwide.
European Pharmacopoeia
European Reference Network The European Reference Networks (ERNs) are virtual networks involving
for rare disease
healthcare providers across Europe. They aim to facilitate discussion on
complex or rare diseases and conditions that require highly specialised
treatment, and concentrated knowledge and resources.
Health Technology
Assessments
Health technology assessment (HTA) is a multidisciplinary process that
summarises information about the medical, social, economic and ethical
issues related to the use of a health technology in a systematic, transparent,
unbiased, robust manner. Its aim is to inform the formulation of safe,
effective, health policies that are patient focused and seek to achieve best
value. (EUnetHTA)
The National Focal Points (NFP) are the national experts for the Health
Programme in member states and participating countries. NFP
representatives are appointed by their national health ministries. (CHAFEA)
One Health: is a term used to describe a principle which recognises that
human and animal health are interconnected, that diseases are transmitted
from humans to animals and vice versa and must therefore be tackled in both.
The One Health approach also encompasses the environment, another link
between humans and animals and likewise a potential source of new resistant
National Focal Points
One Health Approach
376
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0125.png
microorganisms. This term is globally recognised, having been widely used
in the EU and in the 2016 United Nations Political Declaration on AMR.
Scientific Committees set up
in accordance with
Commission Decision
2008/721/EC
(Seven) EU added value
criteria
2008/721/EC: Commission Decision of 5 August 2008 setting up an advisory
structure of Scientific Committees and experts in the field of consumer
safety, public health and the environment and repealing Decision
2004/210/EC
The EU’s supporting competence in public health means that action can only
be justified if it adds value above and beyond what the Member States and
other actors could achieve on their own.
The seven EU added value criteria are enshrined in the Regulation (EU)
282/2014 establishing the 3rd Health programme (2014-2020)
The State of Health in the EU is a two-year initiative undertaken by the
European Commission that provides policy makers, interest groups, and
health practitioners with factual, comparative data and insights into health
and health systems in EU countries. The cycle is developed in cooperation
with the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
and the European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies.
State of Health in Europe
cycle
The 3rd Health programme The Third EU Health Programme (2014-2020) is the main instrument that the
(2014-2020)
Commission uses to implement the EU Health Strategy. Annual work plans
of the Programme set out priority areas and the criteria for its funding
actions.
1.
1.1.
I
NTRODUCTION
: P
OLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
Scope and context
Summary
Health is a strategic component of growth in the Internal Market, and an invaluable
resource for the society. It is also an inescapable dimension of a productive workforce, of
sustainable public services and efficient social market economies, and of well-
functioning democracies serving the citizens. The Lisbon Treaty has enhanced the
importance of health policy in Article 168 of TFEU. The Treaty's health objectives are to
be achieved by supporting Member States' policies, since the primary responsibility for
health protection and, in particular, for the operation of healthcare systems lies with the
Member States. National authorities acknowledge more and more the existence of cross-
border problems, and the need to cooperate, use expertise and mutualise resources to
respond to the cross-border nature and global dimension of health issues. The EU has
successfully implemented a comprehensive policy, through the 3rd Health programme
(2014-2020) by bringing together relevant stakeholders and Member States authorities to
work on prioritised health issues.
Health is a strategic component of growth for the Internal Market and an invaluable
resource for the society. The Treaty of Lisbon has enhanced the importance of health
377
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0126.png
policy, stipulating that “a high level of human health protection shall be ensured in the
definition and implementation of all Community policies and activities” (Article 168 of
TFEU). The EU has an important role to play in improving public health, preventing and
managing diseases, mitigating sources of danger to human health, including by
harmonising legislation on tobacco, medicinal products, medical devices, substances of
human origin and patients' rights in cross-border healthcare, areas where health policies
are directly linked with the Internal Market (Article 114 of TFEU).
More generally, the Treaty's health objectives are to be achieved through action intended
to support Member States' policies and to foster cooperation and integrated work, since
the primary responsibility for health protection and, in particular, for the operation of the
healthcare systems continues to lie with the Member States.
National authorities acknowledge more and more the need to cooperate, use expertise and
mutualise resources to respond to the cross-border and global dimension of health issues
and also to fully develop and benefit from opportunities offered by the digital market, the
rapid development of health technologies, the sharing and implementation of evidence-
based best practices for achieving a "high level of human health protection", and aim to
ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.
The EU has successfully implemented a comprehensive health policy, through the 3
rd
Health programme (2014-2020) by bringing together relevant stakeholders and Member
States authorities to work on prioritised health issues. Through the Health Programme,
the EU helps Member States to develop their initiatives at EU level for more cost-
effective solutions to common health concerns,
e.g.
the establishment of European
Reference Networks for rare diseases, the effective response to cross-border health
threats as in the case of Ebola and Zika viruses outbreaks, the cancer screening
guidelines, the joint Health Technology Assessments, etc.
1.2.
Lessons learned from previous programmes
Summary
The mid-term evaluation
117
of the third Health Programme's confirmed the importance of
the outcomes of funded actions and stressed their high EU added value, notably in the
form of increased capacity in the Member States to address health threats, of clear
roadmaps for the improved access to healthcare for vulnerable migrants and refugees, of
technical guidelines and recommendations for cancer, HIV/AIDS and TB prevention, of
additional support for EU health legislation on medicinal products and medical devices,
as well as the eHealth Network activities and Health Technology Assessment. It also
recognised the added value of tools to control healthcare-associated infections and to step
up coordinated efforts to fight against antimicrobial resistance, and of the extensive
groundwork pursued through a number of Joint Actions to develop a common EU
approach to Health Technology Assessment (HTA). The mid-term evaluation recognised
as well the positive contribution of actions fostering interoperable and standardised cross-
border exchange of health data, and of those setting up EU digital infrastructures for that
purpose. It also was recognised that the establishment of 24 European Reference
Networks for rare diseases, a new form of integrated work, has a huge potential to
117
Mid-term evaluation of the 3rd Health Programme 2014-2020;
COM(2017) 586 final; SWD(2017) 331.
378
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0127.png
improve the care provided to citizens across EU. However, a number of challenges need
to be addressed such as the relatively high number of program priorities, some
shortcomings in monitoring the implementation and prioritisation and dissemination of
actions. Notably, Member States and EU stakeholders have declared an overwhelming
support for continuing EU action in the area of health.
The mid-term evaluation of the 3
rd
Health Programme
118
concluded that the Programme
has overall valid and appropriate objectives in place leading to actions which are
relatively focused and generate EU added value while accommodating existing needs and
challenges. The 3
rd
Health Programme, currently running will end in 2020.
Compared with previous health programmes, the 23 thematic priorities of the 3
rd
Health
Programme are a positive development and facilitate synergies and coherent action.
However, these could still be streamlined and focused even more. The structure in place
has supported relevant actions, especially in fields where there is legislative clarity and/or
a clear cross-border dimension. In non-legislative areas where action can be more open-
ended or broadly defined, there is a danger of those actions being less focused.
The Annual Work Programmes (AWP) and Multi-Annual Planning (MAP) processes
implementing the 3
rd
Health Programme work well. The MAP in particular has enabled a
more strategic approach to medium-term planning. The AWP process is already clear,
well-defined and impartial but to avoid confusion and ensure greater buy-in, the process
needs to be better explained to stakeholders.
The mid-term evaluation shows that the exceptional utility criteria
119
for attracting
participation from low gross national income (GNI) countries have not been sufficiently
effective so far. However, despite the difficult economic context and the significant
barrier of assuring the remaining co-financing, the Programme is still attracting a similar
level of participation from low GNI countries as in the previous programme. Additional
improvements are needed, since securing co-funding is only one part of the explanation
for lower participation.
The 3
rd
Health Programme has already delivered significant progress by, for instance,
establishing European Reference Networks, adopting new legislation on Health
Technology Assessment, and by supporting capacity building of Member States to
respond to outbreaks and continuous updating of skills to take into account emergent
issues such as the migrant crisis.
The allocation of resources in the 3
rd
Health Programme has been found to be efficient
overall and the programme management has been mostly effective and has improved
since the previous 2
nd
Health Programme 2008-2013. For instance, new indicators are in
place for monitoring the health programme and its specific actions.
Nevertheless, there are inefficiencies and inadequacies with the monitoring of
implementation data, which holds back the ability of programme managers to keep an
up-to-date overview of the programme's achievements. This will be appropriately
118
See at
https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/programme/2014-2020/midterm_evaluation_en
This allows for exceptional co-funding up to 80% to all participants in the action under specific criteria mentioned
in the legal basis (Regulation (EC) N° 282/2014 , Article 7 (3) and in the Annual Work Programmes.
119
379
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0128.png
addressed. While significant strides have been made to ramp up dissemination, going
forward and delivering progress in this area must be prioritised.
Furthermore the ongoing health programme has already been increasing its ability to
target important health needs where it can add value (e.g. antimicrobial resistance, e-
health, accreditation schemes for breast cancer screening, etc.). The fact that the seven
EU added value criteria are written into the regulation and are built into the proposal
evaluation process are positive achievements allowing potential beneficiaries to
appropriately consider EU added value when preparing their proposals and in turn, for
assessment panels to take it into account as part of the decision to award funding.
However, there is scope to streamline the added-value criteria to focus on three key
areas: addressing cross-border health threats; improving economies of scale; and
fostering the exchange and implementation of best practices. This will make it easier to
provide clear guidance of what the criteria mean and make it easier for them to be
addressed more effectively.
The 3
rd
Health Programme has been found by the mid-term evaluation to be internally
coherent, in part due to the revised structure of the programme. However, where the
definition of action remains broad and ambitious, results are, harder to achieve. The 3
rd
Health Programme is also coherent with the Commission’s policy priorities and has been
shown to be an effective tool to respond to evolving needs.
Stakeholders participated in the mid-term evaluation through various consultations
120
,
including an open public consultation which covered aspects relating to the relevance,
added value, efficiency, effectiveness, and coherence of the programme. This
consultation engaged institutional stakeholders, notably the Programme Committee
members and National Focal Points and grant beneficiaries. The stakeholders involved in
the funded activities, especially non-governmental organisations, public health
authorities, academic and research organisations, international organisations, professional
associations, private companies and individual persons were also consulted through the
open public consultation. In addition, targeted on-line consultations with public health
experts and e-surveys with National Focal Points and Programme Committee members
were conducted as part of the external evaluation study. These were complemented by
targeted interviews of Commission and International Health Organisation officers, and
grant recipients (beneficiaries), mainly project leaders and coordinators of actions funded
under the Programme.
In the open public consultation Member States and EU stakeholders have declared an
overwhelming support for EU health policies confirming that the cooperation in the area
of health is essential and should be maintained (70%). The EU should continue
supporting important health-related challenges facing EU citizens, governments and
health systems reflected in the formulation of the Programme’s objectives.
121
The results of the consultation activities are presented in the Annex V of the SWD (2017) 331 final of 11.10.2017)
on
121
The results of the Open Public Consultation are publicly available on
https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/consultations/midterm_evaluation_en
120
380
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0129.png
Real life example of success story of synergies with other IMP programmes:
The spreading of antimicrobial resistance (AMR) is a natural biological phenomenon but
lately a variety of factors have contributed to accelerate its dispersion. AMR is
responsible for an estimated 25,000 deaths yearly and over EUR 1.5 billion of healthcare
costs and productivity losses in the EU. Combating antimicrobial resistance has become a
global public health challenge. AMR has also become a political priority within the EU,
the G7, the G20, the UN and other international organisations.
In 2008, the European Council called upon the Member States to strengthen surveillance
systems and improve data quality on antimicrobial resistance and on consumption of
antimicrobial agents within both the human and veterinary sectors. The new 5 years EU
Action Plan to combat antimicrobial resistance was adopted in 2017 to prevent and
reduce the spreading of AMR, and preserve the capacity to fight microbial infections.
The key objectives of this new strategy are built on three main pillars: (i) making the EU
a best practice region on AMR; (ii) boosting research, development and innovation on
AMR; and (iii) shaping the global agenda on AMR.
As part of this AMR Action Plan several other programmes (e.g. EU Programmes for
Health and Food-and-Feed
122
, Horizon 2020) as well as the EU Agencies (EFSA, EMA
and ECDC) collaborate and coordinate with different national authorities in order to
reach the outlined objectives from a one Health perspective and in support of Member
States' national action plans. This inclusive strategy with representation of all relevant
actors at EU level and the aim to address gaps on the Health and Animal side holistically
represent a successful example of the One Health approach.
2.
2.1.
THE OBJECTIVES
Challenges for the programmes of the next MFF
Summary
The current 3
rd
Health Programme (2014-2020) supports a broad range of activities to
deliver on the objectives of Article 168 TFEU, with a total budget of EUR 449.4 million.
The 23 thematic priorities stem out of four main objectives which are: promote health
and healthy living and prevent diseases; protect Europeans from serious cross-border
health threats; contribute to innovative, efficient and sustainable health systems; and
facilitate access to better and safer healthcare for Europeans. The mid-term evaluation of
the 2014-2020 programme concluded that while the programme objectives remain valid,
several improvements should be made regarding its focus, content and structure in order
to ensure that EU funding delivers visible outcomes with EU added value on the
programme priorities and increase synergies and ensure the upscale of significant results
through cooperation with other EU financial instruments. In particular, the need of
streamlining and focusing the future programme's priorities and actions was identified. In
light of mid-term evaluation findings and with the aim of designing a future Health
122
381
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0130.png
programme as integral part of the
Single Market
Programme for the post-2020 period, the
thematic areas of action have been streamlined to allow for a more results and added
value oriented approach for EU funded actions, focused on cross-border health issues, on
the potential to create economies of scale and on the exchange, dissemination and
upscaling of best practices.
The current Health Programme (2014-2020) is the third programme of EU action in the
field of health, established by Regulation (EU) N° 282/2014
123
. With a budget of EUR
449.4 million over seven years, it is the Commission's main financial instrument to
underpin and support EU health policy development. Designed to help inter alia Member
States in investing in health, the programme contributes to the Europe 2020 objective of
smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. The ongoing program aims to complement,
support and add value to the Member States policies, in terms of improving the health of
EU citizens and reducing health inequalities. The specific objectives and their financial
envelopes for the period 2014-2016 are the following:
1. promote health and healthy
living and prevent diseases (€54.1 million; from
which (€16.8 million in 2014, €12.7 million in 2015 and €24.6 million 2016);
2. protect Europeans from serious cross-border
health threats (€11.1 million; from
which €5.3 million 2014, €1.4 million in 2015 and €4.4 million 2016);
3.
contribute to innovative, efficient and sustainable health systems (€52.1 million;
from which €17.6 million in 2014, €25.2 million in 2015 and €9.3 million 2016);
and
4.
facilitate access to better and safer healthcare for Europeans (€31.3
million; from
which €10.5 million in 2014, €6.2 million in 2015 and €14.6 million 2016);
horizontal activities
(€17.3 million; from which €3.7 million in 2014, €10 million
in 2015 and €3.6 million 2016).
A total budget of €100 million remains to be spent
until the end of the current
financial EU framework.
These four objectives are currently served by 23 thematic priorities, listed in Annex I to
Regulation (EC) N° 282/2014:
Objective 1: Promote health, prevent disease and foster supportive
environments for healthy lifestyles
1.1.Risk factors such as use of tobacco and passive smoking, harmful use of
alcohol, unhealthy dietary habits and physical inactivity
1.2.Drugs-related health damage, including information and prevention
1.3.HIV / AIDS, tuberculosis and hepatitis
123
OJ L86 of 21.3.2014, p. 1-13.
382
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1.4.Chronic diseases including cancer, age-related diseases and
neurodegenerative diseases
1.5.Tobacco legislation
1.6.Health information and knowledge system to contribute to evidence-based
decision making
Objective 2: Protect Union citizens from serious cross border health threats
2.1.Risk assessment additional capacities for scientific expertise
2.2.Capacity building against health threats in MS, including, where appropriate,
cooperation with neighbouring countries
2.3.Implementation of Union legislation on communicable diseases and other
health threats, including those caused by biological, and chemical incidents,
environment and climate change
2.4.Health information and knowledge system to contribute to evidence-based
decision-making
Objective 3: Contribute to innovative, efficient and sustainable health systems
3.1.Support voluntary cooperation among MS on HTA
3.2.Innovation and e-health
3.3.Health workforce forecasting and planning
3.4.Setting up a mechanism for pooling expertise at Union level
3.5.European Innovation Partnership on Active and Healthy Ageing
3.6.Implementation of Union legislation in the field of medical devices, medicinal
products and cross-border healthcare
3.7.Health information and knowledge system including support to the Scientific
Committees set up in accordance with Commission Decision 2008/721/EC
Objective 4: Facilitate access to better and safer healthcare for Union citizens
4.1.Establishment of a system of European reference networks
4.2.Effectively help patients affected by rare diseases
4.3.Strengthen collaboration on patient safety and quality of healthcare
4.4.Measures to prevent Antimicrobial resistance and control healthcare-
associated infections
4.5.Implementation of Union legislation in field of tissues and cells, blood,
organs,
4.6.Health information and knowledge system to contribute to evidence-based
decision making
The main challenges to be addressed by the future 4
th
Health Programme [2021-2027]
stem from the mid-term evaluation and from the need identified therein to better direct
funding towards actions that show the greatest potential to generate visible impacts and
produce concrete results in
addressing cross-border health threats, improving
economies of scale, and fostering the exchange and implementation of best
practices.
383
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0132.png
The actions that have proven to deliver highest added value and on which the next health
programme should concentrate its resources are supporting activities such as:
o
the establishment and operation of European Reference Networks (ERNs),
o
the "State of Health in Europe" cycle,
o
work on EU cancer information system including the cancer registries (which
provide information on treatments and outcomes), and more generally data and
information collection, use of big data and real world data, to inform EU and
Member States' health related policy action,
o
technical assistance to Member States aimed at enabling health systems reforms
in key areas such as Health Technology Assessment (HTA) and eHealth,
o
the development of common methodologies and tools for integrated work (e.g.
for the new HTA framework)) and the deployment of capacity building actions
(e.g. the development of HTA capacity in Member States lacking this at the
moment).
o
AMR Action Plan promotes collaboration with different national authorities in
order to reach the outlined objectives from a one health perspective and in
support of Member States' national action plans.
The upcoming regulation on health technology assessment will imply additional funding
requirements
124
.
On the basis of the above considerations a review of the existing needs in the health area,
conducted with the support of an external contractor and based on the mid-term
evaluation results, has identified the necessity to focus EU action on the following
problems:
o
cross border health threats that are not stopped at the EU external frontiers and
could be easily spread across borders and require coherent collective response
without blocking the free movement of persons and goods in the EU;
o
decision-makers need robust, comparable and timely health data, information, and
expertise, to effectively tackle health policy challenges, to conduct structural
reforms and improve accessibility, effectiveness and resilience of health systems
while making strategic, long-term investments into them;
o
effective rule making and enforcement action are needed to secure high standards
of quality safety and efficacy for specific products improving or impacting health;
124
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL on health technology assessment and amending Directive 2011/24/EU
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/technology_assessment/docs/com2018_51_en.pdf
384
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0133.png
this includes the need to support integrated work on Health Technology
Assessment;
o
the specificity of rare diseases requires cooperation across Member States to pool
knowledge and expertise, increase access of patients to specialised centres and
provide increased opportunities to R&D; the model of ERNs could be expanded
to cover also other non-communicable diseases.
The above needs were translated in a refined intervention logic for the new Health
Programme with a better definition of problems and objectives, conducive to a reduced
and streamlined number of thematic areas of action (to replace the current 23 thematic
priorities of the on-going 3
rd
Health Programme)
125
.
The revised intervention logic addresses a number of further challenges identified by the
mid-term programme evaluation, including the need to improve the monitoring
arrangements through the establishment of relevant indicators and to clearly
communicate on its expected EU added value.
The cross-cutting objectives of the post-2020 multi-annual financial framework
flexibility, performance, coherence and synergies, and simplification
will also be
addressed, as appropriate.
Flexibility is particularly important in relation to the management of cross-border health
threats, as past experience with the Zika and Ebola crises has demonstrated. In practical
terms, more flexibility is necessary in particular to define the category of costs eligible
for EU funding (e.g. the purchase of goods such as vaccines or protective equipment); the
geographical scope shall be expanded to allow countering severe crises that occur outside
the EU and threaten the lives of EU citizens. Such flexibility would allow to undertake
interventions (contingency measures) in all countries where such intervention is
considered in the interest of the EU (e.g. South American and African countries in the
case of the Zika and Ebola outbreaks mentioned above).
Past experience has demonstrated that the budget for crisis preparedness and
management may be insufficient in case of severe threats (e.g. in 2009, responding to the
influenza
crisis required the provision of an additional €4 million, made available by the
European Parliament through a Preparatory Action on an EU Rapid Response Capability,
and in 2015-2016 funds had to be redeployed from other actions of the 3
rd
Health
Programme to contribute to the EU response to health related risks of the migrants'
crisis). For this reason and in addition to what will be already covered by the Health
Programme, access to the Emergency Reserve Fund is necessary to allow the programme
to effectively respond to potential serious health crisis in future.
125
See above in pp. 9-10. Or See in Annex I of the Regulation (EC) N° 282/2014.
385
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0134.png
Direct access to the Emergency Reserve Fund is required e.g. to purchase medical
counter measures and allow the deployment of emergency support in case of
unpredictable major epidemics or other crisis with a potential cross border impact on
public health.
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers
and businesses
the specificity of rare
diseases requires
cooperation across
Member States to pool
knowledge and
expertise, increase
access of patients to
specialised centres and
provide increased
opportunities to R&D;
the model of ERNs
could be expanded to
cover also other non-
communicable diseases
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Member States
decision-makers need
robust, comparable and
timely health data,
information, and
expertise, to effectively
tackle health policy
challenges to conduct
structural reforms to
improve accessibility,
effectiveness and
resilience and to make
strategic, long-term
investments in the health
systems
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
ensure effective rule
making, enforcement
and high standards of
quality safety and
efficacy for specific
products improving or
impacting health
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
new health threats that
easily spread across
borders & require
collective and coherent
response
Programme/line
Health Programme
2.2.
Objectives of the programmes of the next MFF
Summary
In response to the mid-term evaluation and ongoing study findings the challenges and
needs identified will be addressed the by the following updated specific objectives:
1. Prepare for and counter health crises
126
strengthen crisis-preparedness,
management and response to protect EU citizens against cross-border health threats.
2. Empower health systems with emphasis on their digital transformation
empower Member States with data, information and knowledge for better decision-
making providing tailored support, including technical assistance, to design and
implement reforms for improving accessibility, effectiveness and resilience of the
health systems, and to support health through the digital single market.
3. Support EU health legislation
support the free circulation of products by
developing, implementing and monitoring health legislation, while upholding
citizens' rights to access cross-border healthcare.
4. Support integrated work
support Member States' efforts to collaborate with the
aim of producing economies of scale, pooling resources and fostering joint
cooperation and implementation of validated best practices, e.g. through the ERNs.
A reduced number of 15 thematic areas of action with higher EU-added value will be
proposed to reach the above-listed objectives while reinforcing some areas of action by
increasing their outputs and further consolidating the critical mass of projects, as
necessary. Monitoring arrangements including a monitoring plan and indicators will be
established for the overall Programme and for each area, respectively.
126
This has to be understood as every potential crisis with a health dimension.
386
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0135.png
The general objective of the future Health Programme is to complement support and add
value to Member States policies to improve EU citizens' health; to implement and
enforce legislation governing the placing on the market and use of health products in the
EU, and patients' rights to cross-border healthcare.
In response to the mid-term evaluation
127
of the 3
rd
Health programme and to an ongoing
study
128
findings, the challenges and needs identified will be addressed by the following
updated specific objectives:
1. Prepare for and counter health
129
crises
strengthen crisis-preparedness,
management and response to protect citizens in the EU against cross-border health
threats.
2. Empower health systems with emphasis on their digital transformation
empower Member States with data, information and knowledge for better decision-
making providing tailored support, including technical assistance, to design and
implement reforms for improving accessibility effectiveness and resilience of the
health systems, and to support the digital single market.
3. Support EU health legislation
support the free circulation of products by
developing, implementing and monitoring health legislation, while upholding
citizens' rights to access cross-border healthcare.
4. Support integrated work
support Member States' efforts, pooling resources and
fostering joint cooperation and implementation of best practices, e.g. through the
ERNs.
A reduced number of 15 thematic areas of action with higher EU-added value will be
proposed to reach the above-listed objectives while reinforcing some areas of action e.g.
by increasing their outputs and further consolidating the critical mass of projects, as
necessary. Monitoring arrangements including a monitoring plan and indicators will be
established for overall objectives and for each area, respectively. Delivery of the
programme's objectives will be assessed using the following evaluation criteria: (i) the
continued relevance of all specific objectives and thematic areas of action, namely the
direct relationship between the actions and the necessity to solve the problems and meet
the needs while reaching the general objective; (ii) the effectiveness of the implemented
health measures in achieving the general and specific objectives, also in light of the
progress measured through the improved monitoring system to be put in place; (iii) the
127
Commission Report COM(2017) 586 final and Staff Working Document SWD(2017) 331 final of 11. 10. 2017. All
evaluations reports including the external study are available on
https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/programme/2014-
2020/midterm_evaluation_en
128
Data-gathering study on the common financial framework for the management of expenditure under Regulation
282/2014
129
This has to be understood as every potential crisis with a health dimension.
387
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0136.png
efficiency in the use of the financial resources spent under the health budget and their
consistency with the results achieved; (iv) the coherence of the measures implemented
within the Health Programme, both internally and with other EU interventions; (v) the
EU added value created through measures receiving technical and financial support under
this programme.
The specific objectives of the future Health Programme cross the main challenges of the
Single Market
Programme as depicted below:
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers
and businesses
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and the
internal market
Health Programme
17 01 03
1. Prepare for and
counter health crises
2. Empower health
systems with emphasis
on their digital
transformation
Complete and
comparable health data
and information
including increase use
of eHealth tools are
needed to support
decision making both at
EU and MS level and
promote reforms of
health systems quality
and sustainability.
The regulatory
framework for medical
products and
technologies (medical
devices and substances
of human origin), as
well as on tobacco
legislation and patients'
rights on cross-border
health is essential to
health protection in the
EU. Regulation, as well
its implementation and
enforcement, must keep
pace with innovation
and research advances
and with societal
changes in this area,
while delivering on
health objectives.
The need to support
joint cooperation on
HTA promoting
convergence in
procedures and
methodologies,
reducing
duplications/parallel
work for national HTA
authorities.
3. Support EU health
legislation
Member States need to
be prepared for health
emergencies, and to be
able to implement
coherent measures
protecting the lives of
citizens in the EU and
avoiding disruption of
the Internal Market.
Information on health
services is essential for
good decision making
on health matters and in
ensuring
competitiveness of
European health care
providers, both public
and private. The ehealth
is part of the overall
single digital market
targets.
The EU health
legislation has an
immediate impact on
the lives of citizens and
on the Internal Market.
4. Support integrated
work on:
Health Technology
Assessment (HTA)
388
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0137.png
Citizens suffering from
rare disease need access
to quality healthcare.
European Reference
Networks (ERNs)
The need to support
ERN's development of
the ERNs and
integration into the
national healthcare
systems.
30 million patients from
rare diseases need
diagnosis and
treatment.
ERNs provide also
increased opportunities
for R&D in the Internal
Market.
The implementation of
best practices
contributes to the
achievement of
sustainable
development goals for
healthy lives of all at all
ages.
implementation of best
practices
Best practices exist that
are proven to be
conducive to healthier
lives, for the benefit of
citizens and of health
systems in the Member
States. They should be
shared and scaled up.
Member States
competent authorities
need to learn in an
organised [and
coordinated] manner
one from each other.
The following table provides information concerning flexibility, simplification and
synergies of the Health programme with other IMP Programmes. It is worth noting that a
number of synergies that the Health Programme can have with other programmes outside
the "IMP Framework" (such as Horizon 2020 of DG RTD, Structural funds, Security
Programme of DG HOME, Emergency Fund, SRSS etc.) which are not part of the Single
Market Programme may enhance synergies between different "Framework programmes".
Candidate for
Flexibility
(moving
funds from one IMP
programme to other)
*in case of severe
crisis, the contribution
of the emergency fund
is currently discussed
N/A
Simplification (*)
With which other IMP
programmes there are
potential
synergies
Health Programme
objectives
1. Prepare for and
counter health crises
Yes
CNCT
JUST
CNCT
ESTAT
N/A
2. Empower health
systems with emphasis
on their digital
transformation
N/A
3. Support EU health
legislation
N/A
4. Support integrated
work
-relevant to the objective, N/A not relevant
Yes
Yes
Yes
JUST
GROW
CNCT
Potential for
Simplification of your programme, and/or synergies and/or flexibility
Programme/line
1. [Prepare for and
counter] health crises
2. Empower health
systems with emphasis
on their digital
transformation
3. Support EU health
legislation
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: yes
Synergies: CNCT, JUST,
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: yes
Synergies: CNCT, , ESTAT,
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: yes
Synergies: JUST, GROW
389
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0138.png
4. Support integrated
work
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: yes
Synergies:, CNCT, , , JRC
(*)Simplification could also be seen in relation to the delivery mechanisms (section 4
below).
3.
P
ROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND PRIORITIES
Summary
The four objectives of the future Health Programme are equally important and
complementary to each other, representing a comprehensive strategy for the future
financing period. Action will be focused on 15 high EU-added value areas with high and
medium priority replacing the current 23 "operational priorities". This will allow to
further enhance the overall EU-added value of EU funding in this area and to consolidate
(and build on) the critical mass of projects, which have proven to provide the highest
returns ("budget for results"). The new intervention logic will allow a refocusing of
funding in the streamlined areas of action through the creation of economies of scale, the
improvement of crisis preparedness, and the rolling out of identified, high added value
best practices. It will enable those available resources to be used to continue to sustain
and enhance the critical mass of high added value projects under the future Health
Programme and to bring to fruition and augment the EU-added value of ongoing ones.
All areas of work are those for which a clear mandate is given to EU for action (Articles
114 and 168 of the TFEU) and a critical mass of actions from past programmes already
exist on which the future one can rely for effective delivery of results.
In respect of achieving the programme objectives, 15 areas of action with higher EU-
added value were identified, streamlined and ranked from high to medium priority as
follows:
1. Strengthen crisis-preparedness, management and response in the EU to protect
citizens against cross-border health threats.
1.1. Capacity-building measures for crisis preparedness, management and
response
(high)
1.2. Respond to cross-border health threats during crisis
(high)
1.3. Support laboratory capacity
(high)
2.
Empower health systems with emphasis on their digital transformation
2.1. Support the digital transformation of health and care
(high)
2.2. Support the development of a sustainable EU health information system
(medium)
390
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
2.3 Support the national reform processes for more effective, accessible and
resilient health systems
(medium)
3.
Support EU health legislation
3.1. Manage, maintain and implement the legislation on medical devices
(high)
3.2. Support the implementation of Union legislation on medicinal products and
on Health Technology Assessment (HTA)
(high)
3.3. Monitor and support Member States in their implementation of legislation in
the area of substances of human origin (SoHO)
(high)
3.4. Support the implementation of tobacco legislation
(high)
3.5. Support the implementation of Union legislation in the area of cross-border
healthcare
(high)
3.6. Support to the Commission' scientific committees on "Consumer Safety" and
on "Health, Environmental and Emerging Risks"
(high)
4.
Support integrated work (e.g. ERNs, HTA and implementation of best
practices)
4.1. Continue support for the European Reference Networks (ERNs)
(high)
4.2. Support the development of cooperation on Health Technology Assessment
(HTA) in preparation of new harmonised rules
(medium)
4.3. Support the implementation of best practices to support structural innovation
(medium)
Among the above mentioned areas of action some result from legal obligations and from
the necessity to ensure that health legislation is properly implemented and enforced and
remains fit for purpose (see objective 3). Actions under objective 1 cover crisis
preparedness and management; their necessity is undisputed and their implementation
critical for ensuring the good functioning of the Internal Market; in case of severe
outbreaks and crises the necessary measures must be taken and resources made
immediately available by the programme or through access to the [Emergency Reserve
Fund].
The areas of action under objectives 2 and 4, have been assessed as delivering promising
outcomes in the ongoing Health Programme (e.g. the European Cancer Information
System; the European Reference Networks) and should be pursued and will be expanded
in the future Programme absorbing all available budget, allowing long term benefits to be
fully deployed, and rolled out to other areas. Some such areas of action are also linked to
important Commission initiatives such as the digitalisation of health and care, or the
support for structural reforms and innovation discussed at the level of the EU semester.
Integrated work on Health Technology Assessment (HTA)
as "piloted" through a series
of Joint Actions in past and current programming periods, and provided in the recent
391
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0140.png
HTA proposal adopted by the Commission
130
and on implementation of best practices
(selected from the vast repository built through previous programmes
131
) are also
expected to deliver significant benefits in terms of EU added valued.
Instrumental to the pursuit of the objectives above is the work of a number of expert
groups such as the Expert Panel on Health and other fora, which brings health
stakeholders together ensure close links to support the EU health policy making the
Member States, fast access to country-specific knowledge, tow-way sharing of relevant
information and, most importantly, faster pathways for implementation as well as the
independent opinions of the Scientific Committees on consumer safety, on health and
environmental risks and on emerging and newly identified health risks.
There is a critical mass of funded projects for each area of action to ensure that the
programme will work effectively [and efficiently] for crisis preparedness and
management, health systems' improvement and digitalisation, respect of health legal
obligations, and further integrated work with the Member States. The 15 thematic areas
of action are prioritised based on their EU-added value building on and consolidating the
outcomes of the previous health programmes, mainly the 3
rd
Health Programme.
Concerning subsidiarity and proportionality, the mid-term review of the current
programme concluded that most actions deliver useful outcomes with high EU-added
value. This conclusion will be a fortiori applicable to the new programme, whose more
focused and EU added value oriented intervention logic will allow to concentrate action
in areas where Member States acting in isolation cannot achieve the results of action
funded at EU level.
In particular, the cooperation at EU level and coordination of preparedness plans and
responses to health threats is one of the strongest and best-known aspects of the
programme’s EU-added
value. Activities to support capacity building against health
threats have helped to improve Member States preparedness plans and provided for
sharing knowledge and expertise and develop coherent approaches to tackle
appropriately cross-border health threats, enabling the EU to speak with one voice to the
wider international community. The 3
rd
Health Programme also helped Member States to
increase their capacities in various areas, pooling knowledge, expertise and resources
across the EU to increase citizens' access to high quality healthcare and to contribute to
the reduction of health inequalities both within and between EU Member States.
The 24 European Reference Networks on rare diseases, the collaboration between EU
Health Technology Assessment bodies, the support given to the eHealth Network are all
illustrations of how targeted EU funding can efficiently mobilise important resources at
130
COM(2018) 51 final of 31.01.2018, see at
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/technology_assessment/docs/com2018_51final_en.pdf
131
DG SANTE is in the process of establishing a best practices portal that will allow to make available these and other best practices
to interested users and in particular for purposes of implementation with the help of the Steering Group on Promotion and Prevention.
The portal will be available in April 2018.
392
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0141.png
Member States level in those areas, and lead to lasting added value, beyond the specific
activity. Cooperating, using and sharing knowledge is another thematic area were action
has high EU-added value because the collection and analysis of comparable data
depicting the situation of health in each of the EU-28 Member States (country-profiles)
contribute to an enhanced political dialogue and informed decision making for health
policies.
Last but not least, the exchange and implementation of best practice for promoting health
and preventing diseases have also a high EU-added value, as they can help Member
States in making their health systems more resilient to challenges resulting from
demographic changes and the new burdens they create.
The Treaty of Lisbon has enhanced the importance of health policy, stipulating that "a
high level of human health protection shall be ensured in the definition and
implementation of all Community policies and activities" (Article 168 of TFEU). The EU
has an important role to play in improving public health, preventing and managing
diseases, mitigating sources of danger to human health, including by harmonising
legislation on tobacco, medicinal products, medical devices, patients' rights in cross-
border healthcare, areas where health regulations are directly linked with the Internal
Market (Article 114 of TFEU).
4.
D
ELIVERY MECHANISMS OF THE INTENDED FUNDING
Summary
The Health Programme will continue to use a direct management mode with delegation
to CHAFEA, and both grants and public procurement will continue to be used. This
ensures full flexibility and implementation of the program allowing funding in a
proportionate manner, while offering important potential for economies of scope and of
scale. In the case of grants, with a view to simplifying administrative procedures, under
certain levels of EU co-funding and for certain categories of beneficiaries, the use of
lump sums, unit costs or flat rates grants will be introduced. The participation of
beneficiaries from low per-inhabitant GNI Member States will continue to be encouraged
through the "exceptional utility" criterion (an increased EU co-funding rate to 80%).
Public procurement will be used to acquire services, tools, and studies to support the
implementation of legislation and, where appropriate, to purchase goods to achieve
specific programme objectives, e.g. strengthening of crisis-preparedness management
and response, support integrated work (e.g. for the European Reference Networks-
ERNs). Finally, effective and EU swift reaction of the EU e.g. in case of severe outbreaks
and health crises, will be funded through a direct access to the Emergency Reserve Fund
of the Multiannual Financial Framework.
393
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
As for the current health programme, the future one will be implemented in direct
management mode with an important part of its implementation entrusted to the
Consumers, Health, Agriculture and Food Executive Agency (CHAFEA); the remaining
part will be carried out by Commission services. The programme will provide funding
(e.g. grants, public procurement, prizes), and be complemented, where appropriate, by
new mechanisms (e.g. lump sums, unit costs, flat rates) aiming to achieve programme
specific objectives, in particular simplification and reduced cost of controls.
The programme will be open to the [participation][involvement] of third countries when
this is necessary to counter cross-border health threats and prevent their spread within the
EU.
The implementation of previous Health Programmes has shown that in some
circumstances (e.g.below certain levels of EU co-funding or co-funding per beneficiary)
the management of grants may entail inadequately high administrative costs for the
Commission services and for the beneficiary entities. Moreover, depending on the type
(and accounting practices) of the beneficiaries, the complex grant management rules and
procedures may increase the risk of irregularities from the side of these beneficiaries and
consequently the errors for the programme. To streamline the administrative procedures
and reduce the risk of errors and irregularities, simplified forms of grants, such as lump
sums, unit costs and flat rates will be used (e.g. for operating grants to non-governmental
organisations and ERNs).
Public procurement procedures are used for the acquisition of services, tools, studies to
support the implementation of legislation. Where appropriate, they may also be launched
to purchase goods such as medical counter measures and equipment in case of health
crisis in order to complement Member States capacities in crisis management and
response, as well as joint financing of rare diseases therapies in support of the ERNs.
As in previous programmes, other instruments easy to manage in terms of administrative
costs, will also be used: prizes (e.g. EU Health Award), membership fees, reimbursement
of expert or auditor mission costs, administrative agreements (e.g. with the Joint
Research Centre) and cross sub-delegation (e.g. to EUROSTAT for data collection on
health-related topics).
The toolkit of delivery mechanisms is flexible enough to allow funding in a proportionate
manner and adjusted to the objectives being pursued. It also offers important potential for
economies of scope and economies of scale, which enhance the overall effectiveness and
efficiency of EU funding. For example, the grants for joint actions can be used in case of
pan-European collaboration at a technical and political level when the political
momentum is sufficient for results to be applied in practice. They help address health
issues when critical mass is needed with the potential for identifying best practices. As
such, they do not go beyond what is needed and they complement the Member States
policies through, for example, the up-take of identified best practices. Likewise, the
grants for projects
involve different organisations in several Member States, joining
forces to perform tasks on a common set of challenges with a trans-national dimension
which cannot be effectively addressed in other organisational/institutional settings.
Grants agreements show from past experience that the risks of errors and irregularities
can be further reduced through information sessions for applicants where these mitigation
measures will contain management rules, audits and on-the-spot checks.
394
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0143.png
The evaluation of past programmes also showed insufficient participation of beneficiaries
from low per-inhabitant GNI countries (below 90% of the EU average per-inhabitant
GNI). To facilitate participation of these beneficiaries, "an
exceptional utility"
criterion
has been implemented and will continue to be used enabling the increase of maximum
EU co-funding rates from 60% to 80% of eligible costs for beneficiaries established in
low per-inhabitant GNI countries
132
.
Finally, concerning the
direct grants,
this funding mechanism enables to tap into the
unique knowhow of other intergovernmental organisations, such as the OECD, the WHO
or the Council of Europe work on European Pharmacopeia, for the purposes of serving
the health programmes objectives. One example is the case of the development of a
common health information system (including the EU, OECD and the WHO) with data
and indicators validated and collected routinely across Member States while seeking to
ensure systematically the visibility of EU participation and co-funding.
For effective and EU swift reaction to unforeseen developments, notably in case of
severe outbreaks and health crises, the necessary measures for crisis management and
emergency response will be funded through an access to the Emergency Reserve Fund of
the Multiannual Financial Framework.
5.
H
OW WILL PERFORMANCE BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED
?
Summary
The Commission will put in place arrangements for the monitoring and evaluation of the Programme’s
performance, notably through proportionate reporting requirements on the beneficiaries of EU funds and
by ensuring efficient and timely data collection from complementary sources.
At Programme level, a list of indicators (quantitative whenever feasible and qualitative otherwise) and their
associated targets were set out to measure the degree to which the Programmes specific objectives are
being achieved.
The monitoring approach is defined. CHAFEA will monitor the implementation and progress of the
different Programme actions and their corresponding amounts of EU co-funding per objective, priority,
delivery mechanism and year, gathering and analysing available information on outputs and outcomes and
where possible the impacts , . An optimised, up and running electronic reporting system and standard
templates, will serve as main tool for data gathering based on performance indicators and will be
supplemented by additional data collected at less frequent rates from other sources (e.g. Eurostat, other
Commission services, Member States authorities and their representatives in Committees, National Contact
Points).
A mid-term independent evaluation will be carried out, four years after the beginning of
implementation of the Programme to assess progress and to recommend possible adjustments and
improvements. The final, ex-post evaluation will review and analyse Programme's performance
and its outcomes and longer-term impact.
Building on existing processes and tools developed in the 3
rd
Health Programme, the
Commission is developing a monitoring approach and will put in place all arrangements
to follow Programme implementation and performance in delivering the results of actions
132
The conditions are defined in Article 7.3 of the Regulation (EU) No 282/2014 of the EP and the Council of 11
March 2014 on the establishment of a third Programme for the Union's action in the field of health (2014-2020)
395
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0144.png
in respect to their corresponding objectives. To that end, proportionate reporting
requirements will be requested from recipients of EU funds and from the Programme's
National Focal Points, supplemented by additional data collected in an efficient and
timely manner from other sources (e.g. Eurostat, other relevant Commission services,
Member States authorities, targeted surveys). This will enable to collect the required data
and information at different points in time using a set of indicators as input to the
evaluation of the Programme performance.
Performance monitoring
The Programme supports and complements Member States action in health and
healthcare and its success depends on complementarity to and compatibility with
Member States' health national plans and strategies. Impacts on the health of population
cannot be directly attributable to the only Health Programme for the reason mentioned
above, moreover long years are necessary in the scale of a human life and this is not
suitable for a seven years Programme. However the Programme creates leverage effects
and is decisive for changes and improvements in the national health policies.
The
State of Health in the EU
133
, a bi-annual cycle of collection and analysis of data
describing the health country profiles and identifying the specific needs of Member
States, will be used as basis for evaluating how they are participating in the Health
Programme and how they are making use of the financial support for their concrete needs
to improve their public health capacity and reform their health systems.
A first step into measuring performance is to clearly communicate the targets of each
Programme objective ideally already in the legal basis and inform Member States and
potential applicants. Only actions contributing to those targets should be retained in the
adoption of the Annual Work Programmes, and the applicants should be able to justify
how their proposals add value to these targets and on which basis their we can consider
that their actions has succeeded or failed. This is important for avoiding past experiences
where Programme evaluations have demonstrated that the Programme has had financed a
series of individual successful actions but it was not possible to conclude if the
Programme has achieved its own objectives.
Objective 1 : Prepare for and counter health crises
The target here is:
effective deployment resources ( more than 90% of resources deployed),
in the event of severe health crises
Objective 2: Empower health systems with emphasis on their digital transformation
The target is :
133
https://ec.europa.eu/health/state/summary_en
396
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
successful synergies with other EU funds and programmes enabling to
reach sustainable transformations and reforms, while health systems
continue to deliver high quality of health services and health outcomes.
Objective 3: Support EU health legislation
The target is :
a high degree of transposition and implementation of EU health
legislation into the national legal systems measured by regular
evaluations
Objective 4: Support integrated work
The target is:
an increased engagement of Member States in integrated work measured
with an indicator resulting from the aggregation of indicators at thematic
area of action level.
In the case of HTA, this will be translated by the fact that all Member States can make
their citizens benefit from medicines and therapies by accessing/ using qualitative
Technology Assessments jointly prepared at EU level with minimum cost (economies of
scale);
In the case of ERNs, this will be translated by the fact that rare diseases patients
independently of where they are living in the EU can have access to rapid diagnosis and
treatment;
In the case of implementation of best practices, citizens can benefit from improved
national health programmes that have integrated the best available scientific evidence.
This will result in the long term to economies for the health systems and in longevity and
healthier life years for the individuals.
Currently, the Commission is working with the help of external contractors to find the
most appropriate (quantifiable if possible) indicators at the level of operational thematic
areas for an improved monitoring system (see table below). This system, managed by the
Consumers, Health, Agriculture and Food Executive Agency (CHAFEA), will ensure the
follow up of the implementation of the co-funded actions and support the monitoring of
the Programme as a whole. A measure of success of the entire programme could be
represented by the capability to create synergies with other EU programmes; appropriate
indicators will be developed.
An overall indicator "Integrated work engagement strength" based on the aggregation of
the indicators measuring the thematic areas of action under the specific objective "
397
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0146.png
Support integrated work" is suggested for measuring the health dimension of the Single
Market Programme.
Monitoring arrangements
The Consumers, Health, Agriculture and Food Executive Agency (CHAFEA) will ensure
continuous monitoring of the Programme.
The
CORDA system
implemented by the Common Support Centre will centralise the
results collected for all actions monitored through the use of the Horizon 2020 IT tools. It
will be the key source of information for the evaluations of the future Programme and for
the provision of policy feedback on the attainment of the Programme objectives and
priorities, the types of actions and types of organisations co-funded. Additional data, for
actions still remaining outside the Horizon 2020, including through forthcoming
eProcurement IT tools will be incorporated in a single dashboard, enabling close to real-
time monitoring and reporting.
This comprehensive Programme monitoring will ensure early detection of risks and
possible deviations from target and timely adjustments, mitigation and corrective actions.
Further information will be gathered through data collected (e.g. statistics, surveys,
specific studies/reports) at less frequent rate from other sources among which, Eurostat,
the Joint Research Centre (JRC), other Commission Services, Member States authorities,
Committees of Member States’ Representatives, the National Contact
Points (NCPs).
Concerning the preparation and countering of health crises and the support to EU
legislation objectives, the main outcomes and impacts (preparedness plans, deployment
of resources in case of health crises including availability of countermeasures, degree of
national transposition of EU legislation) will be compiled by the responsible Commission
services, on the basis of information received from Member States’ authorities or from
Members States’ Representatives in relevant Committees.
The WHO monitoring process involves the assessment of implementation of
International Health Regulations (IHR) core capacities (e.g., legislation and policy,
coordination, surveillance, response, preparedness, risk and crisis communication, human
resources, laboratory, events at points of entry), through a checklist of indicators using a
composite measure based on capability indicators.
Programme evaluation and other reporting obligations
Every year, an analysis of progress on key dimensions of the Programme management
and implementation will be published by the Commission services in the form of an
annual implementation report which will be communicated to the European Parliament
and the Council.
The Programme performance will be assessed through a mid-term review evaluation (4
years after the start of the Programme implementation) carried out by external and
independent contractors with a focus on the implementation that far and actions' outputs
or immediate results, progress towards the objectives of the Programme and
recommendations for possible adjustments and improvements.
The period of four years is the minimum duration necessary before communicating on
the mid-term review, as the majority of the funded actions have a three years period life
398
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
and at least 10 months are necessary for an external evaluation study to assess the first
actions funded by the Programme.
A final, ex-post evaluation will be conducted by independent external contractors, at the
end of the Programme to review its performance and final results as well as to assess its
outcomes and longer-term impact.
399
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0148.png
Health Programme
Specific Objective
& Actions
Indicator
Definition
Type of
the
indicator
(quantita
tive or
qualitati
ve
Qualitati
ve
Source of
data
Frequency
of
measurem
ent
Baseline
Target
(by end of the Programme)
1. Prepare for and
counter health
crises
134
Quality of EU response to future
health crises -improvement
Assessment of the quality of EU
response to future health crises, and in
particular, in terms of observed
improvement in comparison with
previous crises
1.1 Capacity-
building measures
for crisis
preparedness,
management and
response
a. Quality & completeness of
national preparedness plans
Availability, quality and completeness
of preparedness plans and extent to
which Member States have put them in
place to counter future health threats, as
shown by the transmission of these plans
to the Health Security Committee and
their subsequent analysis by the
Commission
Adoption and implementation by
professionals and practitioners in
Member States of tools developed
during capacity building and other
Quantitat
ive/qualit
ative
Evaluation/
assessment
reports
prepared by
the
Commissio
n and by
EU other
institutions
or by
relevant
Internationa
l
Organisatio
ns, drawing
lessons
from
previous
crises
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/He
alth
Security
Committee
(HSC)
Depends on
occurrence
of severe
health
crises
Situation
during the
Ebola crisis:
EU
responsemech
anisms
demonstrated
added value,
but lessons
learnt from
experience
and capacity
gaps were
also
highlighted
Improvement in the management of
future cross-border health crises in
comparison with previous occurrences
Annual
Situation in
year 2020, as
regard quality
and
completeness
of national
preparedness
plans
Situation in
year 2020
90% of Member States reporting full
compliance with the International
Health Regulations, through annual
reporting to WHO
b. Level of uptake of tools by
professionals/practitioners
Quantitat
ive/qualit
ative /
Assessment
by
Commissio
n/DG
Annual/per
manent
Good to very good level by all MS
Specific target will depend upon the
134
This has to be understood as every potential crisis with a health dimension.
400
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0149.png
knowledge sharing exercises (e.g.
percentage of messages of those
supposed to be transmitted through the
Early Warning and Response System
EWRS)
1.2 Response to
cross-border health
threats during crisis
a. Availability of vaccines and
countermeasures during crises
Level of availability in terms of quantity
and quality of vaccines and other
medical countermeasures to be used
during disease outbreaks and crises with
health dimension obtained through joint
procurement or any other mechanism
supported by the Health Programme
EULabCap index is an aggregated index
resulting from the annual survey carried
out by the European Centre for Disease
Prevention and Control
ECDC. The
aggregated index provides a robust EU-
wide assessment of collective laboratory
capacity
level
SANTE/HS
C
severity of case/issue/outbreak
addressed (e.g. Ebola, Infuenza)
number
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE
Annual/per
manent
Situation in
2020: number
of available
medical
countermeasu
res
Availability across EU of 3 additional
vaccines/countermeasures at end of the
Programme
1.3. Support
laboratory capacity
a. EULabCap index
Number
on a
scale of
0-10
The
EULabCap
survey
methodolog
y
developed
by the
European
Centre for
Disease
Prevention
and Control
- ECDC
Annual
EULabCap
Report
released by
ECDC
Beneficiari
es of the
grant
agreements
concluded
in the
context of
the Joint
Actions to
support
laboratory
Annual
In 2015, the
EULabCap
aggregate
index for
EU/EEA was
7.5 on a scale
of 0-10
Regular increase of the aggregated
EULabCap index
b. Number of laboratories
participating in Joint Actions
Number of laboratories participating in
Joint Actions launched by the
Programme with the aim to support
laboratory capacity
Quantitat
ive
(number)
Annual
37 associated
/
collaborating
partners from
25 European
countries are
participating
in EMERGE
Joint Action
expanding the involvement of relevant
laboratories across the EU
10 new
members by 2028 covering most
Member States + relevant partner
countries
401
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0150.png
capacity
2. Empower health
systems with
emphasis on their
digital
transformation
Decrease in the costs related to
management of information,
resulting from increased digital
transformation of health systems
EU-wide assessment of the decrease of
the costs of management of information,
linked with increased digital
transformation of health systems
number
Comprehen
sive study
to be
carried out
by Joint
Research
Centre
JRC, with a
view to
assessing,
among
others, the
reduction
of costs of
managemen
t of the
information
, resulting
from
increased
digitisation
of health
systems
Member
States,
National
contact
points
NCPs,
surveys
Ad hoc
report or
survey
carried out
by
Commissio
n Services
or by an
external
organisatio
n acting on
multiannual
Situation in
2020:
estimate of
costs of
information
management
by health
systems,
derived from
the planned
Study
Reduction, at the end of the Programme,
by 20% of information management
costs as compared to baseline
2.1 Support the
digital
transformation of
health and care
Number of eHealth solutions or
tools up-taken and implemented
in Member States’ health systems
Number of eHealth solutions or tools
up-taken and implemented in Member
States’ health systems per million euros
invested from the Health Programme’s
budget
number
Annual/per
manent
Situation in
2020
At least 1 case of eHealth solution or
tool up-taken and implemented per
million euros invested from the Health
Programme, over the duration of the
Programme 2021-2028
2.2 Support the
development of a
sustainable EU
health information
system
Health networks sustainability
Depending on their needs and priorities,
the sustainability of current and future
networks on health information is
defined in this context by their ability to
continue their operations after the end of
co-funding from the Health programme
budget;
qualitativ
e
At the end
of the
Programme
situation in
2020
Sustainability of health information
networks at end of the Programme, by
2028
402
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0151.png
behalf of
Commissio
n services
2.3 Support the
national reform
processes for more
effective, accessible
and resilient health
systems
Number of health-related
recommendations coming from
the EU Semester process that are
successfully addressed, with the
support of the Health Programme
(or of the ESF+ Programme)
Number of health-related
recommendations coming from the EU
Semester process that are successfully
addressed, with the support of the
Health Programme (or of the ESF+
Programme)
number
EU
Semester
Process,
Commissio
n services
Annual
In 2017, EU
Semester
country-
specific
recommendati
ons related to
health
systems were
issued to nine
Member
States
Situation in
2020, as will
have been
assessed by
the
Commission
and Member
States
Situation in
2020, as will
have been
assessed by
the
Commission
and Member
States
At least one country-specific
recommendation relating to health
systems successfully addressed, with
support of the Health Programme (or of
the ESF+ Programme)
135
3. Support EU
health legislation
Degree of transposition of EU
health legislation into the national
legal systems measured by regular
evaluations
Degree of transposition of legislation
into national laws/regulations and legal
systems. The degree of transposition is
measured among others by regular
reports, some of which are foreseen in
the concerned legal acts.
qualitativ
e
Commissio
n/MS
authorities/
Evaluation
reports
Frequency
in
accordance
with the
provisions
in the
relevant
legal acts
Same as the
frequency
provided
for in the
legal act
High degree of transposition by all
Member States
3.1. Manage,
maintain and
implement the
legislation on
medical devices
Percentage of Member States
which have implemented the EU
legislation in the field of medical
devices in their national legal
system
Percentage of Member States which
have implemented the EU legislation in
the field of medical devices in their
national legal system, as reported by
successive evaluation reports
percentag
e
Commissio
n/MS
authorities/
Evaluation
reports
90% of Member States having
implemented the EU legislation in the
field of medical devices at the end of
the Programme
3.2. Support the
implementation of
Union legislation on
medicinal products
and on Health
Technology
a. Number of projects by the
Biological Standardisation
Programme (BSP) for the quality
control of biologicals
Number of projects by the Biological
Standardisation Programme (BSP) for
the quality control of biologicals. The
activities by biological standardisation
program ensure the independence of
tests on biologicals, allows comparison
number
Commissio
n/MS
authorities/
Evaluation
reports
Annual
118 projects
finalized
since its
inception, 4
Around 4 BSP projects concluded
annually
135
To be confirmed by the responsible operational unit
403
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0152.png
Assessment
of tests, ensures high quality biologicals
and aims to reduce animal testing in the
EU.
b. Number of Regulatory
Members from Member States
joining the ICH
Number of Regulatory Members from
the Member States joining the ICH and
implementing its guidelines
number
Commissio
n/MS
authorities
Annual
in 2016
Situation in
2020, as
provided by
Commission
services’
evaluation
Regulatory Members from 14 additional
Member States joining the ICH and
implementing its guidelines at the end of
the Programme
3.3. Monitor and
support Member
States in their
implementation of
legislation in the
area of substances
of human origin
(SoHO)
3.4. Support the
implementation of
tobacco legislation
Percentage of Member States
which have implemented the EU
legislation in the field of
substances of human origin
(SoHO) in their national legal
system
Percentage of Member States which
have implemented the EU legislation in
the field of substances of human origin
(SoHO) in their national legal system, as
reported by successive evaluation
reports
percentag
e
Commissio
n/MS
authorities/
Evaluation
reports
Same as the
frequency
provided
for in the
legal act
Year 2020
90% of Member States having
implemented the EU legislation in the
field of substances of human origin
(SoHO) at the end of the Programme
Percentage of Member States
which have implemented the EU
legislation in the field of tobacco
in their national legal system
Percentage of Member States which
have implemented the EU legislation in
the field of tobacco in their national
legal system, as reported by successive
evaluation reports
percentag
e
Commissio
n/Member
States
Authorities
Same as the
frequency
provided
for in the
legal act
Situation in
2020, as
provided by
Commission
services’
evaluation
Situation in
2020, as
provided by
Commission
services’
evaluation
90% of Member States having
implemented the EU legislation in the
field of tobacco at the end of the
Programme
3.5. Support the
implementation of
Union legislation in
the area of cross-
border healthcare
Percentage of Member States
which have implemented the EU
legislation in the field of cross-
border healthcare in their national
legal system
Percentage of Member States which
have implemented the EU legislation in
the field of cross-border healthcare in
their national legal system, as reported
by successive evaluation reports
percentag
e
Commissio
n/MS
authorities/
Evaluation
reports
Annual or
at least at
frequency
provided
for in
relevant
legal act
Annual
90% of Member States having
implemented the EU legislation in the
field of cross-border healthcare at the
end of the Programme
3.6. Support to the
Commission'
scientific
committees on
"Consumer Safety"
and on "Health,
Number of scientific opinions
issued and approved
Number of scientific opinions issued
and approved by the Commission’s
scientific committees
number
Commissio
n
30 opinions
finalized
since 2016
Continuous number of opinions in line
with recent values: 10/year, (if the
average number of issues arising in a
given year is higher than 10) or all
arising issues receiving a scientific
opinion, in case their average annual
404
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0153.png
Environmental and
Emerging Risks"
4. Support
integrated work
Strength of integrated work
engagement
The Strength of integrated work
engagement indicator will be based on
an equal weighting aggregation of the
indicators of the 3 operational priorities
below
136
: ERNs, HTA, and
Implementation of Best Practices
Number of patients which were
diagnosed and treated by ERN networks
number
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/C
HAFEA
Annual
Situation in
2020
number is less than 10.
Increase of the composite indicator by
20% at the end of the Programme
4.1.ERNs
Number of patients supported by
ERNs
number
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/C
HAFEA
Annual
Number of
patients that
made
consultations
in ERNs by
2020
Situation in
2020, as
provided by
Commission
services’
evaluation
Situation in
2020, as
provided by
Commission
services’
evaluation
Situation in
year 2020, as
provided by
estimations
relating to the
4
th
Health
Early in its development, target to be
established in 2020
4.2.HTA.
a. Transitional period.
coordination level
Number of Member States which have
joined the Coordination Group as
members in the transitional period.
percentag
e
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/N
CPs
Annual
Increase by 20%
137
b. Number of joint clinical
assessments on medicinal
products and on medical devices
Number of clinical assessments jointly
carried out
number
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/N
CPs
50 HTA
Annual
4.3.Implemenation
of best practices
a. Number of best practices
transferred per million of €
invested
Number of best practices transferred to
Member States (receiving MS) per
million of € invested from the Health
Programme
number
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/N
CPs/ad hoc
survey
Annual
na
138
136
137
The detailed aggregation methodology for defining the composite indicator from the indicators requires further information and data analysis in order to be finalised
To be confirmed by responsible operational unit: applicable only before the adoption of HTA legislation. Once HTA legislation is adopted, the relevant indicator will be addressed under the
Support to EU health legislation
specific objective
138
Due to lack of experience, the target will be set up in 2020, when more information and data become available
405
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0154.png
programme
b. Percentage of EU population of
the geographical territory in
which each best practice is
transferred
Percentage of EU population of the
geographical territory in which each best
practice is transferred
percentag
e
Commissio
n/DG
SANTE/N
CPs/ad hoc
survey
Commissio
n/Member
States/Healt
h Security
Committee
Annual
No baseline
available
Maximizing the percentage of EU
population of the geographical territory
in which each best practice is
transferred, with a target of at least 5%
Overall
Programme
Indicator
Reduction of the difference
between the 5 best performing
Member States (MS) in terms of
Mortality rate and the 5 worst
performing MS
Reduction of the difference between the
5 best performing Member States (MS)
in terms of Mortality rate and the 5
worst performing MS
Quantitat
ive
Frequency
of available
data in
Eurostat’s
Database
Situation in
2020
Reduction of observed inequality by
20%
406
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0155.png
Sub-Annex 1: Evidence, sources and quality
6.
E
VIDENCE
,
SOURCES AND QUALITY
Summary for the main IA text:
The present impact assessment has been prepared on the basis, on the one hand, of
information collected from the continuous implementation monitoring of the Health
Programme, and on the other, of evidence and results from the independent evaluations
of previous health programmes (e.g. final evaluation of the 2nd Health programme 2008-
2013 and the mid-term evaluation of the ongoing 3rd Health Programme 2014-2020. For
improved quality and robustness, the above primary sources have been supplemented and
cross checked with additional evidence gathered from relevant audit and evaluation
reports of certain components of the Programme (e.g. Decision EC 1082 on Cross-border
threats to health), by opinions of experts groups established by the Commission
(Scientific and Programme Committees, Expert Group on Effective Ways of Investing in
Health) or from international organisations (WHO, OECD), and by
synergies/complementarities with recent policy developments and finally by a specific
study launched in order to gather additional evidence and close existing information
gaps.
The systems put into place for the monitoring and management of previous health
programmes enabled to efficiently collect data on various aspects of the implementation,
including the type of actions, the types of beneficiary organisations, amount of EU co-
funding.
Information and evidence from programme monitoring and management include
deliverables and assessment of results at action level, enabling to measure the success of
each funded action and its contribution to the overall objectives of the programmes.
The deliverables and results at action level feed into the dissemination plan at programme
level and provide the opportunity to extract and present showcases of success showcases
from which broader lessons can be drawn, as feedback and input to future
actions/programmes.
The mid-term and final (ex-post) evaluations of the previous programme conducted by
external independent contractors/organisations provided reliable evidence and necessary
input to the preparation of the impact assessment of the subsequent Programme.
In this respect, the present impact assessment builds on evidence gathered from the mid-
term evaluation of the 3
rd
Health Programme (2014-2020), carried out in 2017 (link to be
added) and from of final (ex-post) evaluation of 2
nd
Health Programme (2008-2013)
issued in 2016.
407
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
The robustness and quality of information derived from Programme monitoring and from
mid-term and final evaluations has been assured by cross-checking with complementary
evidence from independent other evaluations or audits of specific components of the
Programme, such as the special report issued in 2016 by the European Court of Auditors
on cross-border threats to health in the EU and the Commission report to the European
Parliament and to Council on the implementation of Decision No 1082/2013/EU.
Robustness and quality can also be increased by taking into account reports and opinions
delivered by other EU institutions (e.g. Council Recommendations on Vaccination, on
AMR, and on lessons learned from the Ebola and Zika crises; European Parliament
Resolutions on health-related issues and on specific aspects of the Health Programme).
In addition to opinion of the Members of the 3
rd
Health Programme Committee, the
impact assessment took into account the opinion of Scientific Committees and advice
from experts groups at EU-level (Expert Panel on Effective Ways of Investing in Health;
Expert Groups represented in the EU Health Policy Platform) or in international
organisations (cooperation with WHO, on the implementation of IHR and with OECD on
health information and State of Health in the EU cycle).
At Commission level, the impact assessment included by up-to-date evidence from new
policy developments and opportunities of synergies offered such developments (e.g.
Action Plan on AMR, Digital Single Market Communication, and Communication on
Vaccination, under-preparation).
Finally, in order to close remaining information gaps, the Commission launched a study
on gathering with a view to analysing the impacts of possible actions in the future Health
Programme and to proposing a programme monitoring and evaluation framework.
408
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0157.png
Sub-Annex 2: Stakeholder consultation
Summary for the main IA text:
In addition to the IMP public consultation launched during the 1st quarter of 2018, open consultations were
carried out from November 2016 to February 2017 in the context of the mid-term evaluation of the 3rd
Health Programme. Stakeholders participated in the mid-term evaluation of the 3rd Health Programme
through these consultations, including an open public consultation which covered aspects relating to the
relevance, added value, efficiency, effectiveness, and coherence of the programme. This served, notably, as
input to the preparation of the impact assessment of the Health Programme post 2020.
In the open public consultation Member States and EU stakeholders provided an overwhelming support for
EU health policies confirming that the cooperation in the area of health is essential and should be
maintained (70%).
The EU should continue supporting important health-related challenges facing EU citizens, governments
and health systems reflected in the formulation of the Programme’s objectives.
In addition to the IMP public consultation launched during the 1
st
quarter of 2018, open
consultations were carried in the context of the mid-term evaluation of the 3
rd
Health Programme.
Stakeholders participated in the mid-term evaluation of the 3rd Health Programme through these
consultations139, including an open public consultation which covered aspects relating to the
relevance, added value, efficiency, effectiveness, and coherence of the programme. This served,
notably, as input to the preparation of the impact assessment of the Health Programme post 2020.
The consultations, carried out from November 2016 to February 2017, engaged institutional
stakeholders, notably the Programme Committee members and National Focal Points and grant
beneficiaries. The stakeholders involved in the funded activities, especially non-governmental
organisations, public health authorities, academic and research organisations, international
organisations, professional associations, private companies and individual persons were also
consulted through the open public consultation.
In addition, targeted on-line consultations with public health experts and e-surveys with National
Focal Points and Programme Committee members were conducted as part of the external
evaluation study. These were complemented by targeted interviews of Commission and
International Health Organisation officers, and grant recipients (beneficiaries), mainly project
leaders and coordinators of actions funded under the Programme.
In the open public consultation Member States and EU stakeholders provided an overwhelming
support for EU health policies confirming that the cooperation in the area of health is essential
and should be maintained (70%).
The EU should continue supporting important health-related challenges facing EU citizens,
governments and health systems reflected in the formulation of the Programme’s objectives.140
The results of the consultation activities are presented in the Annex V of the SWD (2017) 331 final of 11.10.2017)
on
140
The results of the Open Public Consultation are publicly available on
https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/consultations/midterm_evaluation_en
139
409
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0158.png
Sub-Annex 3: Evaluation results
Summary for the main IA text:
The programme evaluations carried out are as follows:
Mid-term Evaluation of the third Health Programme (2014
2020),
Report on the implementation of Decision No 1082/2013/EU of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 22 October 2013 on serious cross-border threats to health, released in 2015,
Ex-post Evaluation of the second Health Programme (2008
2013) released in 2016,
Mid-term Evaluation of the second Health Programme (2008
2013) released in 2011,
Ex-post evaluation of the (first) Public Health Programme (PHP) 2003-2008 released in 2011
Mid-term evaluation of the (first) Public Health Programme (PHP) 2003-2008, released in 2007
The programme evaluations carried out are as follows:
Mid-term Evaluation of the third Health Programme (2014
2020)141 released in 2017
Report on the implementation of Decision No 1082/2013/EU of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 22 October 2013 on serious cross-border threats to health
142
Ex-post Evaluation of the second Health Programme (2008
2013)143 released in 2016
Mid-term Evaluation of the second Health Programme (2008
2013)144 released in 2011
Ex-post evaluation of the (first) Public Health Programme (PHP) 2003-2008
145
released in 2011
Mid-term evaluation of the (first) Public Health Programme (PHP) 2003-2008
146
, released in
2007
141
142
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/programme/docs/2014-2020_evaluation_study_en.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/preparedness_response/docs/report_decision_serious_crossborder_threat
s_22102013_en.pdf
143
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/programme/docs/ex-post_ev-hp-2008-13_final-report.pdf
144
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/programme/docs/mthp_final_report_oct2011_en.pdf
145
https://ec.europa.eu/health/sites/health/files/programme/docs/ex_post_evaluation_en.pdf
146
http://ec.europa.eu/health/archive/ph_programme/documents/evaluation/php_evaluation_en.pdf
410
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0159.png
Annex 17: Programme specific annex on
Food Chain
Programme
Glossary
Term or acronym
Meaning or definition
Prerogative spending /
Prerogative budget line
Legal Basis
Legal Act
Basic Act
Programme
AGRI
AMR
BSE
BTSF
CAP
CCP
CHAFEA
COMP
DIGIT
ECDC
EFSA
EMA
EU
EURCs
EURLs
FISMA
JRC
MFF
Directorate-General for Agriculture and Rural Development
Antimicrobial Resistance
Bovine spongiforsm encephalopathy
Better Training for Safer Food
Common Agriculture Policy
Coordinated Control Plans
Consumers, Health, Agriculture and Food Executive Agency
Directorate-General for Competition
Directorate-General for Informatics
European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control
European Food Safety Authority
European Medicines Agency
European Union
European Reference Centres
EU Reference Laboratories
Directorate-General for Financial Stability, Financial Services and
Capital Markets Union
Joint Research Centre
Multiannual Financial Framework
411
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0160.png
NRL
SANTE
SARS
SDGs
TFEU
UN
National Reference Laboratories
Directorate General for Health and Food Safety
Severe acute respiratory syndrome
Sustainable Development Goals
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union
United Nations
Better Training for Safer Food (BTSF) Better Training for Safer Food (BTSF) is a Commission training
initiative covering food and feed law, animal health and welfare and
plant health rules.
Bovine spongiform encephalopathy
Bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), commonly known as
mad cow disease is a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy and
fatal neurodegenerative disease in cattle that may be passed to
humans who have eaten infected flesh.
A Budget line is a graphical representation of all possible
combinations of two goods which can be purchased with given
income and prices, such that the cost of each of these combinations
is equal to the money income of the consumer.
Comitology refers to a set of procedures through which EU
countries control how the European Commission implements EU
law. Broadly speaking, before it can implement an EU legal act, the
Commission must consult, for the detailed implementing measures
it proposes, a committee where every EU country is represented.
EU Reference Laboratories (EURLs) aim to ensure high-quality,
uniform testing in the EU and support Commission activities on risk
management and risk assessment in the area of laboratory analysis.
One Health: is a term used to describe a principle which recognises
that human and animal health are interconnected, that diseases are
transmitted from humans to animals and vice versa and must
therefore be tackled in both. The One Health approach also
encompasses the environment, another link between humans and
animals and likewise a potential source of new resistant
microorganisms. This term is globally recognised, having been
widely used in the EU and in the 2016 United Nations Political
Declaration on AMR.
The 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and their related
169 targets, which are at the heart of the UN's 2030 Agenda for
Sustainable Development, provide a new policy framework
worldwide towards ending all forms of poverty, fighting inequalities
and tackling climate change.
The adoption of the 2030 Agenda and its SDGs represent a change
of paradigm of the international policies on development
cooperation. The EU has committed to implement the SDGs both in
its internal and external policies. For more details see
The
Sustainable Development Goals
available at
https://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/policies/sustainable-development-
goals_en
Budget line
Comitology
EU Reference Laboratories
One Health Approach
Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs)
412
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0161.png
1.
1.1.
I
NTRODUCTION
: P
OLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
Scope and context
Summary
Regulation (EU) No 652/2014
147
establishes a common financial framework (hereafter
“the CFF Regulation”, or the “Food Chain Programme”)) for the management of the food
chain spending over the 7-year programming period 2014-2020. The ceiling for
expenditure for the whole period is established at EUR 1 891 936 000.
The Food Chain Programme covers both veterinary (animal) and phytosanitary (plant)
measures, through either annual or multiannual programmes pre-approved by the
Commission, and through emergency measures implemented to ensure a decisive
response in the event of crises situation and unforeseeable events affecting animal or
plant health. A number of official control related activities aimed to enhance the safety of
EU food products and the correct application of food chain requirements are also
financed at EU level, such as training for enforcement officials, a coordinated approach
to testing and analyses through the activities of the EU Reference Laboratories, relevant
studies and IT systems. This package of measures ensures that the EU has a credible
framework of legislation and controls to promote high levels of safety along the entire
food supply chain, creating in turn the conditions for a stable internal market where food,
animals and plants can circulate freely.
Provisions for the management of the EU food chain expenditure for the 2014-2020
period are laid down in Regulation (EU) No 652/2014. The EU spending in this area,
which mostly takes the form of direct (co-)financing to the Member States, covers
veterinary measures, phytosanitary measures and official control related activities.
Animal health and plant health measures impact at several different levels, with specific
actions depending on the prevelance of the (animal) disease or (plant) pest concerned in
the EU territory. This cycle develops around four main pillars: (i) prevention; (ii)
surveillance and early detection; (iii) rapid reaction; and (iv) eradication. If a disease or a
pest is not present in the EU, but there is a risk that it could enter its territory, prevention
measures are put in place to avoid its introduction. For some strategic diseases a vaccine
stock ("vaccine bank") is also established at EU level to be immediately used in case of
emergency situations. If a specific disease or pest is more likely to enter or has already
entered the EU, surveillance activities are put in place to, respectively, timely detect its
introduction or assess its epidemiological evolution since the initial outbreak(s). Early
detection is of fundamental importance especially in the case of certain animal diseases
147
REGULATION (EU) No 652/2014 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 15 May
2014 laying down provisions for the management of expenditure relating to the food chain, animal health and animal
welfare, and relating to plant health and plant reproductive material, amending Council Directives 98/56/EC,
2000/29/EC and 2008/90/EC, Regulations (EC) No 178/2002, (EC) No 882/2004 and (EC) No 396/2005 of the
European Parliament and of the Council, Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and
Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Decisions
66/399/EEC, 76/894/EEC and 2009/470/EC
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32014R0652
413
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0162.png
which, once entered, may have a potential devastating effect on animal production and/or
on public health, leading also to extensive trade disruption and economic losses. In case
an outbreak occurs, early reaction measures are immediately implemented to contain the
spread of the disease or the pest and to eradicate the outbreak. This is done in order to
minimize the impact on, for instance, plant and animal production and trade. When a
disease or a pest is endemic in the Union territory, a number of eradication activities are
put in place to progressively eliminate it in the concerned area.
The funding of official control related activities covers a wide range of measures,
including training programmes for enforcement staff in the Member States and in non-
EU countries exporting to the EU (the “Better Training for Safer Food” initiative, which
trains every year 7000 enforcement staff), the activities of 45 EU Reference
Laboratories', which ensure high-quality and uniform testing in the EU, and provide
training to hundreds of National Reference Laboratories (NRL) in a number of priority
areas; Coordinated Control Plans (EU-wide coordinated controls to ascertain compliance
across the EU with certain specific requirements, e.g. a specific plan directed at verifying
the adulteration of honey, or the presence of undeclared ingredients in certain foodstuffs);
studies and evaluations, and a number of important IT systems that enable enforcement
authorities to trace foods subject to specific health requirements, to exchange in real time
notifications concerning the emergence of a risk along the chain (for the health of
humans, animals, plants), to inform and support one another in taking measures
necessary to counter such risk, and to cooperate across borders on a daily basis in case of
cross border violations (including those resulting from fraudulent and deceptive
practices).
In line with the Commission's vision for the post-2020 financial framework
148
, the
technical and financial support provided at EU level for the implementation of the food
chain activities contribute to help primary producers and the food industry to provide a
safe and high-quality food supply, produced in a sustainable way at affordable prices for
more than 500 million Europeans, while respecting the requirements for plant health, for
animal health and welfare, and for the protection of the environment. The continuous
improvement of the animal and plant health status in the EU also helps promote market
access for EU food producers, contributing to the increase of exports and confirming the
agri-food industry as a leading sector of the EU economy.
1.2.
Lessons learned from previous programmes
Summary:
The measures receiving technical and financial support under the Food Chain Programme
contribute to a safe and secure EU food supply chain, which is prosperous and
sustainable, and strong on the global scene. Ensuring a high status of human, animal and
148
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/publications/reflection-paper-future-eu-finances_en
414
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0163.png
plant health, these activities help to protect more than 500 million European citizens, and
provide a solid foundation based on high levels of safety for the trade in agri-food
products both within the internal market and with third countries.
Overall, the recently conducted mid-term evaluation revealed that the Regulation is
functioning well within its policy context. All activities receiving EU financial support in
this area have proven to serve the Food Chain Programme objectives as well as the
Commission’s overall priorities, including
the functioning of an effective internal market
and the support to trade with non-EU countries.
Nevertheless, some areas of concern are identified. Particularly, a specific mechanism to
access a reserve for crises in case of large-scale emergencies needs to be identified; the
monitoring system is to be improved and integrated with a cost-effectiveness analysis;
the current grants system needs to be simplified, and the plant health funding
strengthened.
The first three years of implementation of the common financial framework for the food
chain (established by Regulation (EU) No 652/2014), namely the period 2014-2016, were
assessed in the context of a mid-term evaluation exercise
149
, whose scope included all
spending areas expected to be covered by the next food chain programme.
Overall, the mid-term evaluation revealed that the programme is functioning well. All
activities receiving EU financial support in this area have proven to serve the
programme’s objectives, namely the improvement of human, animal
and plant health, as
well as the overall Commission’s priorities, including the functioning of an effective
internal market and the support to trade with non-EU countries.
Based on the analysis performed, it was concluded that the majority of the activities
covered by the programme proved to be effective in achieving their objectives, and
showed progress in the indicators used to monitor the food chain measures implemented.
Overall, the use of EU resources is efficient and consistent with the results achieved.
Particularly, in the veterinary area, the improvement of the animal health status is
accompanied by a progressive and significant reduction of the financial resources
needed, allowing for resources to be re-deployed to address new priorities. The measures
co-financed by the Food Chain Programme strongly contribute to creating EU added
value: Member States benefit from the prioritised and targeted implementation of EU co-
funded activities, especially for emergency, eradication, control and monitoring measures
for animal diseases and plant pests throughout the Union. The EU financial provisions on
149
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL Mid-term
evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council laying down provisions for
the management of expenditure relating to the food chain, animal health and animal welfare, and relating to plant
health and plant reproductive material […] (COM(2017) 546 final) and accompanying staff working documents
(SWD(2017) 314 final, SWD(2017) 315 final, and SWD(2017) 316 final).
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_comm_report_en.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_staff_work_doc_en.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_exec_sum_en.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_synopsys_report_en.pdf
415
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
animal health have been recognised, notably by the European Court of Auditors, as
uniform and consistent in their application and enforcement in all EU Member States.
The Food Chain Programme has proven to be flexible to address emerging needs for co-
financing especially in the occurrence of outbreaks. It also has proven to be coherent with
other EU and national policies in the area of food safety. In this context, it has to be
recalled that the CFF Regulation serves the financing needs of a comprehensive and
broad part of the EU legislative framework (the food chain acquis), composed of
important sectorial acts (on animal health, welfare, on plant health, on food and feed
safety, food and feed additives, on hygiene requirements, just to name the most important
ones). This opens the possibility to provide financial support to a quite substantial range
of operational measures (listed in the CFF Regulation). Mostly the Food Chain
Programme provides incentives which act as a catalyst for more substantial efforts by the
Member States in the overall EU interest. This support also serves as a real example of
EU solidarity (EU and the Member States) which in turn promotes an EU model for risk
protection along the food chain.
In addition, the Food Chain Programme offers the possibility for providing financial
support to measures which are not listed under the eligible costs in the Regulation itself;
the formulation of this provision is very broad, as it generally refer to the possibility to
fund additional measures in the animal and plant health areas "in exceptional and duly
justified cases" such as awareness campaigns to inform all the concerned parties in case
of outbreaks to further booster the measures implemented to fight against animal or plant
diseases. To date, such requests have come from several Member States, confirming the
flexibility and coherence of the CFF Regulation with other related EU programmes. The
mid-term evaluation, in fact, concluded that requests in this sense could be considered as
evidence of the fact that EU intervention in these areas already addresses all relevant
needs and might be extended to other areas covered by the Regulation. A clear example
of synergy between programmes covering complementary areas concerns primary
agriculture and, more specifically, the interaction between the provisions of the CFF
Regulation and the Common Agriculture Policy (CAP) Regulation in the event of an
outbreak. While the CFF addresses eligible direct costs incurred to tackle animal diseases
and plant pests, such as the compensation to owners, the costs of vaccination, and the
slaughtering of animals or the culling of trees, the CAP has provisions to contribute to
covering some indirect costs, such as market losses suffered by farmers.
In addition, the possibility should be noted to include under Horizon 2020 research
projects to further improve knowledges of specific animal and/or plant diseases as well
as new tool such as vaccination. This is another example of synergy between
programmes covering complementary areas.
416
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0165.png
Also the outcome of the consultation process in the context of the mid-term evaluation
150
revealed a large appreciation of the EU financial contribution in those areas. This
exercise mostly included an open public consultation and a targeted on-line stakeholder
consultation, further complemented by targeted interviews of different stakeholders'
representatives. There was general agreement among stakeholders that funding
opportunities provided by the CFF regulation in the area of animal health are an essential
tool to ensure disease prevention and the timely and efficient control of animal diseases.
An overall call for specific attention to preventive measures was expressed.
Among the main achievements resulting from the long-term impact of the measures
implemented even before 2014, a good example is the eradication of Bovine Spongiform
Encephalopathy in cattle
151
, a disease which is transmissible to humans through the
consumption of contaminated beef products. The long-term EU co-financing against this
disease resulted in a drop in the number of positive cases from more than 2000 in 2001 to
5 cases only in 2016, getting close to its complete eradication. Another good case
concerns rabies, an important zoonosis
152
which has been almost eradicated in the EU in
wildlife (complete eradication is expected by 2020), with the number of cases falling
from 726 in 2010 to only 18 in 2016. A fall of the infections in poultry population (such
as laying hens) by salmonella spp. has also been achieved following the implementation
of EU co-funded salmonella control programmes. This has led also to benefits in terms of
human health, as salmonellosis is an important zoonosis, (one of the main causes of
human contamination is the consumption of eggs). The incidence of confirmed human
cases decreased from 105.450 in 2010 to 94.600 in 2015.
From the administrative point of view, the CFF Regulation was envisaged to modernise
and simplify the pre-existing financial provisions. The scope for simplification and
rationalisation was addressed by: replacing the previous legal framework, over-complex
and often out-of-date, with a single piece of legislation covering the whole food chain
area; rationalising the funding rates, with the definition of three standard rates only,
namely: 50%, 75% and 100%; aligning the procedures in the phytosanitary and
veterinary fields under a harmonised framework to ensure clarity, transparency and a
sound regulatory environment; reducing the use of Comitology and Commission
Decisions in order to shorten the time for contract and payment.
An additional step towards the overall simplification of the system was the introduction
of a unit cost system used for reimbursing the activities carried out to implement
veterinary programmes. The new system was perceived by both the Commission and the
Member States as facilitating the request for funding and for reimbursements. To date, it
150
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT Synopsis report accompanying the document Report from the
Commission to the European Parliament and to the Council Mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 of
the European Parliament and of the Council laying down provisions for the management of expenditure relating to the
food chain, animal health and animal welfare, and relating to plant health and plant reproductive material […]
(SWD(2017)
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_synopsys_report_en.pdf
152
A disease which can be transmitted to humans from animals.
417
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0166.png
covers about 50% of the eligible costs and is currently under revision in view of further
extending it to other spending areas, especially in the phytosanitary field.
Some adjustments were introduced to adapt the financial tools used in these spending
areas to the provisions of the current Financial Regulation, notably the grants. However,
experience shows that, taking into account the characteristics of the food safety
expenditure (non-competitive funding consisting of reimbursement to the Member
States), the allocation of grants can be further simplified.
From the monitoring point of view, a comprehensive set of performance indicators
currently allows evaluating the achievements in the main areas covered by the Food
Chain Programme. Nevertheless, those indicators are purely technical and are not
accompanied by cost-effectiveness indicators. This shortcoming limits the possibility to
investigate the causal effects behind the results and impacts achieved thanks to the food
chain spending under the CFF Regulation. In the context of the "budget for results"
approach, the development and implementation of a cost-effectiveness analysis in the
food chain area is therefore needed in view of the next MFF. A specific study to identify
a tailor-made model for cost-effectiveness analysis is currently ongoing.
The success of the current financing programme in avoiding a major crisis on the scale of
past crises should not mask the vulnerability of the system, as outbreaks from animal
diseases and plant pests tend to cyclically occur and reoccur in the EU territory. The need
to establish a direct mechanism to react to large scale emergencies affecting food,
animals and plants should be further considered. Under the EU 2014-2020 budget, the
reserve for crises in the agricultural sector is not available for the food chain area. In the
event of serious outbreaks of animal
153
and plant epidemics, whose budgetary impact
might not be accommodated within the ceiling of the current programme, the financial
support to implement eradication activities and to timely contain the spread of these
epidemics would be difficult.
Further consideration will also have to be given to the funding of plant health activities,
which is still at an initial phase, in order to properly respond to the needs in this area, e.g.
in terms of integration between survey programmes and emergency measures. It is
important to consider that the achievement of the eradication of certain pests is often
more complicated than in the animal health area due the high number of host species,
latency of symptoms and the nature of disease vectors, notably insects. This greatly
complicates control and eradication measures in the event that a pest becomes
established. In cases where eradication is no longer possible, a containment approach is
still an effective way to prevent further spread of the pest into the rest of the EU territory.
153
One example is the recent case of avian influenza, whose budgetary impact largely
exceeds the annual CFF ceiling established at EUR 20 million for both animal
and plant health emergencies. Notably, the 19 Member States affected by the
epidemics since 2016 have claimed to date more than EUR 100 million, of which
35% only could be paid within the Food Chain budget. Extra resources still need
to be found to cover the remaining amount.
418
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0167.png
Real life example of success story of synergies, with other IMP programmes:
The spreading of antimicrobial resistance (AMR) is a natural biological phenomenon but
lately a variety of factors have contributed to accelerate its dispersion. AMR is
responsible for an estimated 25,000 deaths yearly and over EUR 1.5 billion of healthcare
costs and productivity losses in the EU. Combating antimicrobial resistance has become a
global public health challenge. AMR has also become a political priority within the EU,
the G7, the G20, the UN and other international organisations.
In 2008, the European Council called upon the Member States to strengthen surveillance
systems and improve data quality on antimicrobial resistance and on consumption of
antimicrobial agents within both the human and veterinary sectors. A new EU Action
Plan to combat antimicrobial resistance was adopted in 2017 to prevent and reduce the
spreading of AMR, and preserve the capacity to fight microbial infections. The key
objectives of this new strategy are built on three main pillars: (i) making the EU a best
practice region on AMR; (ii) boosting research, development and innovation on AMR;
and (iii) shaping the global agenda on AMR
As part of this AMR Action Plan several other programmes (e.g. EU Programmes for
Health and Food-and-Feed
154
, Horizon 2020) as well as the EU Agencies (EFSA, EMA
and ECDC) collaborate and coordinate with different national authorities in order to
reach the outlined objectives from a one Health perspective and in support of Member
States' national action plans. This inclusive strategy with representation of all relevant
actors at EU level and the aim to address gaps on the Health and Animal side holistically
represent a successful example of the One Health approach.
Real life example of problems due to lack of flexibility, coherence, separation from other
programmes dealing with similar or complementary issues?
The reserve for crises in the
agricultural sector is set under Heading II of the EU Budget to provide additional support
in case of major crises affecting agricultural production or distribution. The initial
Commission proposal for a CFF Regulation provided that also DG SANTE could access
this reserve, in order to cope with severe veterinary and phytosanitary crises whose
budgetary impact might not be accommodated within the ceiling of Heading III.
Following a difficult negotiation with the legislative authority, the possibility to use this
reserve was eventually dropped from the CFF proposal.
In the event of a crisis, the costs associated would then have to be covered first within the
CFF built-in reserve for financing emergency measures of EUR 20 million per year. Any
additional amount would have to be financed from the margin of Heading 3 and/or by
reprogramming. If (full) financing under Heading 3 were not possible, the Commission
would have to examine any other possibility for financing the necessary measures in
accordance with all relevant legislations, including in the field of the Common
154
419
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0168.png
Agricultural Policy. Finally, should the severity of the crisis require further financial
resources, the Commission would recur to alternative mechanisms, such as the flexibility
instrument or the contingency margin. Still, those mechanisms are not immediately
accessible and do not represent a guarantee of availability of financial resources to face
the emergency. This constitutes an important risk also from the perspective of control
and eradication as certainly on the availability of EU funding is a powerful instrument in
taking quick and decisive measures to combat the spread of diseases and pests. The
recent avian influenza example presented in this section (see footnote 5) confirms the
risks related to similar situations.
.
2.
2.1.
THE OBJECTIVES
Challenges for the programmes of the next MFF
Summary
Under the present MFF, the Food Chain Programme has an average annual budget of
EUR 250 million, covering the three main spending areas of animal health, plant health
and official controls related activities. For the post-2020 financial framework, animal
health measures are expected to continue representing the largest share of the Food Chain
Programme budget, followed by plant health measures and, third, official controls related
activities.
In the light of the findings of the recent mid-term evaluation and consultations, the
present food chain spending strategy remains valid for the next MFF. Nevertheless, a
number of recent and emerging challenges, such as globalisation, an increasingly
complex food supply chain and climate change, will pose significant threats and are
therefore expected to influence the future EU approach in this area.
The optimisation of the administrative system is also expected to contribute to a more
effective and efficient EU Food Chain Programme, improving its overall functioning as
well as its capacity to respond to the present challenges, for example by exploring
possible synergies or seeking further simplifications.
The 2014-2020 Food Chain Programme has an average annual budget of EUR 250
million, which covers the three main spending areas of animal health, plant health and
official controls related activities. During the current MFF, the average annual envelope
allocated to veterinary measures has amounted to EUR 180 million with the figure rising
to almost 210 million in 2017 due to the Avian Influenza crisis, of which EUR 160
million on average for veterinary programmes and EUR 16 million, 23 million, and 51
million, respectively, for 2015, 2016, and 2016 for emergency measures, representing
75% of the total spending in this area. The second main envelope has concerned
phytosanitary measures, with an annual average budget of EUR 12 million, of which
almost the entire amount has been allocated so far to cover survey programmes. As
regards the annual spending on official control related measures, EUR 16 million has
been allocated to the EU Reference Laboratories, while the budget for the Better Training
for Safer Food initiative has amounted to EUR 15 million. The remaining EUR 30
420
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
million have covered the spending for IT systems which support tracing of commodities,
alert notifications and administrative cooperation for enforcement purposes, and other
measures and supporting/administrative activities.
In view of the next MFF, animal health measures are expected to continue representing
the largest share of the food chain budget, as animal diseases remain a major priority for
Member States for health, trade and political reasons. Given their biological origin and
character of vectors transmitting the diseases, the need to monitor and tackle them will
continue. In addition, any deterioration in the current very satisfactory animal health
status could quickly undermine the progress accomplished in recent years. For the post-
2020 programme, veterinary measures should mostly focus on: disease prevention
through veterinary programmes, in line with the increasing demand for safety and
security, especially at the EU borders; emergency measures and crisis management, due
to the increased risk of veterinary crisis as a result of globalisation of markets,
intensification of production and climate change; availability of EU vaccine banks to
complement the national capacity, which should be reinforced by both including
provision for dealing with new diseases and increasing the capacity for existing ones.
Plant health measures are becoming growingly important due to increased globalisation
and trade, being accompanied by new plant health threats. For the next MFF,
phytosanitary measures should mostly target the following activities: phytosanitary
programmes, with the systematic implementation of surveillance activities to early detect
the presence of certain priority pests in the whole EU territory, and to increase the
capacity of reaction of national phytosanitary services; emergency measures to be
implemented at the very initial stage of the outbreak, with an early and decisive response
system at EU level. Surveillance activities were only introduced by the present Food
Chain Programme in order to complement the emergency intervention making the overall
system to tackle plant pests more coherent and structured, with an increased attention
paid to prevention.
Official controls related activities will continue providing support to Members States to
implement sectorial measures, thus enabling the sophisticated EU enforcement system to
work efficiently. Given the contribution of those measures to the overall protection
needs, and their strategic support to the internal market and trade, the current approach
remains valid for the next MFF, where these measures should cover: action to improve
testing and analyses by laboratories serving the EU food chain enforcement needs
(through activities carried out by the EURLs); training activities carried out under the
BTSF initiative; Coordinated Control Plans (CCP) allow coordinated controls by
Member States on specific priorities, including the fight against frauds in the food chain;
EU IT systems, databases, alert and notification tools developed at Commission level,
which are largely and daily used by the Member States and whose contribution can be
strengthened thanks to increased digitisation of data. This comprehensive system is an
essential tool for verifying and monitoring that relevant Union requirements are being
implemented, complied with and enforced.
421
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0170.png
In light of the findings of the overall evaluation and consultation exercises recently
conducted, the present food chain spending strategy is expected to be largely confirmed
during the next MFF. Still, a number of recent and emerging challenges, most of which
are mentioned in the paragraphs above, pose significant threats to the EU in the food
chain area, and are therefore expected to influence the future EU approach in this area.
The increasing complexity of food supply chains is a key aspect, with the globalisation of
trade meaning more opportunities, but also increased risk due to global vectors and
global diseases. In this context, increased emphasis needs to be put on prevention,
particularly as concerns trans-boundary exotic diseases from neighbouring third
countries. Other exogenous factors such as increased risk of vector borne diseases and
climate change may alter disease emergence and spread patterns. Exceptional
circumstances such as emergency situations related to animal and plant health may pose
serious risks from both the sanitary and economic perspectives. The sustainability of the
food system will be improved by increasing the general consumers' awareness as well as
through public–private partnerships for reducing food waste all along the food chain. It
will also be important to have performant risk analysis tools for preventing fraudulent
practices. In addition, the sustainability issue is therefore of growing importance,
especially with a view to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). On top of that,
opportunities for synergies between next Food Chain Programme and R&I FP ('FP9'
)should be explored. In particular the following areas to anchor to FP9 are: support EU
health and food safety
and related animal health, welfare, plant health
legislation;
connections to EITs Health and Food; support integrated work with MS on health and
food safety research (i.e. Networking); legislative processes including innovation in
health and food sectors.
In this changing and challenging context, there is a strong demand from citizens and
consumers as well as from the national authorities for a continued EU engagement in this
area, with citizens expecting the EU to protect them and their interests by guaranteeing
strong interventions and controls all along the food chain, and to properly address these
security and safety threats.
The optimisation of the administrative system might make the next EU food chain
programme more effective and efficient in its overall functioning as well as in its
capacity to respond to these challenges. While the present approach has proven to be
flexible in adapting to new priorities and needs, new synergies with other EU spending
programmes could be envisaged on horizontal activities such as studies and evaluations,
information campaigns and communication, knowledge building and trainings, cross-
border administrative cooperation and networking, as well as on IT tools, with a view of
supporting the implementation of the legislation in the whole food chain area. Also the
scope for simplification could be further addressed as described in section 1.2 above,
contributing to improving and modernising the food chain system for the next MFF.
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers
and businesses
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Rule-making, standard
setting and
enforcement at EU
Health as a resources
for the society and the
internal market
422
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0171.png
Programme/line
Food Chain
Programme
Member States
-
Increased consumers'
expectations regarding
the integrity and safety
of the food chain;
- Insufficient incentive
for sustainable
consumption
- Cross-border public
policy challenges in the
food chain related
areas, including with
third countries
- Limited
cooperation/exchange
of best practices
between authorities
institutions level
- Soft regulation and
application of best
practices
- Globalisation of trade
- Climate change
- Loss of biodiversity
- Risk of pandemics,
cross-border health and
health security threats
- Cyclical outbreaks of
animal and plant pests
- Food waste
- High costs of cross-
border health crises,
food borne diseases,
food fraud, animal
diseases and plant pests
Candidate for
Flexibility
(moving
funds from one IMP
programme to other)
N/A
Simplification
With which other IMP
programmes there are
potential
synergies
See below
Programme/line
Food Chain
Programme:
all
spending areas
- Development of cost-
effectiveness analysis /
monitoring system
- Exploring flat funding
rates
Food Chain
Programme:
veterinary
programmes
Food Chain
Programme:
phytosanitary survey
programmes
Food Chain
Programme: Studies /
data gathering /
evaluations
N/A
N/A
N/A
- Introduction of lump
sums for
reimbursements
N/A
N/A
Food Chain
Programme:
Information
campaigns / external
communication
Food Chain
Programme:
Knowledge building /
Trainings to Member
State
Food Chain
Programme:
IT tools
N/A
Potentially all
programmes - More
visibility for those
activities and improved
knowledge and
competence sharing
Potentially all
programmes - Resource
sharing and unified
messages to the general
public
N/A
N/A
N/A
Potentially all
programmes -
Administrative
cooperation/ network of
MS; resource and data
sharing
2.2.
Objectives of the programmes of the next MFF
Summary
The post-2020 Food Chain Programme is expected to attain a key general objective,
namely the contribution to a high level of health and welfare for humans, animals and
plants along the food chain.
Under this overall umbrella, three sectorial objectives are then identified, for each of the
three main spending areas expected to be covered by the Food Chain Programme itself.
More specifically, veterinary measures will aim at improving the prevention, control and
423
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0172.png
eradication of animal diseases in the EU territory; phytosanitary measures at improving
the prevention, containment and eradication of plant pests in the EU territory; and official
controls related activities at improving the effectiveness, efficiency and reliability of the
food supply chain.
The post-2020 Food Chain Programme is expected to attain the general objective of
contributing to a high level of health and welfare for humans, animals and plants along
the food chain while:
improving the sustainability of European food and feed productions and increasing
quality standards across the EU;
ensuring a high level of protection for consumers and the environment, including the
preservation of biodiversity;
enhancing the competitiveness of the EU food and feed industry and favouring the
creation of jobs.
This overarching objective is crystallised into three specific objectives, related to the
three spending areas covered by the programme itself, namely:
improving the prevention, control and eradication of animal diseases in the EU
territory (animal health);
improving the prevention, containment and eradication of plant pests in the EU
territory (plant health);
improving the effectiveness, efficiency and reliability of official controls related
activities along the food supply chain, carried out with a view to implement and
enforce EU rules in this area (official control related activities).
The sectorial measures implemented to achieve the specific objectives above will mostly
consist of:
for animal health:
o
programmes for the eradication, control and surveillance of animal diseases
and zoonoses;
o
veterinary emergency measures;
for plant health:
o
survey programmes concerning the presence of pests;
o
phytosanitary emergency measures;
for official controls related activities:
o
EU Reference Laboratories and Centres' activities;
o
training of control staff;
o
Coordinated Control Programmes ;
o
Food waste prevention activities;
o
IT systems.
424
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0173.png
In order to assess whether the above-listed measures will contribute to the attainment of
the Food Chain Programme objectives, monitoring arrangements will be established for
each area and the following evaluation criteria will be used:
the continued relevance of all objectives, namely the relationship between the needs
and problems in the food chain area and the general and specific objectives and
related measures identified for each of the spending areas covered by the programme
itself;
the effectiveness of the implemented food chain measures in achieving the general
and specific objectives, also in light of the progress measured through the monitoring
system in place;
the efficiency in the use of the financial resources spent under the food chain budget
and their consistency with the results achieved;
the coherence of the measures implemented within the Food Chain Programme, both
internally and with other EU interventions;
the EU added value created thanks to the implementation of the food chain measures
receiving technical and financial support under this programme.
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers
and businesses
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Member States
xxx
Improving the
prevention, control and
eradication of animal
diseases in the Union
territory
Improving the
prevention,
containment and
eradication of plant
pests in the Union
territory
Improving the
effectiveness,
efficiency and reliability
of official controls
related activities along
the food supply chain,
carried out with a view
to implement and
enforce Union rules in
this area
Rule-making, standard
setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Improving the
prevention, control and
eradication of animal
diseases in the Union
territory
Improving the
prevention,
containment and
eradication of plant
pests in the Union
territory
Improving the
effectiveness,
efficiency and reliability
of official controls
related activities along
the food supply chain,
carried out with a view
to implement and
enforce Union rules in
this area
Health as a resources
for the society and the
internal market
Programme/line
Programme 1
Food Chain
Programme:
veterinary
measures
Improving the
prevention, control and
eradication of animal
diseases in the Union
territory
Improving the
prevention,
containment and
eradication of plant
pests in the Union
territory
Improving the
effectiveness,
efficiency and reliability
of official controls
related activities along
the food supply chain,
carried out with a view
to implement and
enforce Union rules in
this area
Improving the
prevention, control and
eradication of animal
diseases in the Union
territory
Improving the
prevention,
containment and
eradication of plant
pests in the Union
territory
Improving the
effectiveness,
efficiency and reliability
of official controls
related activities along
the food supply chain,
carried out with a view
to implement and
enforce Union rules in
this area
Food Chain
Programme:
phytosanitary
measures
Food Chain
Programme:
official
controls and related
activities
Potential for
Programme/line
Food Chain
Programme:
veterinary measures
Food Chain
Programme:
phytosanitary
measures
Simplification of your programme, and/or synergies and/or flexibility
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: no simplification actions involving other IMP programmes are envisaged
Synergies:
between next Food Chain Programme and R&I FP ('FP9' )
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: no simplification actions involving other IMP programmes are envisaged
Synergies:
between next Food Chain Programme and R&I FP ('FP9' )
425
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0174.png
Food Chain
Programme:
official
controls and related
activities
Flexibility: N/A
Simplification: no simplification actions involving other IMP programmes are envisaged
Synergies: synergies on horizontal actions covered by the official controls related activities could be
explored with all other IMP programmes on e.g.: studies, evaluations, data gathering activities,
information campaign and external communication activities, IT tools.
3.
P
ROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND PRIORITIES
Summary
The actions already receiving EU financial support in the food chain area will remain a
high priority for the post-2020 programme targeting very diverse diseases and pests that
impact on different animals and plants across the entire eco-system; new diseases also
emerge such as BSE, SARS, Corona virus and mutations of avian flu, which present new
risks. In these circumstances, the best approach is to aim for a high level of preparedness,
which equips the EU and its Member States to deal with diseases in general, focusing on
those which are already present. The findings of the mid-term review of the CFF
Regulation confirm also that what is presently managed represents the critical mass of
funding in order to make the programme work effectively. In addition, experience shows
that EU added value in the food chain area goes beyond what individual Member States
could achieve by implementing national measures without EU support. In continuity with
Regulation (EU) No 652/2014, the next Food Chain Programme is also expected to take
the form of a Regulation to be adopted through ordinary legislative procedure. The legal
basis for establishing the upcoming proposal will be Articles 43, 114 and 168 of the
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union.
Based on the experience of their past and ongoing implementation, the actions already
receiving EU financial support in the food chain area will remain a high priority for the
post-2020 programme. The targeted diseases and pests are very diverse and impact on
different animals and plants across the entire eco-system. However, while they differ
hugely in their nature and structure, they all have the potential of a catastrophic impact
on the health of the target species, be it animal or plant. This in turn can lead to huge
trade disruption and losses for the agri-food sectors in question and in cases of zoonotic
diseases in animals with an impact on human health. Experience, moreover, teaches that
disease outbreaks and their impact are highly variable and subject to change due to
climatic, trade and biological factors. New diseases also emerge such as BSE, SARS,
Corona virus and mutations of avian flu, which present new risks. In these circumstances,
the best approach is to aim for a high level of preparedness which equips the EU and its
Member States to deal with diseases in general, focusing of course on those which are
already present.
On this basis, the next Food Chain Programme is expected to achieve the specific
objectives through the following measures:
emergency measures, namely actions to contain and eradicate outbreaks of animal
and pest diseases;
426
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
crisis management activities, implemented in case of cross-border threats to reduce
animal and plant health risks and mitigate their consequences;
eradication programmes, through actions aimed at eradicating animal diseases and
plant pests in the EU territory;
control programmes, through actions aimed at containing the spread of a specific
animal disease or plant pest and to minimise its impact;
surveillance/survey programmes, aimed to collect and record data on specific animal
diseases and plant pests to assess their epidemiological evolution and allow targeted
control and eradication or containment measures;
implementation and enforcement of EU Food chain rules through official controls
related actions, such as:
o
BTSF, through training enforcement and control staff in the Member States
and in third countries exporting to the EU;
o
Support and consolidate the network of EURLs and EURCs activities;
o
IT systems, with a view of maintaining and improving the integrated working
of IT and networks which enable the Member States and the Commission to
work jointly to counter health risks along the food chain, implement and
enforce food chain rules across the EU and facilitate trade;
o
actions directed at raising awareness and promote innovation in preventing
food waste along the food chain.
The findings of the mid-term review of the CFF Regulation also confirm that what is
presently managed represents the critical mass of funding in order to make the
programme work effectively. This base line is supported by data collected using existing
performance indicators.
Experience shows that EU added value in the food chain area goes beyond what
individual Member States could achieve by implementing national measures without EU
support. The health status of the EU is only as strong as the weakest link. All Member
States much therefore play their part in ensuring that there is a high level of health
protection and of preparedness to deal with outbreaks. The achievement of a higher
animal and plant health status in the EU was possible thanks to both the technical and
financial support provided by the EU to the Member States: on the one hand, budgets of
Members States alone, especially of those struggling with economic crisis or other
constraints, have difficulties to secure appropriate financial resources to respond to the
combination of present and potential challenges; on the other hand, the variety of
measures to put in place to tackle pests and diseases requires a centralised management
system in order to properly coordinate and organise the implementation of specific
actions in the Member States. Member States which might not have a direct interest in
combatting a particular disease or pest also have to be reminded of their obligation to
look to the overall EU interest. This requires a centralised approach to ensure the
necessary oversight and a high level of overall ambition in combatting diseases.
The EU added value provided by the EURLs activities and the BTSF programmes is
linked to the nature of their activities: the network of laboratories ensures that all EU
427
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0176.png
Member States work within a consistent and uniform regulatory framework, while the
EU training programme promotes a common approach towards the implementation and
enforcement of EU legislation. This contribution towards the harmonisation of rules at
Union level and the sharing of knowledge and expertise in the food chain and related
areas is a concrete example of positive interaction within the EU, which could not be
achieved through isolated efforts at national level and without the EU financial support.
Should the current approach to food chain funding be confirmed, the post-2020
programme is expected to continue contributing to achieving and supporting EU added
value. Member States will still benefit from the prioritised and targeted implementation
of EU co-funded activities, especially for emergency, eradication, control and
surveillance measures for animal diseases and plant pest throughout the Union. The
financial solidarity provided by the EU support will enable Member States to take the
required actions to protect both own, and wider EU interests. Otherwise these may go
beyond the financial and operational capacity of an individual Member State. The food
chain programme funding will enable harmonised and robust controls, which satisfy an
important need with respect to an effective food chain policy.
In continuity with the present legislation, namely Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 on the
management of the expenditure in the food chain area, the next Food Chain Programme
is also expected to take the form of a Regulation to be adopted through ordinary
legislative procedure. The legal basis for establishing the upcoming proposal will be
Articles 43, 114 and 168 of the TFEU. As the post-2020 Food Chain Programme will
continue acting as a financial umbrella covering the management of expenditure in the
areas of animal health, plant health, and official controls related activities, its scope will
have to be aligned to the sectorial legislation in those fields, as recently revised/amended.
4.
D
ELIVERY MECHANISMS OF THE INTENDED FUNDING
Summary:
The food chain expenditure implemented under Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 mostly
consists of direct co-financing to the Member States. The principal delivery mechanism
used is the grant with only three standard maximum rates to reimburse eligible costs,
namely 50%, 75% and 100%. As this approach proved to be clear, effective and efficient,
ensuring both flexibility to the financial and policy framework and consistency with the
subsidiarity principle, its key elements will continue to be used in the next MFF.
Procurement will continue to be the delivery mechanism for Better Training for Safer
Food (BTSF). Further steps towards increased simplification will be considered for the
upcoming Food Chain Programme, in order to e.g. reduce the administrative burden for
both the Commission and the national competent authorities or facilitating the requests
for reimbursements. In this view, the increased use of unit costs and ceilings, or the
application of lump sums and flat rates will be explored, as well as a definition of a
428
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0177.png
minimum threshold for receiving financial support under the Programme.
The food chain expenditure implemented under Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 primarily
consists of direct co-financing to the Member States, which are almost exclusive
beneficiaries of the EU spending in this area. The Member States receive a
reimbursement for the eligible costs incurred to carry out the eligible measures. The
Union financial contribution mainly takes the form of a grant (the only exception being
the voluntary payments to international organizations), implemented through grant
decisions.
Within the present financial framework, all food chain activities are currently under
direct management, and financing is mostly managed by Commission services (with the
sole exception of the BTSF initiative which is implemented by the executive agency
CHAFEA).
Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 establishes a standard reimbursement rate of no more than
50% of the eligible costs incurred to implement veterinary and phytosanitary measures
(both annual/multiannual programmes and emergency measures); under certain
conditions specified in the regulation itself, the applicable rate can be increased to 75%
or 100%
155
. The eligible costs for BTSF and EURL activities funded through
procurement and grants, respectively, are covered in full.
Based on the findings of the recent mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No
652/2014, the current financial arrangements
whose key elements are described above
ensure the good programme implementation as concerns both the efficiency and the
effectiveness, as well as in terms of flexibility. Particularly, direct management has
proven to be effective in this area, which is characterised by a comprehensive and
complex legislation, requiring a high level of specialisation and a deep understanding of
scientific developments. In this context, direct management has ensured a cost-effective
and rational use of human resources, with a limited number of staff employed to manage
these funds, liaising with the highly qualified scientific and technical experts at policy-
making level.
As regards subsidiarity, budgets of some Members States alone, especially of those
harder hit by economic crisis or other constraints, on one hand have difficulties to secure
appropriate financial resources to respond to the combination of present and potential
challenges. On the other hand, the variety of measures to put in place to tackle animal
155
Article 5 (Maximum rates of grants) to Regulation (EU) No 652/2014
1. Where the Union financial contribution takes the form of a grant, it shall not exceed 50 % of the eligible costs.
2. The maximum rate referred to in paragraph 1 may be increased to 75 % of the eligible costs in respect of: (a) cross
border activities implemented together by two or more Member States in order to control, prevent or eradicate pests or
animal diseases; (b) Member States whose gross national income per inhabitant based on the latest Eurostat data is less
than 90 % of the Union average.
3. The maximum rate referred to in paragraph 1 may be increased to 100 % of the eligible costs where the activities
benefitting from the Union contribution concern the prevention and control of serious human, plant and animal health
risks for the Union, and: (a) are designed to avoid human casualties or major economic disruptions for the Union as a
whole; (b) are specific tasks which are indispensable for the Union as a whole as laid down by the Commission in the
work programme adopted in accordance with Article 36(1); or (c) are implemented in third countries.
429
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0178.png
diseases and plant pests requires a centralised management system in order to properly
coordinate and organise the implementation of specific actions in the individual Member
States, within an EU framework where the overall system is only as strong as the weakest
link.
In light of these considerations, the overall approach of the current system is expected to
be confirmed for the period post-2020. By the same token, the present application of only
three standard funding rates for animal and plant health measures, which has been largely
welcomed by the beneficiaries since its introduction, is expected to be maintained.
Experience shows that it is easy to manage and provide the system with great
transparency since eligibility conditions are limited and clear, and in line with
proportionality and solidarity criteria. The implementation of unit costs and ceilings in
the area of veterinary programmes and emergency measures has already contributed to
the simplification of the program implementation, leading to lower administrative burden
for the Commission as well as for the Member States, and facilitating the requests for
funding and for reimbursements. It currently covers about 50% of the eligible costs and a
further revision of the program implementation is ongoing, in view of extending it to
other food chain spending measures, such as the financing of EURLs. In the plant health
area, the use of unit costs seems more difficult to apply because of the limited availability
of historical data as well as due to the nature of costs themselves, which cannot be
defined in detail as is the case of animal health. The use of lump sums covering all or
certain categories of eligible costs is therefore being considered as an alternative method
with a view of replacing real costs. Both unit costs and lump sums or, where applicable,
flat rates would then be pre-established in such a way as to allow the payment of grants
only upon achievement of concrete outputs and/or results.
With a view to reducing the administrative burden attached to EU funding
both for the
Member States and for the Commission
–the
definition of a minimum threshold for
receiving financial support under veterinary and phytosanitary measures is a further
element which will be considered. In view of the next Food Chain Programme, the EU
funding for small financial value programmes might therefore be discontinued for cost-
effectiveness reasons, and also because the administrative costs attached to their
implementation might equal or even exceed the eligible costs themselves, so as there will
be no interest at national level to apply for EU financial support.
As regards synergies with other programmes of the Single Market Programme,
opportunities are expected to arise for a coordinated approach in certain areas (training
and capacity building, cross-border enforcement, data gathering and processing, support
to networks of Member States authorities, awareness raising activities and IT related
actions) as appropriate. Additional synergies with the ESF+, notably through actions on
AntiMicrobial Resistance will be maintained and further exploited.
5.
H
OW WILL PERFORMANCE BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED
?
Summary
The performance of the post-2020 Food Chain Programme will be evaluated through a comprehensive set
of indicators, focused on both activities (output indicators) and results (outcome indicators),
complemented by a number of economic indicators to assess the effectiveness of the relevant spending
measures (cost-effectiveness indicators) implemented under the different policy areas covered. Both
430
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0179.png
intermediate and final targets will be defined for each selected indicator, subject to periodic (annual)
adjustments based on the epidemiological evolution and other specific factors. Additional indicators
covering the wider economic, social and environmental impacts (impact indicators) will also be
monitored.
The assessment of the next Programme is expected to consist of an intermediate and a final evaluation,
focused on the attainment of the specific objectives. The progress made should be evaluated taking into
account the previously agreed indicators and defined targets.
The core objective of the Food Chain Programme is to protect human, animal and plant health from the
risks of pests and diseases which are, largely but not exclusively, foodborne. Previous programmes and
measures have been very successful in ensuring a high level of protection in this respect throughout the
EU. This has delivered very important benefits for health but also the ability for trade to take place on a
safe basis both within the EU and with third countries. The very substantial regulatory framework on food
safety, animal and plant health at the heart of the Internal Market can only function effectively if there is a
sufficient and continued investment in its implementation and enforcement.
Experience has taught us that it is imperative to have strong regulatory and administrative structures in
place in the EU to protect against diseases and to react when, not if, there are incursions of these diseases.
The absence of diseases or their low incidence is not, therefore, an excuse for complacency. On the
contrary, it is necessary to remain very vigilant and to have in place the necessary support measures,
including contingency plans, crisis preparedness measures and well trained officials to provide EU citizens,
animals and plants with effective disease surveillance, control and eradication measures. The best measure
of future success will remain the capacity to maintain the existing high health status in the EU, the smooth
trade flows and the absence of major disease outbreaks with their devastating impact on health and the
economy.
While the three areas currently receiving EU financial support, namely animal health, plant health and
official controls related activities, are expected to be confirmed for the next Food Chain Programme, some
adjustments to the present objectives (as presented under section 2 of the present Annex) are envisaged, to
improve on the existing set of indicators used, especially in the areas of plant health and official controls
related activities. The current technical indicators will then be revised in view of a transparent, effective
and credible monitoring system, which for the first time is expected to be complemented by a cost-
effectiveness analysis tailor-made for the food chain interventions.
The performance of the post-2020 Food Chain Programme will then be monitored through a
comprehensive set of indicators, focused on both activities (output indicators) and results (outcome
indicators), complemented by a number of economic indicators to evaluate the effectiveness of the relevant
spending measures (cost-effectiveness indicators) implemented under the different policy areas covered.
This core set will be accompanied by a number of additional indicators covering the wider economic,
social and environmental impacts (impact indicators) which may be expected from the Food Chain
Programme. For the first three categories of indicators, both intermediate and final targets for the next MFF
will be established, as they are all directly related to the programme implementation. As regards impact
indicators, even if the Food Chain Programme contributes significantly to their positive evolution, no direct
and exclusive link can be established, due to time lags and the complexity of the factors which impact on
disease outbreaks and their evolution. They are therefore expected to be monitored as a key qualitative
indication of the relevance of the food chain policy, but no specific targets are likely to be established. In
terms of data collection, technical and financial information needed to measure and monitor output,
outcome and cost-effectiveness indicators will be handled at DG SANTE level: the main sources will be
the intermediate and final reports submitted every year by the Member States, as well as the several
notification (IT) tools in place in the areas concerned. Data on impacts, such as the value of agri-food
production, trade flows and the evolution of exports, are expected to be mostly collected through other
431
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0180.png
tools/databases available at Commission level, such as the indicators monitored by EUROSTAT and the
Number of (national) veterinary programmes and of (survey) phytosanitary programmes
successfully implemented
periodic reporting from EFSA.
A preliminary analysis of the data needed to compile these indicators has been conducted in the context of
ongoing studies: a JRC study on cost-effectiveness (currently in its final stages) and an external study on
data gathering and analysis (still at inception phase). Both exercises have revealed that the present situation
for monitoring and data collection is positive, particularly in the animal health area, and that needed
information is largely already available at either DG SANTE or Commission level for both financial and
technical aspects. In most cases, this data would therefore simply need to be continuously followed up in a
structured and systematic way to allow proper ex-ante, ongoing and ex-post monitoring. They will
represent a key tool to assist policy-makers throughout the whole policy cycle, in order to ensure a budget-
for-results-oriented approach, which is transparent in the benefits it delivers for stakeholders and citizens.
In this scenario, the present IT tools for notification, alert, digitization of data might need to be
strengthened and further integrated.
In continuity with the present monitoring system
156
, both intermediate and final targets will be defined for
each selected indicator, subject to periodic adjustments based on endogenous aspects related to the nature
of the measures implemented, notably the epidemiological situation actually prevailing. Targets design will
also be based on the evolution of exogenous factors influencing the attainment of the objectives (as
described in the previous sections when presenting emerging challenges and threats). The Commission
experts will be discussing those aspects with the representatives of the Member States in the relevant
institutional fora, notably in the context of the regulatory committee meetings, as well as on
ad hoc
basis,
when there is a need to address veterinary or phytosanitary problems. Following this approach, a
reasonable definition of targets for the three policy areas will be possible at the end of the present MFF,
with 2020 as a baseline scenario, with annual updates agreed between the Commission and the national
competent authorities
157
.
The list of indicators for the post-2020 period is under development based on the ongoing studies
addressing the future monitoring system. Taking into account this evolving scenario, a non-exhaustive
proposal for key indicators is presented in the table at the end of the present section.
A composite indicator is suggested for the monitoring of the Single Market [and Health] Programme that is
an aggregation of two programme indicators that is "Successfully implemented national veterinary and
phytosanitary programmes".
In line with the provisions of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014, the assessment of the next Programme is also
expected to consist of an intermediate and a final evaluation, focused on the attainment of the specific
objectives. The progress made should be evaluated taking into account the previously agreed indicators and
defined targets. In the light of the present experience, where the mid-term evaluation found a shortcoming
in the limited availability of data, the interim evaluation exercise for the next Food Chain Programme is
recommended to be conducted once satisfactory financial and technical data for the first three years of
implementation (namely the period 2021-2023) is available. The findings of both the mid-term and the ex-
post evaluations are expected to feed into Commission evaluation reports to be presented to the European
Parliament and to the Council.
156
157
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/safety/docs/cff_animal_vet-progs_guidance_progs_erad_2018-2020.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/animals/docs/diseases_sanco-12915-2012_en.pdf
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/safety/docs/cff_animal_vet-progs_guidance_progs_erad_2018-2020.pdf
432
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0181.png
Specific
Objective
Animal health:
improving the
prevention,
control and
eradication of
animal
diseases in the
Union territory
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Percentage
Source of
data
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Frequency of
measurement
Annual
Baseline
Target
Number of
national
programmes
successfully
implemented
Following the
submission of
technical and
financial final
reports by the
Member States,
the Commission
carries out the
evaluation and
decides on the
final payment of
the eligible costs
incurred for
each previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementation
is in line with EU
legislation and
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful.
Following the
submission of
technical and
financial final
reports by the
Member States,
the Commission
carries out the
evaluation and
decides on the
final payment of
the eligible costs
incurred for
each previously
approved
emergency
measure.
Measures whose
implementation
is in line with EU
legislation and
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful.
2020
100%
Number of
emergency
situations
successfully
addressed (by
disease)
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
emergency
, i.e. one
per MS
and per
diseases)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Depending on
needs
(emergency
measures are
not
predictable by
definition)
2020
100%
433
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0182.png
Reduction of
incidence
Incidence is a
technical
parameter used
to monitor the
epidemiological
evolution of a
given disease in
a given
population. It is
the proportion
of new cases
within a
specified time
period divided
by the size of
the population
initially at risk.
Percentage (of
animal
population)
Final
technical
reports
(submitted
by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
Portugal
for
bovine
brucellos
is
30%
(namely
the
minimu
m % of
reductio
n
compare
d to 2015
baseline
(0,20))
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will be
defined
individually
for each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on their
epidemiologi
cal evolution
by 2020, and
then
updated
every year as
described in
the main
text
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will be
defined
individually
for each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on their
epidemiologi
cal evolution
by 2020, and
then
updated
every year as
described in
the main
text
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will be
defined
individually
for each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on their
epidemiologi
cal evolution
by 2020, and
then
updated
every year as
described in
the main
text
Reduction of
prevalence
Prevalence is a
technical
parameter used
to monitor the
epidemiological
evolution of a
given disease in
a given
population. It is
the proportion
of a particular
population
found to be
affected by a
disease.
Percentage (of
animal
population)
Final
technical
reports
(submitted
by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
Portugal
for
bovine
brucellos
is
30%
(namely
the
minimu
m % of
reductio
n
compare
d to 2015
baseline
(0,24))
Number of
outbreaks
Technical
parameter used
to monitor the
epidemiological
evolution of a
given disease.
Number or
percentage
(depending on
the disease)
Final
technical
reports
(submitted
by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
the
Union for
Avian
influenza
in
domestic
poultry is
less than
85%
compare
d to 2015
baseline)
434
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0183.png
Number of
cases
Technical
parameters used
to monitor the
epidemiological
evolution of a
given disease.
Number
Final
technical
reports
(submitted
by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
the
Union for
rabies in
wildlife is
0 (2015
baseline
was 128
cases))
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will be
defined
individually
for each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on their
epidemiologi
cal evolution
by 2020, and
then
updated
every year as
described in
the main
text
100%
Plant health:
improving the
prevention,
containment
and
eradication of
plant pests in
the Union
territory
Number of
surveys
programmes
(by pest / pest
category)
successfully
implemented
Following the
submission of
technical and
financial final
reports by the
Member States,
the Commission
carries out the
evaluation and
decides on the
final payment of
the eligible costs
incurred for
each previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementation
is in line with
the EU
legislation and
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful.
Following the
submission of
technical and
financial final
reports by the
Member States,
the Commission
carries out the
evaluation and
decides on the
final payment of
the eligible costs
incurred for
each previously
approved
emergency
measure.
Programmes
whose
implementation
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Annual
2020
Number of
emergency
situations
successfully
addressed (by
pest)
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
emergency
, i.e. one
per MS
and per
pest)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Annual
2020
100%
435
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0184.png
is in line with
the EU
legislation and
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful.
Reduction of
number of
outbreaks
Technical
parameter used
to monitor the
epidemiological
evolution of a
given pest.
Number
Final
technical
reports
(submitted
by the
MSs)
Depending on
needs
(emergency
measures are
not
predictable by
definition)
2020
Specific
targets for
this indicator
will be
defined
individually
for each pest
in each
Member
State based
on the
epidemiologi
cal evolution
by 2020, and
then
updated
every year as
described in
the main
text
Official
controls
related
activities:
improving the
effectiveness,
efficiency and
reliability of
the food
supply chain
harnessing
official controls
related
activities,
carried out
with a view to
implement and
comply with
the Union rules
in this area
Number of
activities
successfully
carried out by
the EURCs
Quantitative and
qualitative
assessments on
the laboratories
activities
performed
following the EU
request.
Activities whose
implementation
is in line with
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful.
Ability to
respond to EU
and national
needs in a
flexible and
effective way
through the
organisation of
thematic BTSF
trainings (both
standard and e-
learning)
Percentage
Annual
Work
programm
e
and
Final
reports
(submitted
by each
EURC)
Annual
2020
100%
Number of
launched
training
actions as
included in the
annual work
programme
Percentage
Annual
Work
Programm
e
and
Final
reports on
the
outcome
of the
training
Annual
2020
100%
Animal health
+ Plant health
+ Official
Controls
related
activities
Food and live
animals: trade
value
Evolution of
extra EU-trade
(export)
Million euro
Eurostat
database
(economic
accounts
for
agriculture
Monthly
N/A
N/A
436
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0185.png
)
Animal health
+ Plant health
+ Official
Controls
related
activities
Animal
products:
production
value
Production value
at basic prices
Million euro
Eurostat
database
(economic
accounts
for
agriculture
)
EFSA
annual
report
Annual
N/A
N/A
Animal health
+ Plant health
+ Official
Controls
related
activities
Composite
IMP indicator
Number of
human cases
due to a
zoonoses
Evolution of
human cases
due to animal
diseases
transmissible to
humans
Following the
submission of
technical and
financial final
reports by the
Member States,
the Commission
carries out the
evaluation and
decides on the
final payment of
the eligible costs
incurred for
each previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementation
is in line with EU
legislation and
the terms
agreed with the
Commission are
considered
successful. That
means the
programmes
submitted by
the Member
States are in line
with the
requirements
listed in the
specific EU
legislation and
additional
guidelines (COM
guidelines, COM
working
document on
strategy against
specific disease,
recommendatio
n by former FVO
audits, specific
task fo e, …
and when all
elements
contained in the
programmes
Number
Annual
N/A
N/A
Successfully
implemented
national
veterinary and
phytosanitary
programmes"
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
Annual
2020
100%
+
Final
technical
and
financial
report
+
Payment
checklist
437
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0186.png
submitted by
the Member
States,
previously
approved by the
Commission, are
implemented by
the national
authorities.
Sub-Annex 1: Evidence, sources and quality
6.
E
VIDENCE
,
SOURCES AND QUALITY
Summary for the main IA text:
The main evidence base used in the context of the present impact assessment is the
outcome of the mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014, which included an
external study and an internal assessment performed by the Commission. The mid-term
evaluation report was presented by the Commission to the European Parliament and to
the Council in September 2017. The evaluation was conducted in line with the Better
Regulation requirements and provided good evidence of the positive implementation of
the Common Financial Framework over the first three years of the present MFF.
Nevertheless, two specific shortcomings affected this exercise, namely the limited time
available to undertake the evaluation and the absence of a cost-effectiveness analysis
implemented in this area.
The mid-term evaluation is currently being complemented by a soon-to-be finalised JRC
study addressing the cost-effectiveness issue, and a data gathering study aimed at filling
in some information gaps and analytical needs in view of the next Food Chain
Programme. The intermediate results of both studies have progressively fed into the
present impact assessment exercise.
The main evidence base used in the context of the present impact assessment has been
the outcome of the mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 on the
management of expenditure in the food chain area. This evaluation exercise included a
study carried out by an external contractor, whose final version was delivered in July
2017, and an internal assessment performed by the Commission, with a final evaluation
report presented to the European Parliament and to the Council in September 2017. In
this context, both targeted and open public consultations were conducted. The mid-term
evaluation fully covered the implementation of the main food chain measures for 2014,
2015 and partially 2016, dependant on preliminary data available. Where relevant, it also
took into account results on the long-term impact of the predecessor measures. It
provided a qualitative and quantitative overview of the measures implemented under the
438
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
Regulation, and assessed them against the five evaluation criteria set by the Better
Regulation policies in the European Commission: relevance, European added value,
effectiveness, efficiency and coherence. There are however a number of issues to
consider when assessing the strengths of the evidence base used for this study,
specifically linked to the limited time available to undertake the evaluation:
the mid-term evaluation exercise started in the second half of 2016, where complete
technical and financial data were only available for the first two years of
implementation of the CFF Regulation;
- a number of transitory measures applied during both 2014 and 2015, while the
provisions laid down in the Regulation were fully applicable only from 2016.
Moreover, no cost-effectiveness analysis has been developed so far in the food chain
area. Whilst a methodological approach to conduct this kind of economic analysis was
expected to be delivered in the context of the external study, the task was not investigated
as requested. Therefore, a significant instrument to perform the evaluation was missing.
These shortcomings have objectively limited the external analysis, which is mostly
descriptive and largely based on the opinions of the stakeholders and on the perceptions
of the beneficiaries of the EU financial support in this area. The overall evaluation
exercise was nevertheless complemented by the internal assessment conducted at EU
level, which largely relies on the continuous analysis performed at policy, technical and
financial level by the Commission services, including the constant dialogue with all
stakeholders/beneficiaries for both scientific and budgetary aspects. The monitoring of an
existing set of robust operational technical indicators was particularly useful in the
context of this evaluation: even if they do not provide cost-effectiveness results, those
indicators allowed evaluating the achievements and/or the performance of the major
activities implemented thanks to the EU funding in the areas covered by the Regulation.
To complement the economic evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 in the specific
area of cost-effectiveness, a targeted study is currently being carried out by the JRC. The
objective is to develop and implement a comprehensive set of cost-effectiveness
indicators for the main spending areas covered by the Food Chain programme, as well as
to investigate the potential calculation of the cost of non-intervention at EU level. The
study is in its last stages and the final report is expected to be validated by April 2018.
Relevant intermediate findings were integrated into the present impact assessments,
notably as concerns the monitoring system and the proposed indicators to be used for the
post-2020 Food Chain Programme.
Concurrently, an external study focused on data gathering and analysis in the food chain
area was launched in October 2017. It covers all policy areas under the food chain
funding, and consists of two assignments: the first one focuses on gathering and
analysing data on the cost-efficiency, benefits and EU added-value of the actions
performed under the Food Chain Programme; the second one, based on relevant
budgetary and policy indications made available, on designing detailed programme
indicators for future monitoring and evaluation purposes, in relation to the actions that
will be retained for the next Food Chain Programme. The final report is expected to be
439
-
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
delivered in May 2018. Still, its intermediate findings have fed into the preparation of the
present impact assessment.
440
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0189.png
Sub-Annex 2: Stakeholder consultation
Summary for the main IA text:
The mid-term evaluation of the CFF Regulation included a comprehensive consultation
exercise which addressed both the general public and targeted stakeholders from both
public and private sectors. Overall, the findings of the consultation revealed the
appreciation of the implementation of the EU spending in this area in terms of relevance
with the EU needs, added value achieved at EU level, effectiveness of the measures
implemented, efficiency of the resources invested and coherence with the EU policies
and legislations. Emphasis was put on the need to increase attention to preventive
measures and on the possible reduction of the administrative burden for both the EU and
the Member States.
In the context of the mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014, a
comprehensive consultation exercise was conducted. Its outcome is summarised in the
Commission Staff Working Document Synopsis report
158
accompanying the mid-term
evaluation report itself. The consultation covered aspects relating to the evaluation
criteria used in this framework, namely relevance, added value, efficiency, effectiveness,
and coherence. It addressed both the direct beneficiaries of the grants awarded under the
Regulation, notably the central veterinary and phytosanitary Competent Authorities
(CAs) of EU Member States, as well as the European and the National Reference
Laboratories representatives, and stakeholders which are indirectly involved in the
funded activities, especially farmers, consumers, food-industry and retailers
representatives.
Stakeholders had the opportunity to provide their feedback on a Commission evaluation
roadmap on the mid-term evaluation on Regulation (EU) No 652/20141, during a 4-week
period starting on 9 June 2016. In addition, an open public consultation (OPC) of all
interested parties has been conducted using the
European Commission ‘Public
consultations’ website and the DG SANTE ‘Consultations and feedback’ web page. The
open public consultation was carried out between 16 December 2016 and 17 March
2017. Moreover, a round of targeted consultations was conducted by the external
contractor, and included: stakeholders interviews addressing representatives of the
European Commission (DG SANTE and DG AGRI), and selected stakeholders (CAs,
industry representatives, targeted NGOs) in a number of MSs; targeted stakeholders
interviews, to further investigate relevant aspects raised in the context of the previously
conducted questionnaires; case study interviews, identified based on the assessment of
the results from the desk study and questionnaires. While the participation in the OPC
158
SWD(2017) 316 final
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_synopsys_report_en.pdf
441
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
was low (only 5 contributions received), the response rate in the context of the targeted
stakeholders' consultations was generally high.
The respondents in both the OPC and the targeted questionnaires generally evaluated the
Regulation to be relevant and in line with the current food chain needs. Overall, they
considered the Regulation to have a satisfactory EU added value. The respondents also
considered the Regulation to be very efficient, and satisfactory in terms of effectiveness.
While none of the participants in the OPC addressed the coherence issue, the large
majority of respondents to the questionnaires agreed on the coherence of the Food Chain
Programme with other EU policies, or evaluated it as at least complementary and/or
synergistic with the EU legislation in the food chain area and with other EU policies. No
particular conflict was identified and no specific need for additional synergy with any of
the other IMP programmes was expressed in this context. Overall, an increasing call for
specific attention for preventive measures in this area was highlighted, as well as the
need to reduce administrative burden, e.g. in terms of reporting requirements, which is
some cases is considered to be disproportionate.
The results of the different parts of the consultation exercise were largely coherent
among each other, and a general appreciation for the food chain programmes was
expressed in terms of both technical and financial support provided at EU level.
442
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0191.png
Sub-Annex 3: Evaluation results
Summary for the main IA text:
Being the first common financial framework established in the area of food chain,
Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 was firstly evaluated at mid-term in the context of the
recently conducted interim evaluation (final report adopted in September 2017).
Overall, the mid-term evaluation revealed that the CFF Regulation is functioning well
within its policy context. All activities receiving EU financial support in this area have
proven to serve the CFF objectives, namely the improvement of human, animal and plant
health, as well as the overall Commission’s priorities, including the functioning of an
effective internal market and the support to trade with non-EU countries. The evaluation
concluded that activities funded under the Regulation contribute to a EU which is safe
and secure, prosperous and sustainable, social, and stronger on the global scene.
The mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 consisted of an external
study
159
, whose final report was delivered by the selected contractor in July 2017, and a
Commission mid-term evaluation report to the European Parliament and to the Council
160
which was established and presented in September 2017.
The evaluation focused on the measures implemented in the areas of animal health
(veterinary programmes and emergency measures), plant health (survey programmes and
emergency measures), laboratories (EURLs), and training (BTSF); particularly, it
assessed whether, in terms of their results and impacts, these measures achieve the
objectives set out the Regulation, as regards the efficiency of the use of resources and the
added value at Union level. At case level, the evaluation covered all 28 Member States.
Overall, the mid-term evaluation concluded that the CFF Regulation is functioning well
within its policy context. All activities receiving EU financial support in this area have
proven to serve the CFF objectives, namely the improvement of human, animal and plant
health, as well
as the overall Commission’s priorities, including the functioning of an
effective internal market and the support to trade with non-EU countries. The EU
financial provisions on food safety, animal and plant health have been recognised as
uniform and consistent in their application and enforcement in all EU Member States.
This ensures in turn that both citizens and businesses are confident that this financial
159
Mid-term evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 prepared by IBF International consulting (see attached staff
working document)
160
COM(2017) 546 final - Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and to the Council - Mid-term
evaluation of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014 of the European Parliament and the Council laying down
provisions for the management of expenditure relating to the food chain, animal health and animal welfare,
and relating to plant health and plant reproductive material [..]
https://ec.europa.eu/food/sites/food/files/cff_mid-term-evaluation_comm_report_en.pdf
443
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
framework is fair and effective in promoting high safety standards in a key sector of the
EU economy. The activities funded under the Regulation contribute to a EU which is safe
and secure, prosperous and sustainable, social, and stronger on the global scene.
Before the entry into force of Regulation (EU) No 652/2014, the provisions for the
management of the expenditure in the food chain area were scattered across many pieces
of legislation. In line with the Communication 'A Budget for Europe 2020', the
establishment of a common financial framework covering all spending areas concerned
was envisaged to modernise and simplify the pre-existing financial system. The mid-term
evaluation exercise finalised in September 2017 was therefore the first evaluation
addressing a food chain spending programme. This evaluation was not submitted to the
RSB for its scrutiny.
444
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
Annex 18: Programme specific annex on
Customs and tax
policy development support budget line
1.
1.1.
I
NTRODUCTION
:
POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
Scope and context
Both, the customs union and EU tax policy, are
at a different level - fundamental conditions
for the smooth functioning of the Internal Market.
For 50 years, the customs union has been a significant example of successful integration in the
EU. It is one of the few areas of exclusive competence of the EU and it remains a foundation of
the Union and a fundamental enabler of the Internal Market and the other EU political
priorities: without the customs union the elimination of internal frontiers would not have been
possible. In addition, the harmonised legislative framework provides the basis for the collection
of customs duties, which constitute 16% of the EU budget
Similarly, EU tax policy is a key element in efforts to strengthen the EU Internal Market. In the
domain of indirect taxes (mainly VAT and excise)
the largest source of revenue for national
budgets and a substantial contribution (12%) to the EU's budget - the Union developed a
comprehensive set of legislation that is a fundament of the establishment and functioning of
the Internal Market and the avoidance of distortion of competition. In the field of direct
taxation (income tax and company tax) with the juxtaposition of 28 different tax systems, the
EU can rely on the general provisions as regards the Internal Market (Art. 114-115) to provide
overall tax governance and adopt relevant EU legislation supporting the functioning and
completion of the internal market and fighting tax fraud and tax evasion.
Over the recent years, new challenges arose through a.o. rapidly changing technologies
(digitalisation, connectivity, Internet of things, block-chain) and business models (e-commerce,
supply chain optimisation), increasing volumes of world trade, international tax competition
between countries and tax shopping by companies, reduced public financial means, a persistent
transnational crime and security threat. These trends, if not addressed appropriately, risk
creating distortions of competition and jeopardising the functioning of the Internal Market and
the 4 freedoms, wrecking social fairness and undermining EU competitiveness.
In its role as guardian of the Treaties and in view of its prerogative for legislative initiatives, the
Commission has a particular duty to remain alert, monitor and anticipate changes in the tax and
customs environment and propose appropriate (legislative) action. Against this backdrop, it is of
utmost importance that it has appropriate resources at its disposal to prepare and carry out the
actions
beyond the overall framework for cooperation provided by the Fiscalis and Customs
programmes
that support policy strategy and coordination.
445
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1.2.
Lessons learned from previous programmes
The udget li e Poli st ateg a d oo di atio fo ta atio a d usto s has ot ee
subject to evaluation in view of the limited budget allocated
– , € / i the o
-going Multi-
Annual Financial Framework
and the obvious added value of actions carried out.
The activities funded under this prerogative line include:
- Studies, analyses, data collection:
o
In the area of indirect taxation policy: e.g. impact assessments, evaluation of
existing VAT/excise legislation, specific VAT and excise duties issues, penalty
system on tax compliance, the future of taxation etc.
o
In the area of direct taxation policy: e.g. EUROMOD tool, issues linked to double
taxation cases, transfer pricing, taxation of pension funds and life insurance
companies, aggressive tax planning, tax analyser, tax compliance costs, taxation
and financial stability, etc.
o
In the area of customs: e.g. issues linked to impact assessment, comparative
analyses, studies linked to legislative proposals e.g. on cash control, the
implementation of the Union Customs Code, consultancy and expertise in waste
and dangerous products, or the development of a framework to measure the
performance of the Customs Union, etc.
- Information campaigns / external communication: production and development of
awareness-raising materials;
- expenditure on Information Technology (IT) covering both equipment and services
needed for internal market activities and as a complement to IT systems developed
under Fiscalis and Customs programmes;
- Access to or acquisition of databases: e.g. acquisition of economic data for impact
assessments and studies, activities in customs classification;
- Provision of publications, tools, library services and other supporting services related to
the supply of tax and customs information;
- Similar actions supporting policy strategy and coordination in taxation and customs: e.g.
visiting Fellows programmes, translation services, etc.
As this p e ogati e li e add esses o l the Co
issio s o
eeds, o e te al o sultatio
has been carried out and this proposal relies exclusively on experience drawn by Commission
services.
This experience demonstrates that all existing characteristics of the prerogative line
areas
covered, authorised actions, amounts at stake, etc.) are fit-for-purpose: the existing budget line
does not only bring significant added value for policy definition but a fundamental element of
the Co
issio s apa it to deli e a isio a d desig ta a d usto s poli ies i ie of e
challenges and trends.
However, there would be room for optimising the administrative processes behind these
actions, e.g. by establishing framework contracts for the provision of studies in cooperation with
other domains covered by the Internal Market [Framework] Programme.
446
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0195.png
Against this background, it is proposed to place this prerogative line under the consolidated
Internal Market [Framework] Programme in order to allow for more and enhanced synergies
across complementary domains.
2.
2.1.
THE OBJECTIVES
Challenges for the programmes of the next MFF
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers and
businesses
N/A
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Member States
N/A
Rule-making, standard
setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and the
internal market
N/A
Programme/line
Policy strategy and
coordination for
taxation and customs
LEGEND: √
-relevant to the objective, N/A not relevant
The activities under the prerogative line relates exclusively to rule-making, standard setting and
enforcement at EU institutions level. All other activities
e.g. administrative cooperation
are
dealt with separately under the Fiscalis and Customs programmes
161
.
2.2.
Objectives of the programmes of the next MFF
The specific objective of this prerogative line is to support the definition and coordination of
policy strategy
i.e. rule-making, standard setting and enforcement at EU institutions level
in
the tax and customs domains.
Challenges
Empowerment of
citizens, consumers and
businesses
Administrative
cooperation and
integration among
Member States
Rule-making, standard
setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Support the definition
and coordination of
policy strategy in the
tax and customs
domains
Health as a resources
for the society and the
internal market
Programme/line
Policy strategy and
coordination for
taxation and customs
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.
P
ROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND PRIORITIES
This budget line being a prerogative line
i.e. a line to be used by the Commission at its own
prerogative in view of new challenges and needs as part of policy strategy and coordination
–,
there is no relevance to define in advance a particular structure and it would be impossible to
establish priorities at the start of the Multi-Annual Financial Framework. The key consideration
here is to define the critical mass of funding needed to allow effective policy strategy and
coordination by the Commission.
Over the 2014-
pe iod, fu di g a ou ted to , € / . Whe eas o sig ifi a t i ease
seems necessary as most needs could be funded over the recent years, a minor increase to cope
with inflation
estimated to about 15% - would be welcome as it would allow pursuing
activities at the same level as in the past. On the contrary, a reduction by more than 25%
i.e.
161
Given their specific characteristics
a.o. their exclusive focus on tax and customs administrations and not on
citizens, consumers and businesses, the importance of resources allocated
–,
the Fiscalis and Customs
programmes are not concerned at all by possible synergies as contemplated in this integrated Internal Market
Programme.
447
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0196.png
elo a udget of , €m/yr –
would have non-negligible consequences as it would prevent
carrying out several much needed studies or other activities.
4.
D
ELIVERY MECHANISMS OF THE INTENDED FUNDING
As a prerogative line, this budget line is
and can only be
subject to direct management by
the Commission.
5.
H
OW WILL PERFORMANCE BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED
?
As a prerogative line, it is impossible to determine in advance the use of the allocated funds and
thereby to define specific indicators as to the outputs, results or impacts. It is therefore
proposed to monitor and evaluate performance on a financial basis, as is currently the case with
the existing budget line. In other words, Commission services will focus on timely budget
execution.
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Use of budget
available
Source of
data
ABAC
(Commission
financial
system)
Frequency of
measurement
Annual
Baseline
Target
Support the
definition and
coordination of
policy strategy in
the tax and customs
domains
Timely
budget
execution
Execution of
more than
95% of
budget by
year-end
>95%
>95%
Sub-Annex 1: Evidence, sources and quality
E
VIDENCE
,
SOURCES AND QUALITY
Not applicable
Sub-Annex 2: Stakeholder consultation
Not applicable
Sub-Annex 3: Evaluation results
Not applicable
448
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0197.png
Annex 19: Programme specific objectives
This annex presents the detailed operational objectives for each of the programmes/budget
lines included under the scope and how they each contribute to the identified content specific
objectives of the Single Market Programme.
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
Programme/line
An Ambitious Competition policy for a stronger Union in the digital age
To raise awareness To
strengthen, To ensure that the
N/A
Competition
of EU competition deepen and extend enforcement of EU
programme
policy among a cooperation
and competition policy
wider group of partnerships with as well as policy
stakeholders
European
public guidance
is
concerned by the administrations
supported by state-
enforcement of EU (including national of-the-art tools and
competition rules, competition
infrastructure
thereby
authorities
and (including
strengthening the courts) in the form software
and
effectiveness and of direct contacts as hardware) as well
legitimacy of those well
as as
external
rules.
interoperable
IT technical expertise
infrastructures
and information.
ensuring
the
exchange
of To raise awareness
confidential
of EU competition
documents
and policy among a
information.
wider group of
stakeholders
concerned by the
enforcement of EU
competition rules,
thereby
strengthening the
effectiveness and
legitimacy of those
rules.
IT and business solutions for the Single Market
N/A
The digitisation,
1. To support the
The publication of The provision of IT
adoption
of
efforts of the
open government tools to public
common standards
Member States
data will allow authorities (building
and
and
European
easier access to on the results of
ISA2 and other
interoperability
Institutions
in
information.
programmes) will
will affect all
modernising and
strengthen
sectors, including
digitising
the
administrative and
healthcare. Health
public
sector
judicial
sector
in
organisations at
cooperation.
particular,
can
all levels
benefit from more
efficient internal
processes, better
information
sharing,
and
communication
with patients.
N/A
N/A
N/A
2. To provide
eParticipation
inclusive
and
tools will support
449
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0198.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
user-friendly
end-to-end digital
public services to
all citizens and
businesses in the
Union
3. To contribute
to the reduction
of administrative
burden
by
promoting
administrative
cooperation,
interoperability
through digital
means and user
engagement
to
allow citizens and
businesses
to
enjoy
user-
centred services
that address their
needs.
4. To ensure that
policy makers in
the EU have the
necessary
capabilities
for
making
more
evidence-
informed policies,
deciding rapidly
between
alternative
options
and
better monitoring
implementation.
European
Statistical
Programme'
(ESP)
the representation
of
citizens’
interests.
Will
lead
to
increased sharing
and
reuse
of
standardised open
data,
benefiting
other
public
administrations,
businesses
and
citizens.
The provision of IT
tools to public
authorities (building
on the results of
ISA2)
will
strengthen
administrative and
judicial
cooperation.
N/A
N/A
The abundance of
open data and the
use
of
data
analytics
will
contribute to better
policy making.
N/A
The assessment of
ICT implications
will ensure that
policy
making
takes into account
ICT and the latest
technological
developments.
N/A
[European Statistical Programme (ESP)]
To produce and
To produce and
To produce and
communicate high communicate high
communicate high
quality statistics
quality statistics on
quality statistics
on Europe in a
Europe in a timely,
on Europe in a
timely, impartial
impartial and cost-
timely, impartial
and cost-efficient
efficient manner,
and cost-efficient
manner, through
through enhanced
manner, through
enhanced
partnerships within
enhanced
partnerships within the European
partnerships
the European
Statistical System
within the
Statistical System
and with all
European
and with all
relevant external
Statistical System
relevant external
parties, using
and with all
parties, using
multiple data
relevant external
multiple data
sources, advanced
parties, using
sources, advanced
data analytics
multiple data
data analytics
methods, smart
sources, advanced
methods, smart
systems and digital
data analytics
systems and digital technologies.[
methods, smart
To produce and
communicate high
quality statistics
on Europe in a
timely, impartial
and cost-efficient
manner, through
enhanced
partnerships
within the
European
Statistical System
and with all
relevant external
parties, using
multiple data
sources, advanced
data analytics
methods, smart
450
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0199.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
systems and
digital
technologies.[
Implementation and Development of Single Market for Financial Services
To
provide To monitor
the To deliver an EU
N/A
Implementation
based implementation of strategy
on
and Development
evidence
of Single Market
policy making for the Banking Union, sustainable finance
for
Financial
a deeper and more in the Member which is a priority
integrated Capital States
action of the CMU
Services
Markets Union so
Action Plan, as
as to ensure long-
well as one of the
term effects on
key steps towards
jobs and growth
implementing the
and contribute to a
historic
Paris
stronger Union.
agreement and the
EU's agenda for
sustainable
development.
FISMA - Standards in the field of reporting and auditing
To
support
N/A
N/A
standardisation
organisations working
towards
standards
settings in financial
reporting and auditing
technologies.[
systems and digital
technologies.[
Standards in the
field of reporting
and auditing
N/A
Enhancing the involvement of consumers and other end-users in Union policy-making in financial
services (ICFS)
To
provide
N/A
To preserve a
N/A
Capacity-
citizens with better
balanced
and
building
information about
structured
programme
interaction
with
enhancing
the
financial services
stakeholders
to
involvement
of
in order to take the
personal
improve
the
consumers and
right
calibration of the
other
financial
financial
financial services
services
end-
decisions.
rules
users in Union
policy making in
the
area
of
financial services.
Company law and anti-money laundering
N/A
To develop and To
facilitate
N/A
Company law
maintain tools and dialogue with civil
and anti-money
platforms required society and other
laundering
by EU law (e.g. stakeholders
maintain
(feedback
interconnection of gathering)
the
business
interconnection as Facilitate
required
by introduction
of
Directive
new technologies,
2017/1132
and in particular use of
develop
digital tools and
interconnection of processes
MS
beneficial
ownership registers To ensure the
under
Directive development,
2015/849
4
th
implementation,
451
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0200.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
AMLD including
the most recent
amendments
th
5 AMLD)
enforcement and
monitoring
of
high-quality and
effective
Single
Market
rule
making
and
standard setting (in
the company law
and
anti-money
laundering
and
counter terrorism
financing field)
Consumer
programme and
New Deal for
consumers
Consumer programme and New Deal for consumers
To provide a high
To
Ensure Ensuring
quality
general
consumers
are enforcement
information
on
aware of their authorities
rights and
of competent
in consumer markets
consumer safety consumer
and and conditions and
issues
product safety laws behaviours and on
can deliver a high safety issues
To
Strengthen level of compliance
consumer
to the acquis
To integrate and
organisations'
develop
roles in consumer To
ensure
the information
on
policy-making and availability
of consumer markets
advocacy at EU market intelligence
and national levels tools and joint with a view to
actions in the field develop evidence
enforcement
To
reduce of product safety for
vulnerability
of including in relation actions at the EU
consumers
also to
testing
of level
linked to negative dangerous products
consequences of
To
generate
market
To enable effective evidence
on
digitalisation
and
coordinated market
issues
EU-level
stemming
from
To
enable enforcement actions new technologies
assistance
and in the field of (IOT, IA, mobile
redress systems for consumer law and e-commerce)
individual
product safety
consumers
including support To enable effective
to
the
ADR enforcement
bodies, the ODR cooperation
with
Platform, and the third countries
ECC-Net
To
ensure
qualified entities
in the meaning of
the
Injunctions
directive
can
deliver on their
injunctive role
N/A
452
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0201.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
Internal Market
governance tools
Support
to
Standardisation
activities
To
promote
sustainable
consumption
behaviours
Internal Market governance tools
To enhance access To
Improve Giving SOLVIT a
to
information, management
of more
prominent
advice, improved cross-border Single role in the overall
problem-solving
Market challenges, EU
Law
services
and while promoting IT enforcement.
procedures on a rationalisation
cross-border basis
Ensure
the
coherent
application of the
single
digital
gateway
quality
standards
Internal Market
Support to standardisation
To promote the
N/A
To develope and
participation and
promote use of
interests of the
standards in areas
stakeholders in the
which are new or
European
dominated by few
standardisation
players and Union
system, improving
financing
is
their information
necessary to assure
and
use
of
the participation of
standards
and
start-ups
and
showing them the
newcomers in that
benefits of these.
market
N/A
Development and
use of standards in
support of Union
legislation
and
policies for safety
reasons and in
areas which are
new or dominated
by few players
and
Union
financing
is
necessary
to
assure
the
participation
of
start-ups
and
newcomers in that
market
N/A
Single market for
goods
and
services
Internal Market for goods and services
To improve the
To support the
To provide a
safety of citizens
completion of the
regulatory
and the level
single market of
environment that
playing field for
goods and services. promotes
businesses
innovation and
responds to new
To enhance
technological and
Member States'
societal challenge,
capacity to enforce
EU harmonised
product rules.
To facilitate
administrative
cooperation of MS
in several areas:
market surveillance,
mutual recognition,
prevention of
technical barriers,
services and public
procurement.
453
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0202.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
COSME
1.
Promoting the
creation
and
sustainable growth
of enterprises, in
particular SMEs.
2.
Strengthening
the
competitiveness of
enterprises
and
fostering
entrepreneurship.
Sp
ecific
COSME
To address SME
policy issues by
sharing
good
practices
and
economic
with
Member States and
participating
countries.
objectives
1) Addressing the
access to finance
gap for SMEs
2)
Facilitating
SMEs' access to
markets
and
supporting them in
addressing global
and
societal
challenges;
3)Business
Environment,
Industrial
modernisation,
Competitiveness
and
Entrepreneurship
Health programme
Health
programme
Support EU health
legislation
Empower
health
systems
with
emphasis on their
digital
transformation
Support integrated
Support integrated Support integrated
work: Health
work: Health
work:
Health
technology
technology
technology
assessment, ERNs
assessment, ERNs assessment, ERNs
and best practices
and best practices
and best practices
Food Chain Programme
Improve
the Improve
the Improve
the
prevention, control prevention, control prevention, control
Prepare for and
counter
health
crises
Empower health
systems
with
emphasis on their
digital
transformation
Support integrated
work:
Health
technology
assessment, ERNs
and best practices
Improve
prevention,
the
Food
Chain
programme
454
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0203.png
Challenges
Empowerment
of
citizens,
consumers
and businesses
Programme/line
Administrative
cooperation
and
integration
among
Member States
Rule-making,
standard setting and
enforcement at EU
institutions level
Health as a resources
for the society and
the internal market
and eradication of
animal diseases in
the Union territory
and eradication of
animal diseases in
the Union territory
and eradication of
animal diseases in
the Union territory
control
and
eradication
of
animal diseases in
the Union territory
Improving
the
prevention,
containment and
eradication
of
plant pests in the
Union territory
Improve
the
effectiveness,
efficiency
and
reliability
of
official controls
related activities
along the food
supply chain
N/A
Customs and tax
policy
development
support budget
line
Improving
the Improving
the Improving
the
prevention,
prevention,
prevention,
containment and containment
and containment and
eradication
of eradication of plant eradication
of
plant pests in the pests in the Union plant pests in the
Union territory
territory
Union territory
Improve
the Improve
the Improve
the
effectiveness,
effectiveness,
effectiveness,
efficiency
and efficiency
and efficiency
and
reliability
of reliability of official reliability
of
official
controls controls
related official
controls
related activities activities along the related activities
along the food food supply chain
along the food
supply chain
supply chain
Customs and tax policy development support budget line
N/A
N/A
To support the
definition
and
coordination
of
policy strategy in
the
tax
and
customs domains
455
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0204.png
Annex 20: Programme specific Indicators
This annex presents the detailed monitoring indicators used for the programmes/budget
lines included under the scope of the Single Market Programme.
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
An Ambitious Competition policy for a stronger Union in the digital age
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Estimate
of
customer
benefits
resulting
from
cartel
prohibitio
n
decisions.
Impact
Indicato
r
EUR
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Estimate
of
customer
benefits
resulting
from
merger
interventi
ons.
Impact
Indicato
r
EUR
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Macroe Impact
conomic Indicato
benefits r
modelli
ng using
custome
r
benefits
as
an
input.
Stakehold
er surveys
on
the
perceptio
n
of
enforcem
ent and
policy
guidance.
EUR
Inhous
e
Regular
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Result
Indicato
r
Percentag
e
Survey Regular
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
456
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0205.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number Output
of
Indicato
publishe r
d policy
guidanc
e texts
with the
purpose
of
interpret
ing
antitrust
, merger
and
State
aid rules
in light
of
market
realities,
contemp
orary
economi
c
and
legal
thinking
as well
as
develop
ments in
the EU
Courts'
case-
law.
Amount Output
of fines Indicato
imposed r
in
antitrust
, cartel
and,
merger
decision
s.
Amount
of
unlawful
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
EUR
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
Output
Indicato
EUR
Inhous
e
Annual
To be No
define target
457
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0206.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
State aid
to
be
recovered
pursuant
to
a
Commissi
on
decision.
r
d in for
2020
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
'Additio Result
nality':
Indicato
Amount r
of
private
investm
ent
leverage
d
by
individu
al State
aid
measure
s,
accordin
g to the
counterf
actual
assessm
ent
made in
a
Commis
sion
decision
(this
may
either
be
'input'
addition
ality
(i.e. the
benefici
ary
invests
more
own
resource
s as a
EUR
Inhouse;
Regular
Memb
er
State
reports
;
Memb
er
State
evalua
tions
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
458
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0207.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
result of
the aid)
or
'output'
addition
ality
(i.e. the
benefici
ary
generate
s higher
output
of
eligible
activitie
s as a
result of
the aid).
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
of
Commissi
on
decisions
in
the
field of
antitrust
and
cartels.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
162
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
of
Commissi
on
statement
s
of
objections
in
the
field of
antitrust
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
162
It is not meaningful to set numerical targets for competition policy enforcement. Most of the indicators used to
measure the Commission's performance include trends as targets (stable, increase, decrease, no target). On-going
investigation by the Commission is always without prejudice to the final decision to be taken by the Commission in the
case. However, DG Competition, like most competition authorities, provides the number of decisions (or intervention
rate) to indicate the level of activity and output for the preceding year, also for deterrence purposes. As regards
antitrust and cartel enforcement, a target would also depend on factors beyond the Commission's control (decisions of
the parties or other market players to disclose infringements through the leniency programme, whistleblowing,
complaints or the availability of information to the Commission to detect infringements ex officio). In each and every
case, the Commission must fully respect the rights of defence of the parties. These considerations are also relevant for
the following indicators: Amount of fines imposed in antitrust, cartel and, merger decisions; Number of Commission
statements of objections in the field of antitrust and cartels; Number of Initiation of Proceedings in antitrust cases;
Number of antitrust cases with ongoing monitoring of remedies or commitments.
459
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0208.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
and
cartels.
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
of
Initiation
of
Proceedin
gs
in
antitrust
cases.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
of formal
antitrust
complaint
s.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
163
No
target
for
2021-
2027
164
Number
of
leniency
applicatio
ns
in
cartel
procedure
s.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
of
antitrust
cases with
ongoing
monitorin
g
of
remedies
or
commitm
ents.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
As the formal submissions of complaints by market participants are driven by factors beyond the control of the
Commission, no output target can be set. In recent years, we have been facing a period of intense
restructuring and M&A activity with no signs of abatement for the coming years. This has led to a steady
increase in the number of merger notifications that we receive every year. 2017 was the second busiest year
ever, with 380 notifications (5% more than in 2016; 37% more than in 2013). This number was exceeded
only in 2007, just before the start of the financial crisis, when 402 cases were notified to the Commission. It
can safely be anticipated that the period 2018/2019 will continue to be characterised by a very intense merger
activity, in terms both of number of notifications and complexity of cases.
164
DG Competition's leniency applications in cartel procedures are driven by the willingness of the cartels' participants
to cooperate and the time they chose to do so. As this is a factor beyond the control of the Commission, no
output target can be set.
163
460
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0209.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number Output
of
Indicato
Commis r
sion
simplifi
ed and
non-
simplifi
ed
decision
s in the
field of
merger
control.
Number
of
Commissi
on merger
decisions
subject to
commitm
ents,
withdraw
als
in
phase
two,
or
prohibitio
ns
(i.e.
interventi
on
decisions)
.
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
165
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
Number
of merger
referral
requests
and
decisions.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
The share
of GBER
expenditu
re
over
Result
Indicato
r
Percentag
e
Inhous
e
Annual
To be Increasi
define ng trend
d in for
165
DG Competition's enforcement activities in the merger area are driven by merger activity on the markets and
notifications by companies. As this is a factor beyond the control of the Commission, no output target can be
set.
461
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0210.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
and
policy
total
expenditu
guidance
2020
re
on
State aid.
2021-
2027
166
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
The
Result
percenta Indicato
ge
of r
horizont
al State
aid of
all aid
in the
EU.
Number Output
of
Indicato
Commis r
sion
decision
s in the
field of
State
aid.
Number Output
of
Indicato
Commis r
sion
decision
s
opening
the
formal
investig
ation
procedu
re in the
field of
State
Percentag
e
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng
trend
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
167
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
The trend may reach a plateau before 2027, as the share of GBER expenditure over total State aid expenditure was
already high at the time of writing (97% of all new aid measures being implemented under the GBER,
representing ; about 46 % of total spending (based on average country specific shares to reflect equally
differences in Member States practice).
167
Excluding aid in the field of agriculture. DG Competition's enforcement activities in the State aid area are also
driven by notifications by Member States. As this is a factor beyond the control of the Commission, no
output target can be set.
166
462
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0211.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
aid.
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number Output
of
Indicato
Commis r
sion
recover
y
decision
s in the
field of
State
aid.
Amount Output
s
of Indicato
State
r
aid
recovere
d under
Commis
sion
decision
s in the
field of
State
aid.
Number Output
of aids Indicato
awards
r
above
EUR
500,000
publishe
d
in
accorda
nce with
the
State
Aid
Moderni
sation
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
EUR
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
No
target
for
2021-
2027
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
Memb
er
State
reporti
ng
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng
trend
for
2021-
2027
168
168
As a cornerstone of its State Aid Modernisation (SAM) initiative, the European Commission has introduced new
transparency requirements concerning state aid granted by Member States to undertakings. For each state aid
award above €500,000, Member States will be required to publish the identity of the beneficiary, the amount
and objective of the aid and the legal basis. State aid transparency builds on the practice already existing
under European Structural and Investment Funds or the Common Agricultural Policy.
463
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0212.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
transpar
ency
require
ments.
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Positive Result
results
Indicato
of State r
aid
'transpar
ency
complia
nce
checks'
carried
out by
the
Commis
sion.
Number Output
of State Indicato
aid
r
measure
s
subject
to ex-
post
monitori
ng.
Number Output
of State Indicato
aid
r
schemes
and
their
annual
budget
subject
Percentag
e
Check Annual
s by
the
Comm
ission
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
169
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
170
State-of-the-
art
enforcement
and
policy
guidance
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Positive results in the sense that Member States publish complete and accurate information in line with the State aid
transparency requirement,
as compared to negative ‘non-compliance’ findings; this trend is based on the
premise that the number of samples analysed increases, so as to provide more total results as a meaningful
basis.
170
The Commission continuously monitors the implementation of state aid measures by Member States. This ex-post
monitoring exercise involves a check of the legal basis and the list of beneficiaries and an evaluation of each
beneficiary, the region in which the beneficiary is located and the principal economic sector in which the
beneficiary has its activities. These requirements also apply mutatis mutandis to ad hoc aid. Such information
must be kept for at least 10 years and must be available to the general public without restrictions.
169
464
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0213.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
to the
evaluati
on
obligati
on.
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of
national
judges
trained in
EU
competiti
on law for
national
judges.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Regular
meetings
of
Directors
General,
the ECN
Plenary,
ECN
working
groups
and
sectorial
subgroups
.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Opinion Output
s
and Indicato
amicus
r
curiae
briefs
provide
d
to
national
courts
concerni
ng the
applicati
on
of
the EU
antitrust
and
cartel
rules
and
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
465
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0214.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
replies
to
requests
for
informat
ion
from
courts.
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number Output
of
Indicato
national r
court
judgme
nts
reported
to the
Commis
sion by
the
Member
States.
Regular
meetings
with the
national
competiti
on
authoritie
s in the
Merger
working
group.
Number
Report Annual
s by
Memb
er
States
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
171
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of
envisag
ed
decision
s
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
172
171 Under Article 15(2) of Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003 of 16 December 2002 on the implementation of the
rules on competition laid down in Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty the "Member States shall forward to the
Commission a copy of any written judgment of national courts deciding on the application of Article 81 or Article 82
of the Treaty. Such copy shall be forwarded without delay after the full written judgment is notified to the parties."
172
Article 11(4) states that "No later than 30 days before the adoption of a decision requiring that an infringement
be brought to an end, accepting commitments or withdrawing the benefit of a block exemption Regulation, the
466
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0215.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
signalle
d to the
Commis
sion
under
Article
11(4) of
Regulati
on
1/2003.
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number Result
of
Indicato
docume r
nts
exchang
ed
between
the
National
Competi
tion
Authorit
ies and
the
Commis
sion
using
the IT
applicati
on
availabl
e
to
them
with
this
purpose.
Number
of State
aid High-
level fora
and
SAM-
working
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
competition authorities of the Member States shall inform the Commission". To that effect, the national competition
authorities shall provide the Commission with inter alia a summary of the case.
467
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0216.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
group
meetings
under the
multilater
al
partnershi
p.
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of
sectoral
and
thematic
working
group
meetings
under the
State aid
multilater
al
partnershi
p.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of country
visits
under the
bilateral
State aid
cooperati
on.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of replies
to ‘eState
aid WIKI’
queries
and trends
in
response
time.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
173
173
eState aid WIKI is a platfo
fo i fo al e ha ges o ge e al State aid atte s thus ot ase-specific)
et ee the Co
issio s se i es a d the Me e States a d EFTA
countries (including the EFTA Surveillance
Authority).
468
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0217.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Trends in
response
time
to
‘eState
aid WIKI’
queries.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Decreas
ing
trend
for
2021-
2027
Decreas
ing
trend
for
2021-
2027
174
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Number
of queries
regarding
mandator
y
State
aid
transpare
ncy
requireme
nts
submitted
by
Member
States.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Submi
ssions
by
Memb
er
States
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Use of Result
the IT- Indicato
tool
r
‘Transp
arency
Award
Module
‘TAM’
by
Member
States.
Percentag
e of State
Aid
notificatio
ns
that
use the IT
applicatio
n
available
open to
Number
Use of Annual
Tool
by
Memb
er
States
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
internal
partnerships
Result
Indicato
r
Percentag
e
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
174
Overall trend, which presupposes an increase in the quality and frequency of updates of the IT tool
T a spa e
A a d Module TAM a d elated use
-guidance provided by the Commission. Temporary increases
are not excluded, in particular after a Member State starts using TAM and is therefore likely to submit a large number
of queries during the initial phase.
469
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0218.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
Member
State for
this
purpose.
Boosting
external
partnerships
Number Output
of
Indicato
contribu r
tions by
the
Commis
sion to
increase
d
internati
onal
converg
ence of
competi
tion
policy
to
multilat
eral fora
(Internat
ional
Competi
tion
Networ
k (ICN),
OECD
and
UNCTA
D).
Number
of
technical
assistance
workshop
s
organised
by
the
Commissi
on with
third
countries
with
a
view to
increased
internatio
nal
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
external
partnerships
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
470
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0219.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
converge
nce
of
competiti
on policy.
Boosting
external
partnerships
Number Output
of
Indicato
cooperat r
ion
cases
where
the
Commis
sion
cooperat
es with
other
third
country
competi
tion
authoriti
es
in
merger
and
antitrust
cases.
Number Output
of third Indicato
country r
competi
tion
authoriti
es the
Commis
sion
cooperat
es with
on
average
per
case.
Number Output
of
Indicato
working r
visits to
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
external
partnerships
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Boosting
external
partnerships
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be Increasi
define ng trend
d in for
2021-
471
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0220.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
third
country
authoriti
es with
a view
to
increase
d
internati
onal
converg
ence of
competi
tion
policy.
Boosting
external
partnerships
Number
of
competiti
on
cooperati
on
agreemen
ts
and
free trade
agreemen
ts
containin
g
provision
s
on
competiti
on
and
subsidies-
related
rules.
2020
2027
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Wider
stakeholder
outreach
Number
of
outreach
actions to
raise
awareness
of
EU
competiti
on policy.
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Wider
stakeholder
Number
of
people/or
ganisation
Output
Indicato
Number
Inhous
e
Annual
To be Increasi
define ng trend
d in for
472
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0221.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
outreach
s reached
with
outreach
actions
aimed at
raising
awareness
of
EU
competiti
on policy.
r
2020
2021-
2027
Wider
stakeholder
outreach
Percenta Result
ge
of Indicato
positive r
replies
in
opinion
surveys
agreeing
that
effectiv
e
competi
tion has
a
positive
impact
on
consum
ers.
Number
of
subscriber
s/ readers
of
Percentag
e
Survey Regular
To be
define
d in
2020
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
Wider
stakeholder
outreach
Output
Indicato
r
Number
Inhous
e
Regular
To be
define
d in
2020
DG
Competi
tion's
publicat
ions
IT and business solutions for the Single Market
Increasi
ng trend
for
2021-
2027
To facilitate
the
engagement
and
participation
of
public,
private
and
The
Output
number
of users
of
IT
Solutions
under
the
number
Interna
l-
473
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0222.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
civil
society
stakeholders
in
policy-
making and
collaborative
public service
design,
co-
creation and
delivery.
Internal
Market
Program
me that
have a
direct
Public
facing
dimensio
ns
User
Output
centricit
y score
of some
public
facing
Digital
Solutions
Number/b
enchmarki
ng
Externa
lly
conduc
ted
evaluat
ion
To facilitate
the
engagement
and
participation
of
public,
private
and
civil
society
stakeholders
in
policy-
making and
collaborative
public service
design,
co-
creation and
delivery.
To facilitate
the
engagement
and
participation
of
public,
private
and
civil
society
stakeholders
in
policy-
making and
collaborative
public service
design,
co-
creation and
delivery.
To
identify,
develop, pilot,
deploy,
maintain and
promote the
Number Output
of data
sets that
have
been
produce
d/publis
hed in
open
standard
s
Number
tbd
Number
of digital
assets/c
ompone
nts that
number
Ideally
Join-up
unless
impossi
ble for
474
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0223.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
digital
enablers that
would support
the Internal
Market
programme
objectives and
facilitate
information
exchanges at
all levels;
To
identify,
develop, pilot,
deploy,
maintain and
promote the
digital
enablers that
would support
the Internal
Market
programme
objectives and
facilitate
information
exchanges at
all levels;
To ensure the
promotion
and uptake of
the
digital
elements and
their
associated
communities
that
contribute to
an
efficient
Internal
Market
programme;
To ensure the
promotion
and uptake of
the
digital
elements and
their
have
been
develope
d/reused
/uptake
securit
y
purpos
es.
Number results
of
successf
ul cross-
border
pilots
launched
number
Particip
ants
Survey
+
interna
l
Number Output
of
conferen
ces/enga
gement
initiative
s around
Single
Market
digital
elements
Number
Interna
l-
Reuse of Result
Single
Market
digital
assets
(core
Number
NIFO
survey
combin
ed with
joined-
up and
475
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0224.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
associated
communities
that
contribute to
an
efficient
Internal
Market
programme;
To facilitate
sharing and
re-use
of
solutions and
best practices
between
Internal
Market
players;
vocabula
ry;
building
block,
framewo
k…
possibl
e
results
of
technic
al
assista
nce
Number
NIFO
scale 0 to Questi
12
onnaire
,
Nation
al
Interop
erabilit
y
Frame
work
Observ
atory
Extent to Result
which
Member
States
include
the
principle
s of the
Europea
n
Sharing
and
Reuse
Framew
ork
in
their
policies
at
national
level
Extent to output
which
ICT
is
taken
into
account
when
preparin
g
new
Internal
Market
related
legislatio
n
To undertake
the necessary
activities
to
ensure digital
aspects
are
harnessed by
design
into
Internal
Market
activities and
optimally
benefit
citizens,
businesses
and
administration
s
Number
NIFO
Questi
onnaire
,
Nation
al
Interop
erabilit
y
Frame
work
Observ
atory
European Statistical Programme' (ESP)
476
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0225.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
To produce and
communicate
high
quality
statistics
on
Europe in a
timely,
impartial
and
cost-efficient
manner,
through
enhanced
partnerships
within
the
European
Statistical
System
and
with all relevant
external parties,
using multiple
data
sources,
advanced data
analytics
methods, smart
systems
and
digital
technologies
Impact of
statistics
published
on
the
internet
Eurostat
impact on
Internet:
number of
mentions
and
percentag
e
of
positive/n
egative
opinions
Web
mentions
and share
of
positive/ne
gative
opinions
Dashbo
ards on
Eurostat
’s
impact
on the
web.
Web
"mentio
ns" are
any text
mention
ing
Eurostat
on
websites
or social
network
s
Annual
(measured
monthly)
2020
Increase
Implementation and Development of Single Market for Financial Services
A new boost for
jobs,
growth
and investment
Employm
ent rate
populatio
n
aged
20-64
FINTEC
composite
indicator
of
financial
integratio
n
in
Europe
CISS
Composit
e
indicator
of
systemic
stress
EUROS
TAT
Yearly
69.2%
(2014)
At least
75%
A deeper and
fairer internal
market with a
strengthened
industrial base
ECB
Yearly
O.5/0.3
Increase
A deeper and
fairer economic
and monetary
union
ECB
Yearly
0.25 in
normal
times
0.8 in a
crisis
mode
stable
Standards in the field of reporting and auditing
To improve the
conditions for
Number
of
IFRS
Yearly
135
Maintain
positive
477
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0226.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
the
efficient
functioning of
the
internal
market
by
supporting the
transparent and
independent
development of
international
financial
reporting and
auditing
standards
To improve the
conditions for
the
efficient
functioning of
the
internal
market
by
supporting the
transparent and
independent
development of
international
financial
reporting and
auditing
standards
countries
using the
IFRS
(2017
trend
Percentag
e
of
standards
endorsed
in the EU
compared
to
the
number of
standards
issued by
the IASB
FISMA
yearly
97%
100%
Enhancing the involvement of consumers and other end-users in Union policy-making in financial
services (ICFS)
To
further
enhance
the
participation
and
involvement of
consumers and
other financial
services
end-
users in Union
and
relevant
multi-lateral
policy-making
in the area of
financial
services.
To contribute to
the information
of consumers
and
other
financial
services
end-
users
about
issues at stake
in the financial
Number
of
position
papers
and
responses
to public
consultati
ons
for
both
beneficiar
ies.
Proxy
value to
measure
pro-
activity of
beneficiar
ies
to
influence
EU
policy-
making in
the area
of
financial
services.
Proxy
value to
capture
the reach
of
the
beneficiar
ies'
informati
on
Position
paper
or
response to
EU public
consultatio
n.
Benefici
aries'
annual
reports.
Annual.
56
(2017)
Maintain
positive
trend.
(minimu
m
threshold
for 2020
= 30)
Number
of Twitter
followers.
Twitter
followers.
Benefici
ary
Twitter
account
s
for
most
up-to-
date
Annual.
1740
(2017)
>2500
478
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0227.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
sector.
dissemina
tion
activities.
data.
Company law and anti-money laundering
Company Law:
support
the
development of
the
EU
regulatory
framework in
the area of
company law
and corporate
governance
with a view to
making
business more
efficient
and
competitive
while providing
protection for
stakeholders
affected
by
company
operations;
ensure
appropriate
evaluation and
enforcement of
the
relevant
acquis; inform
and
assist
stakeholders
and
promote
information
exchange in the
area.
Anti-money
Laundering and
counter
terrorism
financing
(AML/CTF): to
enhance
the
correct and full
implementation
and application
of EU legal
framework for
anti-money
laundering and
countering
terrorism
financing
(AML/CFT) by
Timely
budget
execution
Execution
of more
than 95%
of budget
by year-
end
Use of budget
available
ABAC
(Commissi
on
financial
system)
Annual
>95%
>95%
479
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0228.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
the EU Member
States,
to
develop future
AML/CFT
policies
to
address
new
challenges
in
the AML/CTF
field.
Consumer programme and New Deal for consumers
General performance
indicator
Improvement
in
the
Consumer
Conditions
Index
Composite
indicator
reflecting
consumers
and traders
perception on
the
functioning of
retail markets
%
of
consumers
who
agree
(strongly
agree
or
agree)
that
they
trust
consumer
organisations
to
protect
their rights as
consumers
Index
100=
maximum
theoretical score
Consumer
Scoreboard
(Commissio
n)
Every two years
65 (2016)
(current
target for
2020: 66)
Improvement
of 3 points
over
the
period
Strengthening
consumer
organisations' roles in
consumer
policy-
making and advocacy
at EU and national
levels
%
of
consumers
who
trust
consumer
organisations
to
protect
their rights as
consumers
%
Regular
survey on
consumer
attitudes
towards
cross-
border
trade and
consumer
protection
(Consumer
Conditions
Scoreboard
)
ECCs
Every two year
72% (2016)
75% at the
end of the
reference
period
Enabling
assistance
and redress systems
for
individual
consumers including in
a cross border context
Ensuring qualified
entities in the meaning
of the future Directive
on representative
actions (replacing the
current Injunctions
Directive) can deliver
on their role to bring
representative actions
[subject to adoption of
the
Directive
on
representative
actions]
Ensuring enforcement
authorities competent
in
consumer
and
product safety laws
can deliver a high level
of compliance to the
acquis
Number
of
visits to the
websites
of
the ECCs.
Total number
of
unique
visitors
on
ECCs websites
Nb
yearly
4.3mio
(2016)
+1% per year
Increased
capacity
qualified
entities
of
Number
of
qualified
entities
participating
in cooperation
and exchange
of
best
practices
mechanism
Nb
Commissio
n
Every two years
At least one
qualified
entity
per
country at the
end of the
period
%
of
compliance
rate in first
level SWEEPS
of the CPC
network
% of websites
checked
by
CPC
authorities in
a CPC sweep
and
found
compliant to
consumer law
%
Commissio
n
yearly
N/A
Above 40% on
average over
the period
480
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0229.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
%
Source of
data
Commissio
n
Frequency of
measurement
yearly
Baseline
Target
% of RAPEX
notifications
entailing
at
least
one
follow-up
action
(by
other
Member
States)
Ensuring
the
availability of market
intelligence tools and
joint actions in the
field of product safety
including in relation to
testing of dangerous
products
Enabling effective and
coordinated EU-level
enforcement actions
in
the
field
of
consumer law and
product safety
Providing
a
high
quality
general
information
on
consumer markets and
conditions
and
behaviours and on
safety issues
Number
of
joint actions
performed
% of RAPEX
notifications
entailing
at
least
one
follow-up
action
(by
other
Member
States)
Number
of
joint actions
performed
46%
2017
in
Increase of 30
% over the
MFF period to
60 %
Nb
Commissio
n
Every two year
At least 3 at
the end of the
period
Number
of
coordinated
EU-level
actions
performed
Number
of
coordinated
EU-level
actions
performed
Nb
Commissio
n
Every two year
At least 3 at
the end of the
period
Publication of
a relevant set
of indicators
on
retail
markets
Number of EU
level report
on consumer
markets
or
conditions
published by
the
Commission
Average
percentage of
correct
answers given
by consumers
on
3
questions
related to the
following
topics: rights
in case of the
reception of
unsolicited
products,
faulty product
guarantee and
distance
purchase
cooling-off
period.
%
of
consumers
who
have
declared
to
feel
vulnerable or
disadvantaged
(either " to a
great extent"
or "to some
extent")
when
choosing and
buying goods
or
services,
because
of
the
complexity of
offers, terms
and
Nb
Commissio
n
yearly
1 per year
1 per year
Ensuring consumers
are aware of their
rights and of consumer
safety issues
%
correct
answers to 3
questions on
consumer
knowledge of
relevant
legislation
%
Regular
survey on
consumer
attitudes
towards
cross-
border
trade and
consumer
protection
(Consumer
Conditions
Scoreboard
)
Every two years
49% (2016)
53% at the
end of the
reference
period
Reducing vulnerability
of consumers also
linked to negative
consequences
of
market digitalisation
% of
consumers
who feel
vulnerable
because of
the
complexity of
offers, terms
and
conditions
%
Regular
survey on
consumer
attitudes
towards
cross-
border
trade and
consumer
protection
(Consumer
Conditions
Scoreboard
)
Every two years
21.3%
(2016)
19% at the
end of the
reference
period
481
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0230.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
conditions
Promoting sustainable
consumption
behaviours
%
of
consumers
who
are
influenced by
the
environmenta
l impact when
choosing
goods/service
s
%
of
consumers
who declared
that
considering
everything
they
have
bought during
the last two
weeks,
the
environmenta
l impact of
any goods or
services also
influence their
choice (one of
the following
answers: "yes,
for all or most
of
the
goods/service
s
bought","
yes, but only
for
some",
"Yes, but only
for one or
two")
%
Regular
survey on
consumer
attitudes
towards
cross-
border
trade and
consumer
protection
(Consumer
Conditions
Scoreboard
)
Every two year
49.8%
(2016)
53% by the
end of the
reference
period
Internal Market governance tools
Enhancing
access
to
information
through
the
Your
Europe
public
information
website
Visits and
user
satisfactio
n
Number
of visits
to
the
Your
Europe
portal and
user
satisfactio
n
One
individual
person
visiting a
single
webpage in
a
single
on-line
session.
YE
users
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
20,1
million
/ 90%
of user
satisfact
ion
/
2017
Stable
number of
users
(over 100
million
visitors
over the
whole
period)
and user
satisfactio
n
Yearly
increase
from
benchmar
k in Year
1,
towards
target of
90%
Enhancing
access
to
information
through
the
Your
Europe
public
information
website,
ensuring
full
coverage
of
national
information
citizens
and
businesses
need, in line
with Annex I of
the
SDG
proposed
Regulation
Succesful
search
Percentag
e
of
businesse
s
and
citizens
who
indicate
they have
found the
informati
on they
were
looking
for.
One
individual
person
visiting a
single
webpage in
a single on
line
session.
YE/SD
G user
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
482
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0231.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
Enhancing
access to advice
and assistance
through YEA
YEA
performa
nce
Performa
nce of the
YEA
service in
terms of
number of
enquiries
received,
ensuring
continute
d
high
quality
and speed
of replies
Maintain
the
performa
nce
standard
of
SOLVIT
while
ensuring
good
availabilit
y,
particularl
y
with
regard to
businesse
s
IMI
performa
nce
in
terms of
policy
areas
covered
Individual
enquiries
YEA
user
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
22662
enquirie
s
receive
d
(of
which
19042
eligible
)
in
2017
+/-
20.000
eligible
cases per
year.
Giving
SOLVIT a more
prominent role
in the overall
EU
Law
enforcement.
SOLVIT
performa
nce
Number of
days
between
receipt and
closure of a
case.
SOLVI
T
network
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
2.414
cases in
2017:
64 days
average
.
+/-
60
days
average.
Improve
management of
cross-border
Single Market
challenges,
while
promoting IT
rationalisation
Improve
management of
cross-border
Single Market
challenges,
while
promoting IT
rationalisation
Policy
areas
covered
by IMI
Policy area
IMI
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
12
policy
areas
covered
in 2017
Integratin
g at least
1 to 1.5
new
policy
area every
year
EPC
applicatio
ns
IMI
performa
nce
in
terms of
submitted
EPC
applicatio
ns
Each
individual
EPC
application
IMI and
EPC
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
2.309
EPC
applicat
ions
submitt
ed
in
2017
Duplicati
ng
the
issuance
of EPC,
dependin
g on the
expansion
of
the
covered
professio
ns.
Increase
use of the
system of
10% per
Improve
management of
cross-border
Single Market
IMI
bilateral
requests
IMI
performa
nce
in
terms of
Bilateral
requests
IMI
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
14.764
requests
sent
483
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0232.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
challenges,
while
promoting IT
rationalisation
Improve
awareness
services
available
through
gateway
Monthly
users
number of
bilateral
requests
year.
of
the
Trends in
average
number of
monthly
users.
One
individual
person
visiting a
single
webpage in
a single on
line
session.
One
individual
person
visiting a
single
webpage in
a single on
line
session.
User
statistics
Monthly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Monthly
increase
from
benchmar
k
in
month 1
Eliminate
or
overcome
duplication
complexity,
improve
findability
of
information,
advice,
problem-
solving services
and procedures
on a cross-
border basis
Improve quality
across the board
for
all
information,
assistance and
problem-
solving
services, as well
as e-procedures
Monthly
users
Trends in
average
number of
monthly
users.
User
statistics
Monthly
measureme
nt
Monthly
increase
from
benchmar
k
in
month 1,
towards
target of
90%
Satisfacti
on with
quality
Percentag
e
of
business
and
citizens
who
indicate
satisfactio
n
with
quality
(based on
criteria).
Percentag
e
of
businesse
s
and
citizens
who
indicate
that they
have been
able
to
complete
the
available
procedure
s
fully
Quality
criteria to
be defined
in the SDG
Regulation.
User
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Yearly
increase
from
benchmar
k in Year
1,
towards
target of
90%
Ensure that EU
citizens
and
businesses can
complete
the
most important
part of their
interactions
with
the
administration
online
Ability to
complete
procedure
s on-line
Individual
users
User
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Yearly
increase
from
benchmar
k in Year
1,
towards
target of
95%
484
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0233.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
online.
Ability to
complete
procedure
s on-line
Make
all
procedures
indicated in the
SDG
fully
accessible for
non-national
citizens
and
businesses
Percentag
e
of
cross-
border
businesse
s
and
citizens
who
indicate
that they
have been
able
to
complete
the
available
procedure
s
fully
online.
Usability
of
data
from user
feedback
tool and
from
assistance
services
regarding
obstacles
in
the
Single
Market
and
quality of
resulting
report
Individual
users
User
statistics
Yearly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Yearly
increase
from
benchmar
k in Year
1,
towards
target of
95%
Get a more
systematic
overview
of
obstacles
encountered by
cross-border
users
Feedback
Data
received
through the
user
feedback
tool
User
feedbac
k
Yearly
measureme
nt
Bench
mark to
be
decided
in year
1, upon
launch
of the
SDG
Positive
feedback
from
stakehold
ers
on
usefulnes
s
of
reporting
on Single
Market
obstacles
Support to Standardisation activities
Impact
of
standardisation
in the internal
market
>
90%
average
of all EU
members
Percentag
e
of
agreed
EU
standards
that have
been
published
/enforced
at
National
level
Report
based on
Art
24
EU
Active
published
European
standards at
National
level
/Active
European
standards
CEN,
CENEL
EC
TRIMESTR
IEL
90%
average
of all
EU
member
s
95%
average
of all EU
members
Implementation
of
EU
Regulation No
Acceptan
ce of the
report
after
No
infringeme
nts of the
EU
CEN,
CENEL
EC,
ETSI,
ANNUAL
Compli
ance
with the
provisio
Positive
report
485
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0234.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
1025/2012
positive
assessme
nt
Regulatio
n
No
1025/201
2
Regulation
No
1025/2012
organisa
tions
mention
ed in the
annex
III
of
the EU
Regulati
on No
1025/20
12
The KPI
will use
the
formal
commu
nication
of non-
publicat
ion in
the
OJEU
received
by
CEN,
CENEL
EC,
ETSI
from the
Commis
sion
(within
2
months
from the
day the
referenc
e of the
harmoni
sed
standard
has
been
sent to
the
Commis
sion) to
calculat
e
the
level of
accepta
nce of
the
harmoni
zed
standard
s
for
Annual
n of the
EU
Regulat
ion No
1025/20
12
Publication of
harmonised
standards
fulfilling
essential
requirements
(KPI #1)
This KPI
will have
a weight
of 30% in
the
overall
performa
nce index
of each
European
s
standardis
ation
organisati
ons
(CEN,
CENELE
C, ETSI)
This KPI
is based
on
the
Art. 10(6)
of
Regulatio
n
(EU)
No.
1025/201
2,
and
relates to
the
fulfilment
of
essential
requireme
nts by the
CEN,
CENELE
C, ETSI
harmonis
ed
standards
sent
by
CEN,
CENELE
C, ETSI
to
the
Commissi
on
for
reference
publicatio
n in the
Official
Journal of
the
European
Union
(OJEU).
KPI #1 = [
(nbr of hs
nbr of EC
fc) / (nbr of
hs) ] x
100%
Where hs
is
the
number of
harmonised
standards
sent
by
CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI to the
Commissio
n
for
reference
publication
in
the
Official
Journal of
the
European
Union
(OJEU).
EC fc is the
number of
formal
communica
tion of non-
publication
received by
CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI from
the
EC
within
2
months
from
the
day
the
harmonised
standard
has
been
KPIs
(1, 2, 3)
will be
combin
ed into
an
Overall
Perform
ance
Index
(OPI)
for the
Partner,
obtaine
d as a
weighte
d sum.
KPIs (1,
2, 3) will
be
combined
into
an
Overall
Performa
nce Index
(OPI) for
the
Partner,
obtained
as
a
weighted
sum.
486
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0235.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
sent to the
Commissio
n by CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI
Timely delivery
of
standards
(KPI #2)
This KPI
will have
a weight
of 35% in
the
overall
performa
nce index.
This KPI
aims
at
monitorin
g
the
capacity
of
the
CEN,
CENELE
C, ETSI
to manage
the
projects
they
undertake
,
for
identified
actions
covered
by
the
Operating
Grant
work
program
me and
for
standardiz
ation
related
work
covered
by Action
Grants.
a. Actions
defined in
the
Operating
Grant
(Partial KPI
#2a)
Five
(5)
actions and
their
correspondi
ng
indicators
will
be
jointly
identified
and agreed
between the
Commissio
n and CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI
within the
Operating
Grant
proposal.
This partial
KPI (KPI
#2a)
measures
the
percentage
of
achievemen
t from the 5
actions
identified.
KPI #2a = [
(nbr
of
actions
timely
achieved) /
5 identified
actions ] x
100%
b.Deliverab
les defined
in Action
referenc
e
publicat
ion.
Informa
tion
received
by the
CEN,
CENEL
EC,
ETSI
Annual
KPIs
(1, 2, 3)
will be
combin
ed into
an
Overall
Perform
ance
Index
(OPI)
for the
Partner,
obtaine
d as a
weighte
d sum.
KPIs (1,
2, 3) will
be
combined
into
an
Overall
Performa
nce Index
(OPI) for
the
Partner,
obtained
as
a
weighted
sum.
487
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0236.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
Grants
(Partial KPI
#2b)
CEN-
CENELEC
will follow
up
the
implementa
tion of the
action
grants and
the
contractual
deliverables
, in terms
of:
Ov
erall quality
of the cost
justification
files sent by
CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI to the
Commissio
n based on
the
Cost
Control
Strategy
(KPI
#2bsub1);
Pr
oviding
information
(KPI
#2bsub2) to
the
Commissio
n in the
form
of:
payments
forecast for
the signed
contracts;
and
a
status
update for
the
new
contract
proposals.
The format,
488
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0237.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
content and
periodicity
of
the
above
reports will
be jointly
identified
and agreed
between the
Commissio
n and CEN,
CENELEC,
ETSI
for
the given
year.
KPI
#2bsub1 =
[(nbr
of
correct
justification
files) / (nbr
of
justification
files sent)]
x 100%
KPI
#2bsub2 =
[(nbr
of
reports
provided) /
(nbr
of
reports
agreed)] x
100%
This partial
KPI (KPI
#2b)
measures
the
percentage
of
deliverables
achieved
from these
two
sub-
KPIs,
as
follows:
KPI #2b = [
(KPI
#2bsub1 +
KPI
#2bsub2) ] /
2
489
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0238.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
c.KPI
calculation
The final
value
for
the KPI for
timely
delivery is
the
combinatio
n of the two
partial
KPIs,
weighted at
80% for the
Operating
Grant
deliverables
and
20%
for
the
Action
Grants
deliverables
.
KPI #2
(KPI #2a
80%)
(KPI #2b
20%)
3.
Reduc
ed development
time (KPI #3)
This KPI
will have
a weight
of 35% in
the
overall
performa
nce index.
Action 3
of
the
strategy
communi
cation
COM(201
1)
311
pays a lot
of
importanc
e
to
speeding
up
the
standard
developm
ent
process
and sets a
target to
reduce the
developm
ent time
with 50%
by 2020.
This KPI
will only
apply to
=
x
+
x
KPI #3 =
[Avg target
(N) / Avg
achieved
(N)]
x
100%
Where:Avg
target (N):
Agreed
target for
the average
developme
nt time for
the year in
question
Avg
achieved
(N):
The
average
developme
nt
time
achieved
for the year
in question
Informa
tion
received
by the
CEN,
CENEL
EC,
ETSI
Annual
KPIs
(1, 2, 3)
will be
combin
ed into
an
Overall
Perform
ance
Index
(OPI)
for the
Partner,
obtaine
d as a
weighte
d sum.
KPIs (1,
2, 3) will
be
combined
into
an
Overall
Performa
nce Index
(OPI) for
the
Partner,
obtained
as
a
weighted
sum.
490
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0239.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
home
grown
mandated
standards.
A home
grown
mandated
standard
is
a
standard
developed
by CEN-
CENELE
C-ETSI,
not linked
to ISO-
IEC,
following
a
standardiz
ation
request
(mandate)
received
from the
Commissi
on
and
accepted
by CEN-
CENELE
C-ETSI,
and which
is
intended
to
be
reference
d in the
Official
Journal of
the
European
Union
(OJEU).
Overall
Performance
Index (OPI)
OPI
>85%
KPIs (1,
2, 3) will
be
combined
into
an
Overall
Performa
nce Index
(OPI) for
the
Partner,
obtained
as
a
OPI = (KPI
#1 x 30%)
+ (KPI #2 x
35%)
+
(KPI #3 x
35%)
KPI (1,
2,3)
Annual
85%
95%
491
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0240.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
weighted
sum.
Single market for goods and services
Increased cross-
border
and
coordinated
market
surveillance
for harmonised
non-food
products
[1]
Joint
market
surveillan
ce
campaign
s
Joint
market
surveillan
ce
campaign
s in the
area
of
harmonis
ed
product
legislatio
n
with
80% or
more
participati
ng MS
Number of
campaigns
ICSMS
yearly
5-7
campai
gns/yea
r with
over
half MS
particip
ating
(2017)
2021-
2023 :
15
2023-
2027:
30-40
Increased cross-
border
and
coordinated
market
surveillance
for harmonised
non-food
products
[1]
National
enforcem
ent
strategies
building
enforcem
ent
capacities
Number of
strategies
supported
ICSMS
yearly
-
limited,
ad-hoc
best-
practice
exchan
ge
measur
es
(2017)
- 3 pilot
strategi
es
(2020)
None
(2017)
2021-
2023:
7
2023-
2027:
10
Increased cross-
border
and
coordinated
market
surveillance
for harmonised
non-food
products
[1]
Peer
reviews
of
Member
States'
enforcem
ent
strategies
and
performa
In-depth
peer
reviews
of
member
states'
market
surveillan
ce
conducted
by the EU
Number of
peer
reviews
EU
Product
Complia
nce
Networ
k
yearly
2021-
2023:
3
2023-
2027:
5
Regulation n° (EC) 765/2008 setting out the requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of
products, Proposal for a Regulation on Compliance and Enforcement of Union harmonisation legislation on products
(COM(2017)795, 19.12.2017)
[1]
Regulation n° (EC) 765/2008 setting out the requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of
products, Proposal for a Regulation on Compliance and Enforcement of Union harmonisation legislation on products
(COM(2017)795, 19.12.2017)
[1]
Regulation n° (EC) 765/2008 setting out the requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of
products, Proposal for a Regulation on Compliance and Enforcement of Union harmonisation legislation on products
(COM(2017)795, 19.12.2017)
[1]
492
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0241.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
nce
Product
Complian
ce
Network
COSME
1. Addressing
the access to
finance gap for
SMEs
2. Facilitating
SMEs' access to
markets
and
supporting them
in
addressing
global
and
societal
challenges;
Number
of SMEs
receiving
support
and total
volume of
financing
made
available
to SMEs
supported
Number
of
companie
s
participati
ng
in
matchma
king
events
Number
of
companie
s
supported
having
concluded
business
partnershi
ps;
Number
of
entrepren
eurs or
SMEs
receiving
business
advisory
services
Number
of SMEs
created
after
participati
on of
entrepren
eurs in
actions of
Output
indicator
Units, euros
EIF
annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
Output
indicator
units
Executi
ve
Agency,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
493
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0242.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
3)Business
Environment,
Industrial
modernisation,
Competitivenes
s
and
Entrepreneurshi
p
All
objectives
the
program
me
Satisfacti
on rate of
beneficiar
ies of the
program
me
or
participan
ts to the
program
me;
Number
of
partnershi
ps,
agreemen
ts
or
projects
generated
by
collaborat
ive
or
networkin
g
activities
Satisfacti
on rate of
beneficiar
ies of the
program
me
or
participan
ts to the
program
me;
Number
of
SMEs/Ent
repreneur
s
benefittin
g
from
outputs
generated
by
the
measures
of
this
objective
Budget
Implemen
tation rate
2020
Output
indicator
percentage
activity
monitori
ng
or
surveys
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
none
Output
indicator
units
EASME
,
activity
monitori
ng
Annual, or
bi-annual
2020
To be set
in
function
of
the
available
budget
and
results in
2020
Output
indicator
percentage
Activity
monitori
ng,
survey
Annual or
Bi-annual
none
none
Output
indicator
units
Activity
monitori
ng,
survey
Annual or
Bi-annual
None
Measures
the degree
to which
the
implemen
tation
follows
the
percentage
ABAC
annual
none
Between
95
and
100%
494
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0243.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
budget
allocation
All
objectives
All
objectives
Number
of
beneficiar
ies
awarded
in calls in
proportio
n
to
applicatio
ns
received
Geograph
ical
coverage
of
the
measure
per capita
Measures
the
success of
calls
published
Percentage
Agency
IT tool
annual
none
none
Measures
the
distributio
n of the
funding
across
participati
ng
countries
Impacts
and
results
measurem
ent
euros
EIF,
EASME
,
Eurostat
annual
none
none
All objectives
except access to
finances
Employm
ent and
turnover
increase
by
companie
s having
been
supported
Units
euros
and
Surveys
Evaluations,
prinicipally
final
and
ex-post
none
none
Health Programme
1. Prepare for
and
counter
health crises
175
Quality of
EU
response
to future
health
crises
-
improvem
ent
Assessme
nt of the
quality of
EU
response
to future
health
crises,
and
in
particular,
in terms
of
observed
improvem
ent
in
comparis
on with
previous
Qualitative
Evaluati
on/asses
sment
reports
prepare
d by the
Commis
sion and
by EU
other
instituti
ons or
by
relevant
Internati
onal
Organis
ations,
Depends on
occurrence
of
severe
health crises
Situatio
n
during
the
Ebola
crisis:
EU
respons
emecha
nisms
demons
trated
added
value,
but
lessons
learnt
from
Improve
ment in
the
managem
ent
of
future
cross-
border
health
crises in
comparis
on with
previous
occurrenc
es
175
This has to be understood as every potential crisis with a health dimension.
495
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0244.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
crises
drawing
lessons
from
previous
crises
experie
nce and
capacit
y gaps
were
also
highlig
hted
Annual
Situatio
n
in
year
2020,
as
regard
quality
and
complet
eness of
national
prepare
dness
plans
90% of
Member
States
reporting
full
complian
ce with
the
Internatio
nal Health
Regulatio
ns,
through
annual
reporting
to WHO
1.1 Capacity-
building
measures
for
crisis
preparedness,
management
and response
a. Quality
&
complete
ness
of
national
preparedn
ess plans
Availabili
ty, quality
and
complete
ness
of
preparedn
ess plans
and extent
to which
Member
States
have put
them in
place to
counter
future
health
threats, as
shown by
the
transmissi
on
of
these
plans to
the Health
Security
Committe
e
and
their
subseque
nt
analysis
by
the
Commissi
on
Adoption
and
implemen
tation by
professio
nals and
practition
ers
in
Member
States of
tools
developed
during
Quantitativ
e/qualitativ
e
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/Health
Security
Commit
tee
(HSC)
b. Level
of uptake
of tools
by
professio
nals/pract
itioners
Quantitativ
e/qualitativ
e / level
Assess
ment by
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/HSC
Annual/per
manent
Situatio
n
in
year
2020
Good to
very good
level by
all MS
Specific
target will
depend
upon the
severity
of
case/issue
/outbreak
496
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0245.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
capacity
building
and other
knowledg
e sharing
exercises
(e.g.
percentag
e
of
messages
of those
supposed
to
be
transmitte
d through
the Early
Warning
and
Response
System
EWRS)
1.2 Response to
cross-border
health threats
during crisis
a.
Availabili
ty
of
vaccines
and
counterm
easures
during
crises
Level of
availabilit
y in terms
of
quantity
and
quality of
vaccines
and other
medical
counterm
easures to
be used
during
disease
outbreaks
and crises
with
health
dimensio
n
obtained
through
joint
procurem
ent or any
other
mechanis
m
supported
by
the
Health
Program
me
number
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
Annual/per
manent
Situatio
n
in
2020:
number
of
availabl
e
medical
counter
measur
es
addressed
(e.g.
Ebola,
Infuenza)
Availabili
ty across
EU of 3
additional
vaccines/
counterm
easures at
end of the
Program
me
497
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0246.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
1.3.
Support
laboratory
capacity
a.
EULabCa
p index
EULabCa
p index is
an
aggregate
d index
resulting
from the
annual
survey
carried
out by the
European
Centre for
Disease
Preventio
n
and
Control
ECDC.
The
aggregate
d index
provides a
robust
EU-wide
assessme
nt
of
collective
laboratory
capacity
Number
of
laboratori
es
participati
ng
in
Joint
Actions
launched
by
the
Program
me with
the aim
to support
laboratory
capacity
Number
on a scale
of 0-10
The
EULab
Cap
survey
method
ology
develop
ed
by
the
Europea
n Centre
for
Disease
Preventi
on and
Control
- ECDC
Annual
EULab
Cap
Report
released
by
ECDC
Annual
In
2015,
the
EULab
Cap
aggrega
te index
for
EU/EE
A was
7.5 on a
scale of
0-10
Regular
increase
of
the
aggregate
d
EULabCa
p index
1.3.
Support
laboratory
capacity
b.
Number
of
laboratori
es
participati
ng
in
Joint
Actions
Quantitativ
e (number)
Benefici
aries of
the
grant
agreeme
nts
conclud
ed in the
context
of the
Joint
Actions
to
support
laborato
ry
capacity
Annual
37
associat
ed
/
collabor
ating
partners
from 25
Europe
an
countrie
s
are
particip
ating in
EMER
GE
Joint
Action
expandin
g
the
involvem
ent
of
relevant
laboratori
es across
the EU
10 new
members
by 2028
covering
most
Member
States +
relevant
partner
countries
Reduction
, at the
end of the
Program
me,
by
20% of
informati
on
managem
2. Empower
health systems
with emphasis
on their digital
transformation
Decrease
in
the
costs
related to
managem
ent
of
informati
on,
resulting
EU-wide
assessme
nt of the
decrease
of
the
costs of
managem
ent
of
informati
number
Compre
hensive
study to
be
carried
out by
Joint
Researc
h Centre
multiannual
Situatio
n
in
2020:
estimat
e
of
costs of
informa
tion
manage
498
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0247.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
from
increased
digital
transform
ation of
health
systems
on, linked
with
increased
digital
transform
ation of
health
systems
JRC,
with a
view to
assessin
g,
among
others,
the
reductio
n
of
costs of
manage
ment of
the
informat
ion,
resultin
g from
increase
d
digitisat
ion of
health
systems
number
Member
States,
National
contact
points
NCPs,
surveys
Annual/per
manent
ment by
health
systems
,
derived
from
the
planned
Study
ent costs
as
compared
to
baseline
2.1 Support the
digital
transformation
of health and
care
Number
of
eHealth
solutions
or tools
up-taken
and
implemen
ted
in
Member
States’
health
systems
Number
of
eHealth
solutions
or tools
up-taken
and
implemen
ted
in
Member
States’
health
systems
per
million
euros
invested
from the
Health
Program
me’s
budget
Dependin
g on their
needs and
priorities,
the
sustainabi
lity
of
current
and future
networks
Situatio
n
in
2020
At least 1
case
of
eHealth
solution
or
tool
up-taken
and
implemen
ted
per
million
euros
invested
from the
Health
Program
me, over
the
duration
of
the
Program
me 2021-
2028
Sustainab
ility
of
health
informati
on
networks
at end of
the
Program
me,
by
2.2 Support the
development of
a
sustainable
EU
health
information
system
Health
networks
sustainabi
lity
qualitativ
e
Ad hoc
report
or
survey
carried
out by
Commis
sion
Services
or by an
At the end
situatio
in
of
the
n
2020
Program
me
499
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0248.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
on health
informati
on
is
defined in
this
context
by their
ability to
continue
their
operation
s after the
end of co-
funding
from the
Health
program
me
budget;
2.3 Support the
national reform
processes
for
more effective,
accessible and
resilient health
systems
Number
of health-
related
recomme
ndations
coming
from the
EU
Semester
process
that are
successful
ly
addressed
, with the
support of
the Health
Program
me (or of
the ESF+
Program
me)
Degree of
transposit
ion of EU
health
legislatio
n into the
national
legal
systems
measured
by regular
evaluatio
Number
of health-
related
recomme
ndations
coming
from the
EU
Semester
process
that are
successful
ly
addressed
, with the
support of
the Health
Program
me (or of
the ESF+
Program
me)
Degree of
transposit
ion
of
legislatio
n
into
national
laws/regu
lations
and legal
systems.
The
degree of
number
external
organisa
tion
acting
on
behalf
of
Commis
sion
services
2028
EU
Semeste
r
Process,
Commis
sion
services
Annual
In
2017,
EU
Semest
er
country
-
specific
recomm
endatio
ns
related
to
health
systems
were
issued
to nine
Membe
r States
At least
one
country-
specific
recomme
ndation
relating to
health
systems
successful
ly
addressed
,
with
support of
the Health
Program
me (or of
the ESF+
Program
me)
176
3. Support EU
health
legislation
qualitative
Commis
sion/MS
authoriti
es/Evalu
ation
reports
Frequency
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
in
the
relevant
legal acts
Situatio
n
in
2020,
as will
have
been
assesse
d by the
Commi
ssion
and
Membe
High
degree of
transposit
ion by all
Member
States
176
To be confirmed by the responsible operational unit
500
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0249.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
ns
transposit
ion
is
measured
among
others by
regular
reports,
some of
which are
foreseen
in
the
concerned
legal acts.
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
medical
devices in
their
national
legal
system, as
reported
by
successiv
e
evaluatio
n reports
Number
of
projects
by
the
Biologica
l
Standardi
sation
Program
me (BSP)
for
the
quality
control of
biological
s.
The
activities
by
biological
standardis
percentage
Commis
sion/MS
authoriti
es/Evalu
ation
reports
Same as the
frequency
provided for
in the legal
act
r States
3.1.
Manage,
maintain
and
implement the
legislation on
medical devices
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
medical
devices in
their
national
legal
system
Situatio
n
in
2020,
as will
have
been
assesse
d by the
Commi
ssion
and
Membe
r States
90% of
Member
States
having
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
medical
devices at
the end of
the
Program
me
3.2. Support the
implementation
of
Union
legislation on
medicinal
products and on
Health
Technology
Assessment
a.
Number
of
projects
by the
Biologic
al
Standar
disation
Program
me
(BSP)
for the
quality
control
of
number
Comm Annual
ission/
MS
authori
ties/Ev
aluatio
n
reports
118
projec
ts
finaliz
ed
since
its
incepti
on, 4
in
2016
Around
4 BSP
projects
conclud
ed
annually
501
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0250.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
biologic
als
ation
program
ensure the
independe
nce
of
tests on
biological
s, allows
comparis
on
of
tests,
ensures
high
quality
biological
s
and
aims to
reduce
animal
testing in
the EU.
Number
of
Regulator
y
Members
from the
Member
States
joining
the ICH
and
implemen
ting
its
guidelines
3.2. Support the
implementation
of
Union
legislation on
medicinal
products and on
Health
Technology
Assessment
b.
Number
of
Regulator
y
Members
from
Member
States
joining
the ICH
number
Comm Annual
ission/
MS
authori
ties
Situati
on in
2020,
as
provid
ed by
Comm
ission
servic
es’
evalua
tion
Regulat
ory
Member
s from
14
addition
al
Member
States
joining
the ICH
and
implem
enting
its
guidelin
es at the
end of
the
Program
me
90% of
Member
States
having
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
3.3.
Monitor
and
support
Member States
in
their
implementation
of legislation in
the area of
substances of
human origin
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
Percenta
percentage
ge
of
Member
States
which
have
implem
ented
502
Commis
sion/MS
authoriti
es/Evalu
ation
reports
Same as the
frequency
provided for
in the legal
act
Year
2020
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0251.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
(SoHO)
n in the
field of
substance
s
of
human
origin
(SoHO)
in
their
national
legal
system
the EU
legislati
on
in
the field
of
substanc
es
of
human
origin
(SoHO)
in their
national
legal
system,
as
reported
by
successi
ve
evaluati
on
reports
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
tobacco in
their
national
legal
system, as
reported
by
successiv
e
evaluatio
n reports
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
substance
s
of
human
origin
(SoHO) at
the end of
the
Program
me
3.4. Support the
implementation
of
tobacco
legislation
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
tobacco in
their
national
legal
system
percentag
e
Comm
ission/
Memb
er
States
Author
ities
Same as
the
frequency
provided
for in the
legal act
Situati
on in
2020,
as
provid
ed by
Comm
ission
servic
es’
evalua
tion
90% of
Member
States
having
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
tobacco at
the end of
the
Program
me
3.5. Support the
implementation
of
Union
legislation
in
the area of
cross-border
Percentag
e
of
Member
States
which
have
percentage
Commis
sion/MS
authoriti
es/Evalu
ation
Annual or at
least
at
frequency
provided for
in relevant
Situatio
n
in
2020,
as
provide
d
by
90% of
Member
States
having
implemen
ted
the
503
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0252.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
healthcare
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
cross-
border
healthcare
in
their
national
legal
system
implemen
ted
the
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
cross-
border
healthcare
in
their
national
legal
system, as
reported
by
successiv
e
evaluatio
n reports
Number
of
scientific
opinions
issued
and
approved
by
the
Commissi
on’s
scientific
committe
es
number
reports
legal act
Commi
ssion
services
evaluati
on
EU
legislatio
n in the
field of
cross-
border
healthcare
at the end
of
the
Program
me
3.6. Support to
the
Commission'
scientific
committees on
"Consumer
Safety" and on
"Health,
Environmental
and Emerging
Risks"
Number
of
scientific
opinions
issued
and
approved
Commis
sion
Annual
30
opinion
s
finalize
d since
2016
Continuo
us
number of
opinions
in
line
with
recent
values:
10/year,
(if
the
average
number of
issues
arising in
a given
year
is
higher
than 10)
or
all
arising
issues
receiving
a
scientific
opinion,
in
case
their
average
annual
number is
less than
10.
Increase
of
the
composite
indicator
by 20% at
4. Support
integrated work
Strength
of
integrated
work
engageme
The
Strength
of
integrated
work
number
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/CHAF
Annual
Situatio
n
in
2020
504
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0253.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
nt
engageme
nt
indicator
will
be
based on
an equal
weighting
aggregati
on of the
indicators
of the 3
operation
al
priorities
below
177
:
ERNs,
HTA, and
Implemen
tation of
Best
Practices
Number
of
patients
which
were
diagnosed
and
treated by
ERN
networks
Number
of
Member
States
which
have
joined the
Coordinat
ion Group
as
members
in
the
transition
al period.
number
EA
the end of
the
Program
me
4.1.ERNs
Number
of
patients
supported
by ERNs
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/CHAF
EA
Annual
Number
of
patients
that
made
consult
ations
in
ERNs
by 2020
Situatio
n
in
2020,
as
provide
d
by
Commi
ssion
services
evaluati
on
Early in
its
developm
ent, target
to
be
establishe
d in 2020
4.2.HTA.
a.
Transition
al period.
coordinati
on level
percentage
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/NCPs
Annual
Increase
by 20%
178
4.2.HTA.
b.
Number
of joint
clinical
Number
of
clinical
number
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
Annual
Situatio
n
in
2020,
as
50 HTA
The detailed aggregation methodology for defining the composite indicator from the indicators requires further information and data analysis in order
to be finalised
178
To be confirmed by responsible operational unit: applicable only before the adoption of HTA legislation. Once HTA legislation is adopted, the
relevant indicator will be addressed under the
Support to EU health legislation
specific objective
177
505
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0254.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
assessme
nts
on
medicinal
products
and
on
medical
devices
assessm
ents
jointly
carried
out
/NCPs
provide
d
by
Commi
ssion
services
evaluati
on s
Annual
Situatio
n
in
year
2020,
as
provide
d
by
estimati
ons
relating
to the
4th
Health
progra
mme
4.3.Implemenati
on
of
best
practices
a.
Number
of
best
practices
transferre
d
per
million of
€ invested
Number number
of best
practice
s
transferr
ed
to
Member
States
(receivi
ng MS)
per
million
of
invested
from the
Health
Program
me
Percentag
e of EU
populatio
n of the
geographi
cal
territory
in which
each best
practice is
transferre
d
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/NCPs/a
d
hoc
survey
na
179
4.3.Implemenati
on
of
best
practices4
b.
Percentag
e of EU
populatio
n of the
geographi
cal
territory
in which
each best
practice is
transferre
d
percentag
e
Commis
sion/DG
SANTE
/NCPs/a
d
hoc
survey
Annual
No
baseline
availabl
e
Maximi
zing the
percenta
ge
of
EU
populati
on
of
the
geograp
hical
territory
in
which
each
best
practice
is
transferr
ed, with
179
Due to lack of experience, the target will be set up in 2020, when more information and data become available
506
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0255.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
a target
of
at
least 5%
Overall
Programme
Indicator
Reduction of
the
difference
between the
5
best
performing
Member
States (MS)
in terms of
Mortality
rate and the
5
worst
performing
MS
Reduction of
the
difference
between the
5
best
performing
Member
States (MS)
in terms of
Mortality
rate and the
5
worst
performing
MS
Quantitative
Commissi
on/Memb
er
States/Hea
lth
Security
Committe
e
Frequency of
available data
in Eurostat’s
Database
Situation
in 2020
Reduction of
observed
inequality
by 20%
CFF for Food Chain
Animal health:
improving the
prevention, control
and eradication of
animal diseases in
the Union territory
a. Number
of national
programmes
successfully
implemente
d
Following
the
submission
of technical
and financial
final reports
by
the
Member
States, the
Commission
carries out
the
evaluation
and decides
on the final
payment of
the eligible
costs
incurred for
each
previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with
EU
legislation
and
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
successful.
Following
the
submission
of technical
and financial
final reports
by
the
Member
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Annual
2020
100%
b. Number
of
emergency
situations
successfully
addressed
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
emergenc
y, i.e. one
per MS
and per
Depending on
needs
(emergency
measures are
not predictable
by definition)
2020
100%
507
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0256.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
diseases)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
(by disease)
States, the
Commission
carries out
the
evaluation
and decides
on the final
payment of
the eligible
costs
incurred for
each
previously
approved
emergency
measure.
Measures
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with
EU
legislation
and
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
successful.
Incidence is
a technical
parameter
used
to
monitor the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution of
a
given
disease in a
given
population.
It is the
proportion
of
new
cases within
a specified
time period
divided by
the size of
the
population
initially at
risk.
Prevalence
is
a
technical
parameter
used
to
monitor the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution of
a
given
disease in a
given
Percentage (of
animal
population)
c. Reduction
of incidence
Final
technical
reports
(submitte
d by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
Portugal
for
bovine
brucellosi
s
30%
(namely
the
minimum
%
of
reduction
compared
to 2015
baseline
(0,20))
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will
be
defined
individually
for
each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on
their
epidemiolog
ical
evolution by
2020, and
then
updated
every year
as described
in the main
text
d. Reduction
of
prevalence
Percentage (of
animal
population)
Final
technical
reports
(submitte
d by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
Portugal
for
bovine
brucellosi
s
30%
(namely
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will
be
defined
individually
for
each
disease in
each
Member
State based
508
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0257.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
population.
It is the
proportion
of
a
particular
population
found to be
affected by
a disease.
the
minimum
%
of
reduction
compared
to 2015
baseline
(0,24))
on
their
epidemiolog
ical
evolution by
2020, and
then
updated
every year
as described
in the main
text
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will
be
defined
individually
for
each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on
their
epidemiolog
ical
evolution by
2020, and
then
updated
every year
as described
in the main
text
Specific
targets for
those
indicators
will
be
defined
individually
for
each
disease in
each
Member
State based
on
their
epidemiolog
ical
evolution by
2020, and
then
updated
every year
as described
in the main
text
100%
e. Number
of outbreaks
Technical
parameter
used
to
monitor the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution of
a
given
disease.
Number
or
percentage
(depending on
the disease)
Final
technical
reports
(submitte
d by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
the Union
for Avian
influenza
in
domestic
poultry is
less than
85%
compared
to 2015
baseline)
f. Number of
cases
Technical
parameters
used
to
monitor the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution of
a
given
disease.
Number
Final
technical
reports
(submitte
d by the
MSs)
Annual
2020
(e.g.
expected
result for
2020 in
the Union
for rabies
in wildlife
is 0 (2015
baseline
was 128
cases))
Plant health:
improving the
prevention,
containment and
eradication of plant
pests in the Union
a. Number
of surveys
programmes
(by pest /
pest
category)
successfully
Following
the
submission
of technical
and financial
final reports
by
the
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
and
Annual
2020
509
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0258.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Final
payment
checklist
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
territory
implemente
d
Member
States, the
Commission
carries out
the
evaluation
and decides
on the final
payment of
the eligible
costs
incurred for
each
previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with the EU
legislation
and
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
successful.
Following
the
submission
of technical
and financial
final reports
by
the
Member
States, the
Commission
carries out
the
evaluation
and decides
on the final
payment of
the eligible
costs
incurred for
each
previously
approved
emergency
measure.
Programmes
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with the EU
legislation
and
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
Percentage
b. Number
of
emergency
situations
successfully
addressed
(by pest)
Grant
decisions
(one per
emergenc
y, i.e. one
per MS
and per
pest)
and
Final
payment
checklist
Annual
2020
100%
510
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0259.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
successful.
c. Reduction
of number
of outbreaks
Technical
parameter
used
to
monitor the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution of
a given pest.
Number
Final
technical
reports
(submitte
d by the
MSs)
Depending on
needs
(emergency
measures are
not predictable
by definition)
2020
Specific
targets for
this
indicator
will be
defined
individually
for each
pest in each
Member
State based
on the
epidemiolog
ical
evolution by
2020, and
then
updated
every year
as described
in the main
text
Official
controls
related activities:
improving
the
effectiveness,
efficiency
and
reliability of the
food supply chain
harnessing official
controls
related
activities,
carried
out with a view to
implement
and
comply with the
Union rules in this
area
a. Number
of activities
successfully
carried out
by
the
EURCs
Quantitative
and
qualitative
assessments
on
the
laboratories
activities
performed
following
the
EU
request.
Activities
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
successful.
Ability
to
respond to
EU
and
national
needs in a
flexible and
effective
way through
the
organisation
of thematic
BTSF
trainings
(both
standard
and
e-
Percentage
Annual
Work
programm
e
and
Final
reports
(submitte
d by each
EURC)
Annual
2020
100%
b. Number
of launched
training
actions as
included in
the annual
work
programme
Percentage
Annual
Work
Programm
e
and
Final
reports on
the
outcome
of
the
training
Annual
2020
100%
511
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0260.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
learning)
Animal health +
Plant health +
Official
Controls
related activities
a. Food and
live animals:
trade value
Evolution of
extra
EU-
trade
(export)
Million euro
Eurostat
database
(economic
accounts
for
agricultur
e)
Eurostat
database
(economic
accounts
for
agricultur
e)
EFSA
annual
report
Monthly
N/A
N/A
b.
Animal
products:
production
value
Production
value
at
basic prices
Million euro
Annual
N/A
N/A
c. Number
of
human
cases due to
a zoonoses
Evolution of
human
cases due to
animal
diseases
transmissibl
e to humans
Following
the
submission
of technical
and financial
final reports
by
the
Member
States, the
Commission
carries out
the
evaluation
and decides
on the final
payment of
the eligible
costs
incurred for
each
previously
approved
programme.
Programmes
whose
implementa
tion is in line
with
EU
legislation
and
the
terms
agreed with
the
Commission
are
considered
successful.
That means
the
programmes
submitted
Number
Annual
N/A
N/A
Composite
indicator
IMP
Successfully
implemente
d national
veterinary
and
phytosanitar
y
programmes
Percentage
Grant
decisions
(one per
MS)
Annual
2020
100%
+
Final
technical
and
financial
report
+
Payment
checklist
512
kom (2018) 0441 - Ingen titel
1908224_0261.png
Specific Objective
Indicator
Definition
Unit of
measurement
Source of
data
Frequency of
measurement
Baseline
Target
by
the
Member
States are in
line with the
requirement
s listed in
the specific
EU
legislation
and
additional
guidelines
(COM
guidelines,
COM
working
document
on strategy
against
specific
disease,
recommend
ation
by
former FVO
audits,
specific task
fo e,
and when all
elements
contained in
the
programmes
submitted
by
the
Member
States,
previously
approved by
the
Commission
,
are
implemente
d by the
national
authorities.
Customs and tax policy development support budget line
Support
the
definition and
coordination of
policy strategy
in the tax and
customs
domains
Timely
budget
execution
Execution
of more
than 95%
of budget
by year-
end
Use
of
budget
available
ABAC
(Commi
ssion
financia
l
system)
Annual
>95%
>95%
513